Cover U DV4100 14101513564522
User Manual: DV4100
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 143
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Service Manual DV4100/A1B, /N1B, /S1G, /U1B DVD Player DVD PLAYER DV4100 PLAY STANDBY SOUND ON/OFF POWER OPEN/CLOSE PAUSE STOP TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ............................................................................... 1 CONNECTION FACILITIES .................................................................................... 3 3. 4. INFORMATIONS ..................................................................................................... 4 SERVICING HINT ................................................................................................... 5 5. 6. 7. WARNING AND LASER SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ............................................... 6 SERVICE HINTS .................................................................................................... 8 BLOCK DIAGRAM .................................................................................................. 9 8. 9. WIRING DIAGRAM ............................................................................................... 13 DISMANTLING INSTRUCTIONS ......................................................................... 15 10. 11. EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST ................................................................... 17 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AND PARTS LOCATION ............................................... 21 12. 13. TROUBLESHOOTING .......................................................................................... 47 DIAGNOSTIC SOFWARE : SCRIPT INTERFACES ............................................. 53 14. 15. INTERACTIVE TESTS .......................................................................................... 55 TEST INSTRUCTIONS DISPLAY BOARD ........................................................... 62 16. 17. CURRENT MODE POWER SUPPLY 20PS203 ................................................... 64 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS .............................................. 68 18. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ................................................................................... 70 DV4100 Please use this service manual with referring to the user guide (D.F.U) without fail. DV4100 Printed in Japan 302W855010 AO 3120 785 22440 First Issue:2000.11 MARANTZ DESIGN AND SERVICE Using superior design and selected high grade components, MARANTZ company has created the ultimate in stereo sound. Only original MARANTZ parts can insure that your MARANTZ product will continue to perform to the specifications for which it is famous. Parts for your MARANTZ equipment are generally available to our National Marantz Subsidiary or Agent. ORDERING PARTS : Parts can be ordered either by mail or by Fax.. In both cases, the correct part number has to be specified. The following information must be supplied to eliminate delays in processing your order : 1. Complete address 2. Complete part numbers and quantities required 3. Description of parts 4. Model number for which part is required 5. Way of shipment 6. Signature : any order form or Fax. must be signed, otherwise such part order will be considered as null and void. USA EUROPE / TRADING AMERICAS SUPERSCOPE TECHNOLOGIES, INC. MARANTZ PROFESSIONAL PRODUCTS 2640 WHITE OAK CIRCLE, SUITE A AURORA, ILLINOIS 60504 USA PHONE : 630 - 820 - 4800 FAX : 630 - 820 - 8103 AUSTRALIA QualiFi Pty Ltd, 24 LIONEL ROAD, MT. WAVERLEY VIC 3149 AUSTRALIA PHONE : +61 - (0)3 - 9543 - 1522 FAX : +61 - (0)3 - 9543 - 3677 NEW ZEALAND WILDASH AUDIO SYSTEMS NZ 14 MALVERN ROAD MT ALBERT AUCKLAND NEW ZEALAND PHONE : +64 - 9 - 8451958 FAX : +64 - 9 - 8463554 BRAZIL MARANTZ EUROPE B.V. P.O.BOX 80002, BUILDING SFF2 5600 JB EINDHOVEN THE NETHERLANDS PHONE : +31 - 40 - 2732241 FAX : +31 - 40 - 2735578 MARANTZ AMERICA, INC. INC 440 MEDINAH ROAD ROSELLE, ILLINOIS 60172 USA PHONE : 630 - 307 - 3100 FAX : 630 - 307 - 2687 AUSTRALIA TECHNICAL AUDIO GROUP PTY, LTD 558 DARLING STREET, BALMAIN, NSW 2041, AUSTRALIA PHONE : 61 - 2 - 9810 - 5300 FAX : 61 - 2 - 9810 - 5355 THAILAND MRZ STANDARD CO.,LTD 746 - 754 MAHACHAI ROAD., WANGBURAPAPIROM, PHRANAKORN, BANGKOK, 10200 THAILAND PHONE : +66 - 2 - 222 9181 FAX : +66 - 2 - 224 6795 TAIWAN PAI- YUING CO., LTD. 6 TH FL NO, 148 SUNG KIANG ROAD, TAIPEI, 10429, TAIWAN R.O.C. PHONE : +886 - 2 - 25221304 FAX : +886 - 2 - 25630415 JAPAN Technical MARANTZ JAPAN, INC. 35- 1, 7- CHOME, SAGAMIONO SAGAMIHARA - SHI, KANAGAWA JAPAN 228-8505 PHONE : +81 42 748 1013 FAX : +81 42 741 9190 PHILIPS DA AMAZONIA IND. ELET. ITDA CENTRO DE INFORMACOES AO CEP 04698-970 SAO PAULO, SP, BRAZIL PHONE : 0800 - 123123(Discagem Direta Gratuita) FAX : +55 11 534. 8988 CANADA LENBROOK INDUSTRIES LIMITED 633 GRANITE COURT, PICKERING, ONTARIO L1W 3K1 CANADA PHONE : 905 - 831 - 6333 FAX : 905 - 831 - 6936 SINGAPORE WO KEE HONG DISTRIBUTION PTE LTD 130 JOO SENG ROAD #03-02 OLIVINE BUILDING SINGAPORE 368357 PHONE : +65 858 5535 / +65 381 8621 FAX : +65 858 6078 MALAYSIA WO KEE HONG ELECTRONICS SDN. BHD. SUITE 8.1, LEVEL 8, MENARA GENESIS, NO. 33, JALAN SULTAN ISMAIL, 50250 KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA PHONE : +60 3 - 2457677 FAX : +60 3 - 2458180 KOREA MK ENTERPRISES LTD. ROOM 604/605, ELECTRO-OFFICETEL, 16-58, 3GA, HANGANG-RO, YONGSAN-KU, SEOUL KOREA PHONE : +822 - 3232 - 155 FAX : +822 - 3232 - 154 SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST : CAUTION : After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between either primary AC cord connector pins ( with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON ), and the face or Front Panel of product and controls and chassis bottom. Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC power is applied, and verified before it is return to the user/customer. Ref. UL Standard No. 1492. In case of difficulties, do not hesitate to contact the Technical Department at above mentioned address. 001120 A.O 1. TECHHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (/N1B) PLAYBACK SYSTEM DVD-Video Video CD CD (CD-R and CD-RW) CONNECTIONS SCART S-Video Output Video Output Audio L+R output Digital Output OPTICAL READOUT SYSTEM Lasertype Semiconductor AlGaAs Numerical Aperture 0.60 (DVD) 0.45 (VCD/CD) Wavelength 650 nm (DVD) 780 nm (VCD/CD) DVD DISC FORMAT Medium Diameter Playing time (12cm) TV STANDARD Number of lines Playback VIDEO FORMAT DA Converter Signal handling Digital Compression Optical Disc 12cm (8cm) One layer Dual layer Two side Single layer Two side Dual layer EUROPE (PAL/50Hz) 625 Multistandard CABINET Dimensions(w x h x d) Weight 2.15 h* 4 h* 4.30 h* 8 h* USA (NTSC/60Hz) 525 (PAL/NTSC) 10 bits Components MPEG2 for DVD, MPEG1 for VCD DVD Horiz. Resolutio Vertical Resolution 720 pixels** 576 lines 720 pixels** 480 lines VCD Horiz. Resolution Vertical Resolution 352 pixels 288 lines 352 pixels 240 lines VIDEO PERFORMANCE Video output 1 Vpp into 75 ohm S-Video output Y: 1 Vpp into 75 ohm C: 0.3 Vpp into 75 ohm RGB output 1 Vpp into 75 ohm Black Level Shift On/Off Video Shift Left/Right AUDIO FORMAT Digital MPEG DTS/AC-3 PCM Compressed Digital 16, 20, 24 bits fs, 44.1, 48, 96 kHz Analog Sound Stereo Dolby Pro Logic downmix from AC-3 multi-channel sound 3D Sound for virtual 5.1 channel sound on 2 speakers AUDIO PERFORMANCE DA Converter 24 bits DVD fs 96 kHz fs 48 kHz Video CD fs 48 kHz CD fs 44.1 kHz Signal-Noise (1kHz) Dynamic Range (1kHz) Crosstalk (1kHz) Distortion and Noise (1kHz) 4 Hz - 22kHz 4 Hz - 22 kHz 4 Hz - 22 kHz 4 Hz - 20 kHz 95 dB 90 dB 110 dB 85 dB Euroconnector 2x Mini DIN, 4 pins Cinch (yellow) Cinch (white/red) 1 coaxial, 1 optical IEC958 for CDDA / LPCM IEC1937 for MPEG1/2, AC-3 and DTS 440 x 92 x 305 mm Approx. 3.8 Kg PACKAGE CONTENTS DVD-Video Player Remote Control & Batteries AC Power cable User Manual SCART cable (Euroconnector) Audio/Video cable GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY Stop / Play / Pause Fast Forward / Backward Time search Step Forward / Backward Slow Title / Chapter / Track Select Skip Next / Skip Previous Repeat (Chapter / Title / All) or (Track / All) A-B Repeat Shuffle Enhanced ease of use graphical interface Perfect Still with digital multi-tap filter Zoom (x1.33, x2, x4) with picture enhancement 3D Sound Virtual jog shuttle Audio and video bit rate indicator (only available in certain countries) DVD FUNCTIONALITY Multi-angle Selection Audio Selection (1 out of max. 8 languages) Subtitles Selection (1 out of max. 32 languages) Aspect Ratio conversion (16:9, 4:3 Letterbox, 4:3 Pan Scan) Parental Control and Disk Lock Disc Menu support (Title Menu and Root Menu) Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.) Programming Titles/chapters with Favorite Selection VIDEO CD FUNCTIONALITY Playback Control for VCD 2.0 discs Parental Control and Disc lock Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.) Programming Tracks with Favorite Selection AUDIO CD FUNCTIONALITY Time Display (Total / Track ) Full audio functionality with remote control Programming with Favorite Track Selection * typical playing time for movie with 2 spoken languages and 3 subtitle languages. ** equivalent to 500 lines on your TV Specifications subject to change without prior notice 1 (/A1B, /S1G, /U1B) CONNECTIONS S-Video Output Component Video PLAYBACK SYSTEM DVD-Video Video CD CD (CD-R and CD-RW) OPTICAL READOUT SYSTEM Lasertype Semiconductor AlGaAs Numerical Aperture 0.60 (DVD) 0.45 (VCD/CD) Wavelength 650 nm (DVD) 780 nm (VCD/CD) DVD DISC FORMAT Medium Diameter Playing time (12cm) TV STANDARD Number of lines Playback VIDEO FORMAT DA Converter Signal handling Digital Compression Optical Disc 12cm (8cm) One layer Dual layer Two side Single layer Two side Dual layer 8 h* EUROPE (PAL/50Hz) 625 Multistandard USA (NTSC/60Hz) 525 (PAL/NTSC) 10 bits Components MPEG2 for DVD, MPEG1 for VCD DVD Horiz. Resolution Vertical Resolution 720 pixels* 576 line VCD Horiz. Resolution Vertical Resolution 352 pixel 288 line VIDEO PERFORMANCE Video output S-Video output 2.15 h* 4 h* 4.30 h* 720 pixels** 480 lines 352 pixels 240 lines Y CR CB Black Level Shift Video Shift 1 Vpp into 75 ohm Y: 1 Vpp into 75 ohm C: 0.3 Vpp into 75 ohm 1 Vpp into 75 ohm 0.7 Vpp into 75 ohm 0.7 Vpp into 75 ohm On/Off Left/Right AUDIO FORMAT Digital MPEG DTS/AC-3 PCM Compressed 16, 20, 24 bits fs, 48, 96 kHz Analog Sound Stereo Dolby Pro Logic downmix from AC-3 multi-channel sound 3D Sound for virtual 5.1 channel sound on 2 speakers Video Output Audio L+R output Digital Output CABINET Dimensions (w x h x d) Weight Mini DIN, 4 pins Y Cinch (green) U (CR) Cinch (blue) V (CB) Cinch (red) Cinch (yellow) 2x Cinch (white/red) 2x 1 coaxial, 1 optical IEC958 for CDDA / LPCM IEC1937 for MPEG1/2, AC-3 and DTS 440 x 92 x 305mm Approx. 3.8 Kg PACKAGE CONTENTS DVD-Video Player Remote Control & Batteries AC power cord User Manual Audio/Video cord GENERAL FUNCTIONALITY Stop / Play / Pause Fast Forward / Backward Time search Step Forward / Backward Title / Chapter / Track Select Skip Next / Skip Previous Repeat (Chapter / Title / All) or (Track / All) A-B Repeat Shuffle Enhanced ease of use graphical interface Perfect Still with digital multi-tap filter Zoom (x1.33 x2. x4) with picture enhancement 3D Sound Virtual Jog Shuttle Audio and video bit rate indicator (only available in certain countries) DVD FUNCTIONALITY Multi-angle Selection Audio Selection (1 out of max. 8 languages) Subtitles Selection (1 out of max. 32 languages) Aspect Ratio conversion (16:9, 4:3 Letterbox, 4:3 Pan Scan) Parental Control and Disk Lock Disc Menu support (Title Menu and Root Menu) Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.) Programming Titles/chapters with Favorite Selection VIDEO CD FUNCTIONALITY Playback Control for VCD 2.0 discs Parental Control and Disc lock Resume (5 discs) after stop / standby Screen Saver (Dim 75% after 15 min.) Programming Tracks with Favorite Selection AUDIO CD FUNCTIONALITY Time Display (Total / Track ) Full audio functionality with remote control Programming with Favorite Track Selection AUDIO PERFORMANCE DA Converter DVD 24 bits fs 96 kHz fs 48 kHz Video CD fs 48 kHz CD fs 44.1 kHz Signal-Noise (1kHz) Dynamic Range (1kHz) Crosstalk (1kHz) Distortion and Noise (1kHz) 4 Hz - 44 kHz 4 Hz - 22 kHz 4 Hz - 22 kHz 4 Hz - 20 kHz 95 dB 90 dB 110 dB 85 dB * typical playing time for movie with 2 spoken languages and 3 subtitle languages. ** equivalent to 500 lines on your TV Specifications subject to change without prior notice 2 2. CONNECTION FACILITIES SCART (/N1B versions only) Full according PQR3 IMS Connector implementation according EN50049-1; color = black; dual SCART Fully according to prEN1057-2-1 Signal switching is P50 controlled; supported features of mode 3 see survey of applicable standards. 2-1 Video performance (/N1B only) 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 2-1-1 SCART II (connected to TV) SCART I (connected to AUX) Pin signals: 1 Output 2 Input 3 Output 4 5 6 Input 7 Bi-dir 8 Output Pin signals: 1 Output 2 Input 3 Output 4 5 6 Input 7 Bi-dir 8 Input 9 10 Bi-dir 11 Input 12 13 14 15 Input 16 Input 17 18 19 20 Input 21 9 10 11 Output 12 13 14 15 Output 16 Output 17 18 19 Output 20 Input 21 Audio R 1.8V RMS Audio R Audio L 1.8V RMS Audio GND Blue/Chroma GND Audio L Blue out/Chroma in 0.7pp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*) Function switch 2V = TV 4.5V / 7V = asp. ratio 16:9 DVD 9.5V / 12V = asp. ratio 4:3 DVD Green GND Bi-dir P50 control Green 0.7Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*) not connected Red/Chroma GND fast switch GND Red out/Chroma out 0.7Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*) +/-3dB 0.3Vpp in case of Chroma fast switch RGB 1V / 3V into 75 Ohm = RGB /CVBS or Y 0.4V into 75 Ohm = CVBS Y/CVBS GND fast switching GND CVBS/Y/RGB sync 1Vpp +/-0.1V into 75 Ohm (*) CVBS/Y Shield Audio R 1.8V RMS Audio R Audio L 1.8V RMS Audio GND Blue/Chroma GND Audio L Blue in/Chroma out +/-3dB 0.3Vpp Chroma Function switch Green GND P50 control Green not connected Red/Chroma GND fast switch GND Red in/Chroma in fast switch RGB/CVBS or Y CVBS GND fast switching GND CVBS/Y Shield (*) for 100% white What are "regional codes"? Motion picture studios want to control the home release of movies in different countries because theater releases arenít simultaneous (a movie may come out on DVD in the US when itís just hitting screens in Europe). Therefore they have required that the DVD standard include codes which can be used to lock out the playback of certain discs in certain geographical regions. Players sold in each region will have that regionís code built into the player. The player will refuse to play these "region coded" discs which are not allowed in the region. However, regional codes are entirely optional. Discs without codes will play on any player in any country. Some studios have already announced that only their new releases will have regional codes. There are six regions: 1. United States and Canada 4. South America and Oceania 5. Africa and the Middle East 2. Europe and Japan 3. Far East (except Japan & China) 6. China (except Hong Kong) 5 1 2 6 2 3 5 4 2 Map of DVD Regions 3 4 3. INFORMATIONS REGION CODE VERSION REGION CODE /N1B /S1G 2 3 EUROPE ASIAN PACIFIC COUNTRY /U1B /A1B 1 4 USA/CANADA AUSTRALIA Multi-angles: On some DVDs, scenes have been filmed from different angles (up to a maximum of 9). On these discs, you can select the angle that you want to watch. Please refer to the DVD’s manual to see which scenes have multi-angles. THE DISCS THAT THE DV4100 CAN HANDLE The following discs can be played back with a DV4100. disc mark playback capability DVD Audio/Video CD Audio size side 12 cm single/double 8 cm 12 cm single 8 cm It is important to note that CD-R, CD-RW discs must be FINALIZED before they can be played on this player. The disc types which run on the player feature one or more of these logos on the disc packaging. 12 cm VCD Audio/Video single 8 cm Note: The regional code of the discs must meet to the regional code of the DV4100. DVD INFORMATION Below is a glossary of the new terms related to DVD. Title: A disc may have more than one story/movie on it, so each story/movie is called a “title”. For example, if there are 2 movies on the disc, they are separated into Title 1 and Title 2. Chapter: A title may also be separated into chapters. For example, a movie (title) may be separated into 3 scenes (chapters). Title 1 Title 2 Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter Chapter 1 2 3 1 2 3 Subtitles: DVDs are recorded with up to 32 different subtitle languages. If a disc has more than one subtitle language, you can select the subtitle language that you want to read. Soundtrack language: DVDs are recorded with up to 8 different soundtrack languages. If a disc has more than one language, you can select the soundtrack language that you want to listen to. 4 4. SERVICING HINT SERVICE HINTS SERVICE TOOLS Audio signals disc Disc without errors (SBC444)+ Disc with DO errors, black spots and fingerprints (SBC444A) Disc (65 min 1kHz) without no pause Max. diameter disc (58.0 mm) Torx screwdrivers Set (straight) Set (square) 13th order filter DVD test disc TEST software for PC : ComPair V1. 2 ComPair V1. 3 Connection Cable 5 4822 397 30184 4822 397 30245 4822 397 30155 4822 397 60141 4822 395 50145 4822 395 50132 4822 395 30204 4822 397 10131 4822 727 21634 4822 727 21637 3122 785 90017 5. WARNING AND LASER SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GB WARNING NL All ICs and many other semi-conductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. When repairing, make sure that you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set via a wrist wrap with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this potential. F WAARSCHUWING Alle IC’s en vele andere halfgeleiders zijn gevoelig voor elektrostatische ontladingen (ESD). Onzorgvuldig behandelen tijdens reparatie kan de levensduur drastisch doen verminderen. Zorg ervoor dat u tijdens reparatie via een polsband met weerstand verbonden bent met hetzelfde potentiaal als de massa van het apparaat. Houd componenten en hulpmiddelen ook op ditzelfde potentiaal. D ATTENTION Tous les IC et beaucoup d’autres semiconducteurs sont sensibles aux décharges statiques (ESD). Leur longévité pourrait être considérablement écourtée par le fait qu’aucune précaution n’est prise a leur manipulation. Lors de réparations, s’assurer de bien être relié au même potentiel que la masse de l’appareil et enfiler le bracelet serti d’une résistance de sécurité. Veiller a ce que les composants ainsi que les outils que l’on utilise soient également a ce potentiel. WARNUNG I Alle IC und viele andere Halbleiter sind empfindlich gegen elektrostatische Entladungen (ESD). Unsorgfältige Behandlung bei der Reparatur kann die Lebensdauer drastisch vermindern. Sorgen sie dafür, das Sie im Reparaturfall über ein Pulsarmband mit Widerstand mit dem Massepotential des Gerätes verbunden sind. Halten Sie Bauteile und Hilfsmittel ebenfalls auf diesem Potential. AVVERTIMENTO Tutti IC e parecchi semi-conduttori sono sensibili alle scariche statiche (ESD). La loro longevita potrebbe essere fortemente ridatta in caso di non osservazione della piu grande cauzione alla loro manipolazione. Durante le riparazioni occorre quindi essere collegato allo stesso potenziale che quello della massa dell’apparecchio tramite un braccialetto a resistenza. Assicurarsi che i componenti e anche gli utensili con quali si lavora siano anche a questo potenziale. D GB Bei jeder Reparatur sind die geltenden Sicherheitsvorschriften zu beachten. Der Originalzustand des Gerats darf nicht verandert werden. Fur Reparaturen sind Original-Ersatzteile zu verwenden. Safety regulations require that the set be restored to its original condition and that parts which are identical with those specified be used. NL I Veiligheidsbepalingen vereisen, dat het apparaat in zijn oorspronkelijke toestand wordt terug gebracht en dat onderdelen, identiek aan de gespecifieerde worden toegepast. Le norme di sicurezza esigono che l’apparecchio venga rimesso nelle condizioni originali e che siano utilizzati pezzi di ricambiago idetici a quelli specificati. F Les normes de sécurité exigent que l’appareil soit remis a l’état d’origine et que soient utilisées les pièces de rechange identiques à celles spécifiées. SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST: CAUTION: After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between either primary AC cord connector pins (with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON), and the face or Front Panel of product and controls and chassis bottom, Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC power is applied, and verified before return to user/customer. Ref.UL Standard NO.1492. NOTE ON SAFETY: Symbol : Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original parts should be used to replace any part with symbol Any other component substitution(other than original type), may increase risk or fire or electrical shock hazard. 6 LASER SAFETY This unit employs a laser. Only a qualified service person should remove the cover or attempt to service t his device, due to possible eye injury. LASER DEVICE UNIT Type: Wave length: Output Power: Beam divergence: SemiconductorlaserGaAlAs 650 nm (DVD) 780 nm (VCD/CD) 7 mW (DVD) 10 mW (VCD/CD) 60 degree USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURE OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE T O BEAM WARNING The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. Repair handling should take place as much as possible with a disc loaded inside the player WARNING LOCATION: INSIDE ON LASER COVERSHIELD CAUTION VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID EXPOSURE TO BEAM ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VED ÅBNING UNDGÅ UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING ! ÅPNES UNNGÅ EKSPONERING FOR STRÅLEN ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING NÅR DEKSEL VARNING SYNLIG OCH OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN VARO! AVATT AESSA OLET ALTTIINA NÄKYVÄLLE JA NÄKYMÄTT ÖMÄLLE LASER SÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KAT SO SÄT EESEEN VORSICHT SICHTBARE UND UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETSEN DANGER VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM AT TENTION RAYO NNEMENT LASER VISIBLE ET INVISIBLE EN CAS D'OUVERTURE EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU Warning for powersupply on position 1005 The primary side of the powersupply including the heatsink carries live mains voltage when the player is connected to the mains even when the player is swiched off ! This primary area is not shielded so it is possible to touc h copper tracks and/or components when servicingthe player . Service person nel have to take precautions to pre vent touching this area or components in this area . The primary side of the powersu pply has been indicated with a lightning stroke and a st ripe-marked printed onthe printed wiring board Note: The screws on the basic Engine (position 218 in on the exploded view drawing) may never be touched removed or re-adjusted. Handle the Basic engine with care when the unit has to be exchanged! The mechanism of the basic engine is very sensative for droping or shocks 7 6. SERVICE HINTS 6.1 DVD-Module 218 6.2 The DVD mechanism has to be exchanged completely in case of failure. A new or repaired mechanism can be ordered with codenumber 9305 023 61001. Return the defective unit complete assembled in original package to Philips Consumer Service in Eindhoven. Diagnostic software In chapter “Diagnostic software” some tests are refering to the SCART functionality. These tests are for sets with RGB-output. For sets without RGB-output no SCART connector is mounted. In these sets the SCART tests will automatically be skipped The monoboard has to be repaired on component level. 6.3 Power Supply options 3122 427 21750 3122 427 21370 3122 427 21760 110V USA 220V Europe China Multi voltage A/P 2261 CAP 330pF 2121 ELCO 150uF 250V 3133 Resistor 10M 6.4 2121 ELCO 100uF 385V 2261 CAP 330pF 2121 ELCO 150uF 400V Compair For assistance with the repair process of the monoboard an electronic Fault finding guidance has been developed , this program is called COMPAIR. This COMPAIR program is available on CDROM. The Version of the CDROM for repair of the monoboard is V1.3 and can be ordered with codenumber : 4822 727 21637. This is an update CDROM , so when the COMPAIR CDROM is used for the first time , one has to install the COMPAIR ENGINE CDROM V1.2 first. The V1.2 CDROM can be ordered with codenumber 4822 727 634 and has to registered after installation , the procedure for registration is explained in the help file of the program and in the booklet from the CDROM. The cable to connect the monoboard with a PC can be ordered with codenumber 3122 785 90017. All the hardware and software requirements of the systems necessary for working with COMPAIR is described on the CDROM. 6.5 Monoboard repair For repair of the monoboard the service manual 3122 785 10045 must be used. 8 7. BLOCK DIAGRAM (/N1B) AUDIO/VIDEO BACKEND BOARD MONO BOARD 0/6/12V RAM ROM I2C RGB/CVBS 7900-7905 RGB SCART SWITCHING RGB/CVBS CVBS(/YC not on SCART) 7917 AUDIO TEA6420 AUDIO SCART SWITCHING AUDIO +12Vstby JBE (servo) 8Vstab I2S 3V3stab SCART AUX CVBS SCART CVBS Video IC's and audio buffers TV RGB/CVBS DAC CVBS HOST S2B A/V signals Sti5505 -8Vstby Y/C -5Vstab Switches OPTICAL OUTPUT DIG_OUT DIGITAL OUTPUT AUDIO L+R 7401 7403 L+R I2S Audio I2C SPMS 3 DAC UDA1328T Kill 7104 St_by DISPLAY BOARD SLAVE PROCESSOR +12V stby +5V stby -8V stby 1113 -40V +5V RC KEYBOARD +3V3 9 10 (/A1B, /S1G, /U1B) AUDIO/VIDEO BACKEND BOARD MONO BOARD 7020 : 7023 RAM CVBS1 ROM CVBS -8V CVBS2 -8V -5V CB -5V RGB TDA 4780 CR +12Vstby JBE (servo) Video IC's and audio buffers 8Vstab I2S 3V3stab HOST S2B (ONLY DVD751) Y DAC Y C Y/C -8Vstby A/V signals Sti5505 -5Vstab Switches OPTICAL OUTPUT DIG_OUT 7405 # # DVD732 ONLY DIGITAL OUTPUT 7403 # KOK TC9409 7400 7002 7008 L+R MICRO 3 DAC UDA1328T 2x I2S Audio I2C KILL Headphone out SPMS 7104 St_by DISPLAY BOARD SLAVE PROCESSOR +12V stby +5V stby -8V stby 1113 -40V RC +5V KEYBOARD +3V3 11 12 8. WIRING DIAGRAM A/V BOARD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 HP_L MIC GND HP_R +12V MIC_A GND -8V 8 KILL 8 1002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GND H_SYNC GND PCM_OUT2 GND PCM_OUT1 -8VSTBY SCL +12VSTBY SDA +6VSTBY 3V3A GND C GND Y 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 P50 B G GND R CVBS GND 0|6|12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 16 * 1003 22 5 1 FFC EH ADJA_OUT ADJA_IN ADJB_OUT ADJB_IN MIC GND 1 2 3 4 5 GND PCM_CLK CENTER_ON STEREO_MUTE DIG_OUT GND 1001 1000 1 17 18 19 20 21 22 -8V +5VD +5WD KILL GND PCM_OUT0 LRCLK SCLK 1 EH FFC 400MM -----> 3139 110 38831 105MM -----> 105MM -----> 3139 110 34321 3139 110 34221 3103 308 91150 <----- 400MM PH 5 FFC 1 1 2 3 4 5 FFC 16 1 1501 22 1 1603 1604 SCL GND SCA STBCONTROL P50 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 GND H_SYNC GND PCM_OUT2 GND PCM_OUT1 -8VSTBY SCL 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 +12VSTBY SDA +6VSTBY 3V3A GND C GND Y 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 P50 B G GND R CVBS GND 0|6|12 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 -8V +5VD +5WD KILL GND PCM_OUT0 LRCLK SCLK GND PCM_CLK CENTER_ON STEREO_MUTE DIG_OUT GND 17 18 19 20 21 22 POWER SUPPLY 12 1600 PH BOARD 1 3V3 3V3 +5V +5VSTBY +6VSTBY GND 1 2 3 4 5 6 MONO BOARD 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 GND GND -8VSTBY STBCONTROL +12VSTBY GND 3V3 3V3 +5V +5VSTBY +6VSTBY GND 7 8 9 10 11 12 GND GND -8VSTBY STBCONTROL +12VSTBY GND 1 2 3 4 +12V GND +5VSTBY -40V EH 2 CN4 1 0207 0205 5 Non Euro model only STBKEY+ STBKEY- 1 20 EH 2 1 2 3 4 +5VSTBY STBLED STBKEY+ STBKEY- 1 1205 4 Non Euro model only 1 3139 110 38371 3139 110 38631 EH EH -----> BOARD 400MM -----> STANDBY 1118 3139 110 37201 100MM 100MM 13 1117 4 1 2 3 4 +5VSTBY STBLED STBKEY+ STBKEY- 1 4 5 1115 DISPLAY BOARD 1 2 3 4 2 STBKEY - EH EH SCL GND SCA STBCONTROL P50 -----> 1 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 STBKEY+ <----- PH 1 +12V GND +5VSTBY -40V 1 * 1 2 3 4 5 280MM 1116 ADJA_OUT ADJA_IN ADJB_OUT ADJB_IN MIC GND 14 1 12 1 HR 4 EH 3139 110 34251 3139 110 38681 <----- 280MM 9. DISMANTLING INSTRUCTIONS Cover 151 Remove 7 screws 233 Lift cover at rearside to remove mounting demounting Front assy 1 remove 2 screws 212 (front 1 frame 213) unlock front from frame by releasing successively 3 snaps (on the left, in the middle and on the right) put front assy in front of the set(service position) Display board 1002 Remove 7 screws 203(board front), pay attention to earth spring 300. demount board DVD MODULE 218 Remove connections to Mono board remove 4 screws 217 (loader bracket 2 frame 213) demount module Standby board 1003 and switch assy Remove 2 screws 25 26(board front) demount board Remove 1 screw 207 Take out switch assy AV board 1002 remove flex connections to Mono board remove 7 screws 227 release snaps of 2 spacers 221 demount board Power supply unit 1005 remove connections remove 2 screws 222 (board frame) remove screw 225 (mains inled backplate) release snaps of spacers 226 (board frame) demount board DVD MONO Board 7 See also exploded view of DVD module Remove flex connections to turntable motor and sledge motor. remove 4 screws 10 13(mono board 7 loader bracket 2) remove carefully flex connection to OPU and wire connection to tray motor. demount board. LOADER VAL3000 1 Remove 2 screws 8,9 Remove 4 suspensions 3 6 from loader bracket 15 16 10. EXPLODED VIEW AND PARTS LIST (/N1B) POS. NO 17 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) DESCRIPTION 0200 0201 0202 0204 0205 0219 0220 0240 0244 0245 3139 247 51280 3120 001 00051 3139 247 51310 3139 244 00550 3139 244 00560 3139 244 00590 3139 241 20110 3139 247 51410 3139 247 51461 3139 247 51461 1005 1014 1018 3122 427 22300 PSU PCB ASSY DVD2B+ 20PS223 3104 157 11190 CWAS FLEX DVD 22 130 32S 3104 157 11200 CWAS FLEX DVD 16 130 32S QW15711190 QW15711200 0385 0384 0387 4822 321 10249 MAINS CORD 3139 228 85500 REMOTE CONTROL 3139 246 10340 USER GUIDE (/N1B) QP32110249 QT22885500 QT24610340 18 FRONT PANEL (BLACK) BADGE MARANTZ BADGE DVD WINDOW BUTTON STANDBY DOOR SPRING DOOR BUTTON CONTROL FOOT FOOT PART NO. (MJI) QT24751280 QZ00100051 QT24751310 QT24400550 QT24400560 QT24400590 QT24120110 QT24751410 QT24751461 QT24751461 (/A1B, /S1G, /U1B) For /U1B old For /A1B, /S1G and /U1B new POS. NO PART NO. (PCS) DESCRIPTION 0200 0200 0201 0202 0202 0204 0205 0205 0219 0219 0220 0240 0240 0244 0245 /A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51290 /S1G 3139 247 51302 4822 454 11825 /A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51310 /S1G 3139 247 51321 3139 244 00550 /A1B,/U1B 3139 244 00570 /S1G 3139 247 51331 /A1B,/U1B 3139 244 00590 /S1G 3139 247 51341 3139 241 20110 /A1B,/U1B 3139 247 51410 /S1G 3139 247 51421 3139 247 51451 3139 247 51271 1005 1014 1018 /A1B,/S1G 3139 248 80390 PSU PCB ASSY DVD2000 (OVS) /U1B 3139 248 80380 PSU PCB ASSY DVD2000 (USS) 3139 110 34220 FFC FOIL 22P/105/22P BD B 3139 110 34230 FFC FOIL 16P/105/16P BD B 0384 0385 0385 0385 0387 0387 /A1B /S1G /U1B /U1B /A1B,/U1B 1005 19 VERS. COLOR 20 3139 228 85500 3139 118 73040 4822 321 10249 4822 321 11466 3139 246 10350 3139 246 10521 FRONT PANEL (BLACK) FRONT PANEL (GOLD) BADGE MARANTZ BADGE DVD (BLACK) BADGE DVD (GOLD) WINDOW BUTTON POWER (BLACK) BUTTON POWER (GOLD) DOOR (BLACK) DOOR (GOLD) SPRING DOOR BUTTON CONTROL (BLACK) BUTTON CONTROL (GOLD) FOOT FOOT REMOTE CONTROL MAINS CORD (/A1B) MAINS CORD (/S1G) MAINS CORD (/U1B) USER GUIDE (/U1B) USER GUIDE (/A1B,/S1G) PART NO. (MJI) QT24751290 QT24751302 QP45411825 QT24751310 QT24751321 QT24400550 QT24400570 QT24751331 QT24400590 QT24751341 QT24120110 QT24751410 QT24751421 QT24751451 QT24751271 QT24880390 QT24880380 QT11034220 QT11034230 QT22885500 QT11873040 QP32110249 QP32111466 QT24610350 QT24610521 12. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM AND PARTS LOCATION Volume / Standby PWB 1 2 A A B B C D1: Standby PCB (N1B) 1111 D1 1205 D2 3150 C1 6204 D1 T134 C1 T135 D1 T136 D1 T137 D2 T138 D2 C T134 3150 100R T135 LTL-1CHPE 6204 GEEN SYMBOOL CQW10 T136 1205 1 D STANDBY 1111 T137 3 SKQNAB T138 4 EH-S D 2 To Con 1117 of Display PCB 1 2 21 22 Display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 +5Vstb For models with P50 only FIL2 FIL1 14 +5Vstb 3100 22K A 3101 27K F105 A1 : FRONT DISPLAY PCB 49 48 F108 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 1113 14-MT-26GNK 3105 0R C L F200 3102 IN_P50 3107 DVD R F102 F106 F109 2 1 2100 220p F103 0R 47K SW F104 TITLE SR CHAPTER SCAN A-B VCD FTS TOTAL CHAPTER TRACK REPEAT SHUFFLE TRACK TITLE TIME TRACK P50 interface to scart scart PIN 10 P50 220p 3104 SL 6100 BAS216 2101 F201 OUT_P50 DIGITAL SURROUND 7101 BC847B 100K F202 3106 220R 7102 F100 V13 BC847B F113 7100 BC847B F101 B VFD GRID 12 F107 V14 VKK 2103 100p 2102 100p F231 2211 100p VFD GRID 13 3108 82K 3103 82K STBKEY+ VKK 3109 4K7 3149 F169 2131 EH-B 12 13 14 15 16 F175 100R 3 F124 V1 V2 V3 V4 V0 F133 F123 F132 V5 4-Bit In/Output (tri-state) P5 AIN10 34 AIN5 31 F155 AIN4 30 F157 AIN3 29 F159 AIN2 28 AIN1 27 3-B. I/O P3 AIN0 sink o.drain SCK0 25 22 IN_P50 23 1107 1106 SKQNAB 1108 3D SOUND SKQNAB PAUSE SKQNAB PLAY SKQNAB STOP F160 F161 26 F162 24 F163 3123 3121 10K 4K7 3122 F208 SCA 10R 3125 F209 SCL PH-B 1118 1 F241 2 10R 3 3150 3130 4K7 10R STBY control F210 P50 2114 22p 4 F242 5 2115 22p PKM13EPY OPTION +12V F178 F179 3132 F213 330R 2120 22p 2119 22p 3133 10R 2121 22p 2122 33n 2124 7110 TSOP1736 +5Vstb F184 3135 2 F234 220R 3 F183 4 F235 VS 3136 1K F223 3142 3137 330R 10K OUT F219 GND 2 3 1 STBKEY- 3134 330R F214 2125 F216 22p 22u 3138 470R 4R7 BC327-25 7106 VFIL_DC F212 2116 33n 7105 BC337-25 FIL1 7107 BC847B 3120 470R 2117 10u STBKEY+ EH-B 2123 10u STBY - LEDCONTROL 3131 TO 1205 SKQNAB +5Vstby F181 I SKQNAB F211 K_STROBE 2118 22p 1 1122 1112 5 1117 1121 3115 4K7 SKQNAB OPEN / CLOSE 1109 10K 8-Bit Input/Output (tri-state) 21 F233 3145 F187 P4 20 SKQNAB PREV 3114 10R 1102 6105 10R 10R 3129 10R 3128 35 SKQNAB NEXT 3113 4K7 F180 K_CLK 4 H 36 AIN11 1101 F177 K_DATA F245 19 F176 K_RESET 2 10R 3127 3126 1 18 For DVD 751 only 1110 For DVD732 only 1116 17 OUT_P50 MICRO- AIN12 VKK 1100 3112 4K7 F142 SCA 11 37 F152 SCL 10 AIN13 33n F232 F140 F186 INT4 9 INT2 8 P0 BAS216 F227 OPTION EH-B V6 V7 V8 8-Bit Input/Output (tri-state) TC1 7 38 drain 1n G F122 F121 F131 F130 F120 V10 V9 F119 F128 F129 V11 V12 V13 V14 V15 F118 V17 V16 F117 F127 V18 F126 V19 V20 V21 80k pull down 6 100R 1n 3 5 39 VASS F171 2 MICRO+ 4 VDD VAREF 3116 82K 33 F173 F168 2202 F226 3 2105 32 F170 3148 F243 1 2 F164 1119 1 P03 OPTION 41 AIN6 8-Bit A/D Converter 3-Bit In/Output with latch P2 80 SI1 SO1 3147 10K 2107 33n sink open 8-Bit Input/Output (tri-state) P0 79 -SCK1 3146 10K F116 F125 78 VKK F153 6102 BZX284-C10 CPU TC4 +5Vstb 42 AIN7 Counter F172 +5Vstb V36 43 80k pull down -DV0 76 V35 77 44 45 8-Bit high breakdown v. output port with latch P6 TC2 F158 VKK 46 3111 4K7 3110 4K7 F114 V15 Program ROM XTOUT 2111 33n -RESET 2110 33n XIN 2130 22u 47 7103 BC847B F135 40 -INT1 VKK OUT 3 48 49 -INT0 75 V34 50 80k pull down P6-P9 source open drain -STOP 74 V33 F156 51 F230 F207 F154 F206 52 53 8-Bit high breakdown voltage output part ewith latch P7 RAM VSS GND 3119 10K 72 V31 73 V32 XOUT IN 2109 33n 2108 33n F150 F151 P07 7112 MC79L24 2 1 (-40V) 3118 10K F167 F204 F205 71 V30 54 VFT driver circuit (automatic display) F166 6101 BZX284-C8V2 EH-B E F149 55 56 TEST 2106 10u 4R7 57 58 80k pull down P06 -40V 70 V29 59 XTIN +5Vstb 4 69 V28 1202 F203 60 V15 V14 V13 8-Bit h.break. v. out w. latch P8 P05 +5V stb +5Vstby 3117 3 1207 F147 F229 F244 2 GND V27 61 source open drain 80k p.d. +12V 68 62 P04 1 +12V 67 V26 F141 VFIL_DC F228 V24 66 V25 F139 63 F165 1115 F138 64 8-Bit h. breakdown v. out. port w. latch P9 D 65 5-Bit h. breakd. v. out w. latch PD F137 V23 7104 TMP87CH74 V22 7202 C F STBKEY- VKK G14 G13 G12 VFD GRID14 BC857B 7109 F221 10u 6104 BAS216 3140 10K 3144 100K F222 7108 BC847B 2201 33n 3139 4K7 3143 10K FIL2 2126 F217 2129 22u 2128 1n INFO : FIL2-FIL1=4.8Vac-RMS 1 2 3 4 23 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 24 13 14 F218 Display PWB 25 26 Supply and video switching (/N1B) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SUPPLY & VIDEO SWITCHING supply RGB switching 1300-1 1 A TP1 1300-2 +6V +6V B 2 +6V A TP2 1300-3 G 3 TP3 1300-5 2527 2528 2529 22n 22n 22n R 5 TP4 CVBS F260 0|6|12 -9.5V F113 1300-9 -9.2V 0R F269 3615 7331 BC547B 6302 6403 F274 F270 10K Y1 13 7 6 F130 8 1301-10 F138 1K -0.6V 7 8V -5V 16 7904-B Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 2 10 S 15 Z RCIN_AUX Y1 1 +8VAud 16 7905-B Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 2 10 S 15 Z GIN_AUX E Vee Vss 6 6 6 8 -5V 7 8 -5V +6V 7 16 7903-C Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 5 9 S 16 7904-C Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 5 9 S 16 7905-C Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 5 9 S 4 Z 4 Z 4 Z Y1 3 Y1 3 E Vee Vss 6 6 7 8 7 +12V 16 -5V F275 0R 3620 F276 F401 3 3V3 C 2 2453 47u BC_AUX Y1 3 -5.2V U185 D -5V E Vee Vss 8 6 7 -5V +6V +12Vstby 9 8 -8Vstby -5V E +12Vstby +6V CVBS SWITCHING BLANKING 4R7 7333 BC327-25 2535 22n 16 7900-A Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 12 11 S 16 7901-A Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 12 11 S 4K7 SELECT 7334 BC847B 14 Z CVBS 7335 BC847B YCVBSOUT_TV SELECT Y1 13 CVBS 14 Z E Vee Vss 6 6 8 SELECT_HIGH Y1 13 E Vee Vss 7 YCVBSOUT_AUX 7 FBOUT_TV F 16 7902-A +5V Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 12 11 S 14 Z Y1 13 7945 BC857B E Vee Vss 8 6 7 8 FBIN_AUX 47K 0V 0.7V 10K 0V 2536 22n 3770 +6V 3624 F280 3625 F281 2532 22n 4K7 +10.8V F279 3623 F278 3769 +12Vstby 2533 2537 22n 22n F500 +6V 0.7V YCVBSIN_AUX 15 Z 15 Z 15 Z +6V H Y1 1 0V SELECT U275 7943 BC847B 56K 0.7V 3723 +6V 10K 3695 56K 3720 6 U228 YCVBSIN_TV E Vee Vss 7 8 3 4 27 5 E Vee Vss E Vee Vss 6 6 +6V -5V SLB_TV Y1 1 7 8 7 8 16 7902-C Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 5 9 S 4 Z 4 Z 4 Z Y1 3 E Vee Vss E Vee Vss 6 6 7 8 7 SLB_AUX 6 7 8 3772 F503 +12Vstby 7 8 9 10 7947 BC847B 11 SELECT HIGH: 0V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART DVD" 12V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART LOOP" I ALL DC VOLTAGES MEASURED IN STOP MODE. 47K -5V 6 SELECT: 0V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART DVD" 6V DURING PLAYER SCRIPT: "SCART LOOP" Y1 3 E Vee Vss 8 H F502 16 7901-C Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 5 9 S Y1 3 0|6|12 7946 BC857B +12Vstby -5V 16 7900-C Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 5 9 S -5V 2 Y1 1 3805 16 7902-B Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 2 10 S 3773 56K 7935 BC847B 16 7901-B Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 2 10 S G 7949 BC847B 47K 3722 U230 47K +12Vstby -5V 16 7900-B Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 2 10 S 3774 SELECT_HIGH 0|6|12 +6V -5V F501 47K 0V 3771 10K 3696 +12Vstby U229 47K 3804 10K G 10K F 10K 3622 3621 F277 1 3.3V L78L33 1 +11.2V 3627 I 2541 100n 8 -5V +6V E Vee Vss B +8Vstby 2452 220n Y1 1 E Vee Vss 7 +8VAud 0R 2 7400 22n +6V -5V Y1 1 3433 F121 2534 22n TP6 +11.5V OUT GND 2412 47u TP5 F135 IN 3 F120 8 E Vee Vss +6V Y_ENC 1K 8 2531 16 7903-B Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 2 10 S 7332 BC857B F142 15 1301-16 DC_OFF 6 7 8V 7304 LF80C 2354 220n Y1 13 6 -5V C_ENC 1301-9 14 Z E Vee Vss +6V 14 1301-15 E BC_TV 1 +12Vstby B E Vee Vss 22n SCL 13 1301-14 SELECT 11.4V 220n F211 2384 Y1 13 2530 SDA 10 1301-13 14 Z 8 15 Z D GOUT_TV +6V 1301-2 2 1301-8 G 16 7905-A Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 12 11 S U183 2525 E Vee Vss 0V 3619 F273 -1.2V BAS216 14 Z RCOUT_TV 4R7 2545 4K7 DC_OFF BAS216 SELECT 220n -8.6V F272 3618 0V 10K 3617 3616 F271 R 16 7904-A Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 12 11 S U182 2524 -8Vstby 9 C SELECT 220n 6404 8 16 7903-A Vdd HEF4053BT Y0 12 11 S 47u B 3626 BZX284-C5V1 1300-8 3762 6 270R 1300-6 12 13 28 14 1300-1 A1 1300-2 A1 1300-3 A1 1300-5 A1 1300-6 B1 1300-8 B1 1300-9 B1 1301-10 D1 1301-13 D1 1301-14 D1 1301-15 E1 1301-16 E1 1301-2 D1 1301-8 D1 1301-9 E1 2354 B13 2384 B11 2412 B14 2452 C13 2453 C14 2524 B6 2525 B9 2527 A6 2528 A8 2529 A10 2530 C6 2531 C8 2532 F6 2533 G6 2534 C10 2535 F8 2536 F10 2537 G8 2541 B14 2545 C4 3433 B14 3615 B3 3616 B3 3617 C2 3618 C3 3619 C2 3620 E3 3621 F2 3622 F2 3623 F3 3624 F2 3625 G1 3626 B3 3627 E3 3695 H2 3696 G3 3720 H2 3722 H2 3723 I2 3762 D13 3769 G12 3770 G11 3771 H11 3772 I11 3773 I12 3774 H11 3804 G11 3805 G12 6302 C2 6403 C1 6404 D13 7304 B13 7331 B3 7332 C3 7333 F3 7334 F3 7335 G2 7400 C13 7900-A F6 7900-B G6 7900-C H6 7901-A F8 7901-B G8 7901-C H8 7902-A F10 7902-B G10 7902-C H10 7903-A B6 7903-B C6 7903-C D6 7904-A B8 7904-B C8 7904-C D8 7905-A B10 7905-B C10 7905-C D10 7935 H3 7943 I2 7945 F11 7946 H11 7947 I12 7949 G12 F106 A2 F109 A2 F110 A2 F112 B2 F113 B2 F120 B13 F121 B14 F130 D2 F135 E2 F138 D2 F142 D2 F144 D2 F150 E2 F211 B11 F260 B2 F269 B3 F270 B4 F271 B3 F272 C3 F273 C2 F274 C2 F275 E3 F276 E4 F277 F2 F278 F2 F279 F3 F280 F2 F281 G1 F401 C14 F500 G11 F501 G12 F502 H11 F503 I12 U182 B6 U183 B8 U185 D13 U228 H2 U229 G3 U230 H2 U275 I2 Audio A/V MUX (/N1B) 1 2 4 3 5 6 7 8 10 9 11 12 13 14 AUDIO HP_R HP_R 10K 2464 VO2P 32 VO2N 31 29 VO1N DAC’S VDDA 6 VREFA 30 F437 2472 47u 10K 3631 F416 3442 100U 100R 100R F417 2458 2K7 12 3447 F424 52030 11 1300-12 F455 KILL 52030 13 1300-14 +12Vstby 7944 BC847B TP8 3765 STANDBY 10K 3764 TP9 52030 16 1300-17 52030 17 1300-18 10K 52030 15 1300-16 3341 50 4u7 2373 RIN_AUX F177 RIN_TV 3635 220R L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 NC 4 7 5 2497 2457 1n 6 9 10 1410 3339 1K 3338 47K 4 E 6 F413 7 -8Vstby TP14 HP_L HP_L F 6V 4K7 3610 F265 0V DC_OFF 0.7V 7329 BC847B G +5V 0.6V F267 F266 3612 0V 7330 BC847B 47K 2488 DIG_OUT 3505 F486 100n 100R 3507 100R 2543 47p F487 2544 10u 5400 7CHA 3 4 F488 3508 6400 GP1F32T 2 F489 1 68R 2 1 6 8 2495 100n TP11 H DRIVER 3 TP18 F490 52030 19 1300-20 3 1405 YKC21-3416 2 2519 100n DIG_OUT 1 52030 22 1 EH-B 3 HP_R STANDBY F478 1 HP_L +8VAud 7 52030 21 1300-22 LOUT_TV TP15 8 F181 7403-D MC33079 14 52030 18 1300-19 I LOUT_AUX D 50 TP10 52030 20 1300-21 C TP15 +6V TP7 52030 14 1300-15 3 SCL TP17 +5V 3768 52030 12 1300-13 LO3 15 1402-B YKC21-3930 22K +5V 47p 5 -8Vstby 4K7 F505 4R7 KILL: -8V DURING PLAY +4.8V DURING STOP, NEXT, PREVIOUS 3614 3803 100R 2360 47p 11 BC817-40 F268 3611 F448 52030 10 1300-11 2361 13 2K7 2542 52030 7 1300-10 LO4 17 SDA 3322 100R 2K7 52030 4 1300-7 4 7405 KILL 3613 1300-4 ADDR 26 3321 47K F GND SCL 27 F141 2372 4u7 3453 2u2 52030 12 4.6V1 BUS DECODER TP16 SDA 28 F139 2 10K 2461 {PCM_OUT0,PCM_OUT1,PCM_OUT2,SCLK,LRCLK,PCM_CLK,DEEM0,DEEM1} 4R7 U186 2 C +8VAud 100p 52030 11 1301-12 TP15 RO4 18 U226 3 VS 7404 BC817-40 10K 52030 6 1301-7 RO3 16 LO2 13 TP13 3445 10K 3446 F423 -8Vstby 3451 6401 3517 100R 3632 100R 2456 B ROUT_TV ROUT_AUX LO1 11 KILL U191 TP15 4 22n U190 52030 7 1301-11 F497 3802 F504 +6V H 11 10K 52030 5 1301-6 G F418 6 3448 52030 4 1301-5 5 STEREO_R 7403-B MC33079 7 4 3V3 52030 3 1301-4 E F415 5 100p 3444 2469 1402-C 6 YKC21-3930 STEREO_L 2455 +1.6V 2471 100n 7406 BC817-40 2K7 U227 22n 1301-1 52030 1 1301-3 3463 F411 Option L/R TP12 VO6 5 VSSA 3 KILL 2450 22n VO4 2 4 VO5 TP12 KILL TP12 U189 +8VAud 22 21 NC RO1 12 RO2 14 9.2V 100p 7948 BC857B 22K 2463 1n SUPPLY L3MODE 17 3766 3461 10K 7407 BC817-40 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 LIN_TV 28 VO1P 3462 F410 AUDIO SCART SWITCHING F176 3464 DS 26 +12V -8Vstby 3V3 TST2 22 1 VO3 KILL A 7917 TEA6420 25 24 23 20 19 TP13 F406 3457 100R 2K7 L3CLK 18 INTERPOL FILTER NOISE SHAPER 15 TP12 U187 F405 F180 22u C 11 10K L3DATA 19 VOL/MUTE/DEEMPH NC 3456 100R DEEM0 25 7 8 2462 100U BZX284-C9V1 DEEM1 24 16 SYSCLK 10K 10K 3512 3511 F432 4 F408 2 22K 14 DI56 27 TST1 -8Vstby 7403-A MC33079 1 F404 10K 3459 3767 13 DI34 3V3 MUTE 23 CONTROL INTERFACE 12 DI12 STATIC 9 F403 3 2498 VSSD 11 WS 3455 100u VDDD 10 BCK +8VAud 2496 20 DIGITAL INTERFACE B 11 3454 5K6 7401 UDA1328T 21 F422 F425 9 10K F419 7403-C MC33079 F400 8 4 F412 3519 22n 100p 1K 3340 22n F414 2K2 3634 2460 D 10 2459 3V3 F421 A 7402 BC817-25 LIN_AUX KILL 47K TP14 +8VAud 2 3 4 29 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 30 14 I 1300-10 G1 1300-11 G1 1300-12 G1 1300-13 G1 1300-14 G1 1300-15 H1 1300-16 H1 1300-17 H1 1300-18 H1 1300-19 I1 1300-20 I1 1300-21 I1 1300-22 I1 1300-4 F1 1300-7 F1 1301-1 D1 1301-11 E1 1301-12 F1 1301-3 D1 1301-4 D1 1301-5 E1 1301-6 E1 1301-7 E1 1402-B D10 1402-C C10 1405 I14 1410 D14 2360 C14 2361 C13 2372 D12 2373 A12 2450 C6 2455 D4 2456 D6 2457 D9 2458 D6 2459 A5 2460 A2 2461 E6 2462 B6 2463 B9 2464 C6 2469 D2 2471 D3 2472 D3 2488 H14 2495 I13 2496 C11 2497 C11 2498 C11 2519 I13 2542 H7 2543 H10 2544 H11 3321 C14 3322 C14 3338 E13 3339 E12 3340 A12 3341 A13 3442 D8 3444 D4 3445 D9 3446 D7 3447 E7 3448 D5 3451 E5 3453 E6 3454 A5 3455 B5 3456 B7 3457 B8 3459 B5 3461 B9 3462 B7 3463 C8 3464 B6 3505 H10 3507 H10 3508 H12 3511 C1 3512 C2 3517 C7 3519 A3 3610 F8 3611 G7 3612 H7 3613 G7 3614 H8 3631 D7 3632 C6 3634 A4 3635 B11 3764 H6 3765 H6 3766 C3 3767 C4 3768 G7 3802 E1 3803 G2 5400 H11 6400 H14 6401 C11 7329 G8 7330 H8 7401 B2 7402 A4 7403-A B6 7403-B D6 7403-C A9 7403-D E9 7404 D8 7405 E8 7406 C8 7407 B8 7917 B12 7944 G7 7948 C4 F139 C13 F141 C13 F176 D12 F177 B12 F180 A12 F181 D12 F265 G8 F266 H7 F267 H8 F268 G7 F400 A9 F403 B5 F404 B6 F405 B8 F406 B8 F408 B5 F410 B7 F411 C8 F412 A4 F413 E9 F414 A2 F415 D5 F416 D8 F417 D8 F418 D5 F419 B1 F421 D6 F422 B1 F423 D7 F424 E8 F425 B1 F432 C1 F437 D3 F448 G1 F455 G1 F478 I1 F486 H11 F487 H11 F488 H12 F489 H13 F490 H12 F497 E1 F504 E1 F505 G2 U186 C12 U187 B7 U188 C3 U189 C3 U190 E3 U191 E3 U226 C12 U227 D7 Scart panel (N1B) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 SCART U223 3348 U221 F115 3315 3359 47K U220 2357 F127 3319 1K 4u7 2383 U195 F205 3363 U219 3366 47K 50 2359 2523 220p +8Vstby +8Vstby F133 470R 4u7 3325 47K 50 5B 100K 22R 330R 2u2 330R 7.4V 2.2V 100R 7928 BC847B 2.6V 3725 3735 22R 330R 3707 6K8 330R 3734 3641 2502 220p 1K 3699 4K7 0350808190 MT1 3721 +8Vstby 1.6V 3733 22R 330R 330R 100K 3732 3724 2409 220p H 7933 BC847B U167 3677 2V 100R 75R F103 220p 7.4V 2.6V 3702 100R 7934 BC847B 7941 BC857B 2.6V 3689 U168 2504 U170 3688 U169 U184 470R 3701 330R 100K 100K 3653 3646 7.4V 2503 220p +8Vstby 7918 BC847B U208 U209 3690 I 1K 3343 75R -0.6V 3703 6K8 2371 220p -8Vstby -8Vstby 1 2 3 4 31 MT2 G 3676 U162 3694 3432 75R F BC857B 7942 150R +8Vstby 2.2V 3647 +8Vstby 1K 20A 21A 3674 1304-3 3801 7931 BC847B U279 19A +6V +8Vstby 2u2 -0.6V E 150R +8Vstby U211 2511 U207 16A F183 U212 75R U206 14A 15A 75R U133 4K7 H I 100K 3800 U131 7922 BC847B 2V +8Vstby 3687 U278 3758 330R 75R 18A 7927 BC847B U149 100R 1.6V U153 U210 3739 22R 3697 3738 3637 100K 3727 330R U141 12A 13A U156 1K 100R 1.6V U222 7923 BC847B 2V U137 3672 220p 2u2 7.4V 2.6V 2499 100R 7924 BC847B 1K 7.4V 2.2V D 11A +8Vstby 7938 BC857B 2.6V 3683 U150 4K7 7936 2.6V BC857B 3679 U138 U142 U143 3673 U132 7.4V 3682 U151 U152 +8Vstby U140 3678 U139 2V U155 U163 330R 3648 100K 3636 3749 U205 100K 2506 G 2408 220p 3425 75R +8Vstby 7925 BC847B 100R 220p U214 2508 20B 21B +8Vstby 9A U148 -8Vstby +8Vstby 8A 220R 10A 3698 3737 F149 SLB_TV 1K 3649 330R 3736 3726 7A 17A 3650 3640 19B F259 7.4V 2.6V 1.6V U147 7937 BC857B 2.6V 3681 U144 2501 2402 220p 75R -0.6V 3706 6K8 F 18B U136 1K 3408 U203 3693 3757 17B U201 7921 BC847B F148 3313 +8Vstby 100R 7926 BC847B 6A U154 +8Vstby 16B 100K U204 4A 5A +8Vstby +8Vstby 15B -8Vstby 7.4V C 3A F145 U146 3680 U145 330R 14B +8Vstby 100K 3638 13B F247 75R +8Vstby 2.2V 2u2 12B 2404 220p 3407 75R U216 2507 11B 3639 3705 6K8 E F234 -0.6V 3756 8B 9B 3692 1K 330R 3651 7B U213 U202 +8Vstby U134 2A F140 +8Vstby 10B U199 7920 BC847B 330R 100K F229 220R +8Vstby 3747 22R 6B U225 3409 3731 U215 -8Vstby U198 1.6V 100R 1A F137 1K F218 U161 2.6V 100K 3704 6K8 3B 4B 2395 220p 3629 75R 7930 BC847B F134 7929 BC847B 2V U157 3675 3700 F222 1K -0.6V 2u2 7939 BC857B 2.6V 3685 U158 100R 7.4V 2.2V 2B 1304-1 U160 3684 U159 7.4V 3744 3691 TV-SCART +8Vstby 330R U197 U200 7919 BC847B U218 2509 U217 F219 1B 3642 1304-2 F216 100K 3397 47K 50 +8Vstby 3748 AUX-SCART 470R 4u7 100K 3394 3643 F212 100K 2385 B 3323 +8Vstby U196 2521 220p 3320 47K 50 1K 4u7 3318 47K 50 50 2358 220p 3316 47K 470R 4u7 470R 4u7 A 1K 2355 3351 47K D F195 3314 50 2522 220p 3413 C {ROUT_AUX,RIN_AUX,LOUT_AUX,LIN_AUX,BC_AUX,SLB_AUX,GIN_AUX,RCIN_AUX,FBIN_AUX,YCVBSOUT_AUX,YCVBSIN_AUX} B 2382 F114 4u7 3349 47K 50 U194 2353 1K 220p F193 4u7 2500 2378 U193 A 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 32 13 1304-1 C13 1304-2 C6 1304-3 G13 2353 A10 2355 A10 2357 B10 2358 A12 2359 B10 2371 I11 2378 A3 2382 A3 2383 B3 2385 C3 2395 C5 2402 F5 2404 E5 2408 F5 2409 I5 2499 G5 2500 E12 2501 F11 2502 C11 2503 G11 2504 H11 2506 G2 2507 D9 2508 F8 2509 C8 2511 H8 2521 B12 2522 A5 2523 B5 3313 D12 3314 A11 3315 A11 3316 A12 3318 B11 3319 B11 3320 B12 3323 B11 3325 B11 3343 I11 3348 A4 3349 A5 3351 B4 3359 B5 3363 B4 3366 B5 3394 C4 3397 C5 3407 E5 3408 F4 3409 D4 3413 D4 3425 F5 3432 I4 3629 C5 3636 G2 3637 G2 3638 D9 3639 E9 3640 E8 3641 F8 3642 C8 3643 D8 3646 H8 3647 I8 3648 G2 3649 D9 3650 E8 3651 C8 3653 H9 3672 G5 3673 E11 3674 F11 3675 C11 3676 G10 3677 H11 3678 G3 3679 G3 3680 D10 3681 D10 3682 F9 3683 F10 3684 C9 3685 C10 3687 G9 3688 H9 3689 H10 3690 I11 3691 C4 3692 D4 3693 E4 3694 I4 3697 G4 3698 E11 3699 F10 3700 C10 3701 G10 3702 I10 3703 I10 3704 D3 3705 E3 3706 F3 3707 I3 3721 G10 3724 H9 3725 F9 3726 E9 3727 G3 3731 C9 3732 I9 3733 H9 3734 F8 3735 F9 3736 E9 3737 E10 3738 H2 3739 G3 3744 D8 3747 C9 3748 C8 3749 G2 3756 D9 3757 F8 3758 H8 3800 G9 3801 G10 7918 I10 7919 C3 7920 D3 7921 E3 7922 I3 7923 G4 7924 G2 7925 D11 7926 D9 7927 F10 7928 F9 7929 C10 7930 C8 7931 G9 7933 H10 7934 H9 7936 G3 7937 D10 7938 F10 7939 C9 7941 H9 7942 G10 F103 H10 F114 A11 F115 A11 F127 B11 F133 B11 F134 C13 F137 C13 F140 C13 F145 D13 F148 D12 F149 D13 F183 F13 F193 A4 F195 B4 F205 B4 F212 C4 F216 C6 F218 D6 F219 C6 F222 C6 F229 D6 F234 D6 F247 E6 F259 F6 U131 G3 U132 E10 U133 F10 U134 C9 U136 F6 U137 G4 U138 G4 U139 G3 U140 G2 U141 G2 U142 D13 U143 E11 U144 D11 U145 D10 U146 D9 U147 E9 U148 E13 U149 F11 U150 F10 U151 F9 U152 F9 U153 F8 U154 D13 U155 E13 U156 F13 U157 C10 U158 C10 U159 C9 U160 C9 U161 C8 U162 G10 U163 G9 U167 H11 U168 H10 U169 H9 U170 H9 U184 H8 U193 A2 U194 B2 U195 B2 U196 C2 U197 C2 U198 D2 U199 D4 U200 C4 U201 E4 U202 E2 U203 F2 U204 E6 U205 G2 U206 I4 U207 I2 U208 I8 U209 I10 U210 H8 U211 H8 U212 G10 U213 F8 U214 F8 U215 D9 U216 D8 U217 C8 U218 C8 U219 B8 U220 B8 U221 A8 U222 G2 U223 A8 U225 D6 U278 G8 U279 G9 CVBS / YC panel (/N1B) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 CVBS & YC A A +8Vstby +8Vstby 3300 330R 3751 100K 3752 2538 CVBS B 100K +8Vstby 2u2 3730 3745 22R 330R 2.6V 7310 BC847B 2V 100R 3746 B TP19 F104 3345 U130 1402-A 2 YKC21-3930 75R 2377 220p 3347 1K 330R 3750 1.6V F107 100K 7300 BC857B 3763 100R 7.4V 7301 2.6V BC847B 2.2V U276 +8Vstby F100 3301 F101 7.4V F108 1 C C +8Vstby +8Vstby 100K 100K 2539 Y_ENC 3753 D 3755 +8Vstby I242 7.4V 2.2V 2u2 3056 330R 3058 +8Vstby 7.4V 100R I241 7013 BC847B 1.6V U277 I251 7012 BC857B 2.6V I245 3059 I246 2.6V 3728 3741 22R 330R D 7014 BC847B I247 100R 2V 3062 330R 100K 3740 3754 75R 3063 1K E E +5V +5V 3036 2K2 0|6|12 3038 22K 0.6V F 3039 I196 7007 BC847B 47K I189 3041 7006 BC847B 8K2 F 3040 27K 3044 -5V 22K 0.6V 1303 TCS79 I208 TP20 7008 BC847B 100K 3043 330R 3045 2u2 F600 100K I221 3742 3759 H 7009 2.6V BC857B I214 3046 I215 I211 7.4V 2.2V 220p 2520 G +8Vstby I210 100R 7.4V 7010 BC847B 2.6V 1.6V 3729 3743 22R 330R 7011 BC847B 2V 2032 100R H I219 470n 3050 220R 330R 100K 3760 3761 +8Vstby 7 4 2 220p +8Vstby 2505 +8Vstby 2540 5 6 75R C_ENC 1 3 TP21 3049 G Y/C OUT I I 1 2 3 4 5 33 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 34 14 1303 F10 1402-A B9 2032 H8 2377 B9 2505 G9 2520 G9 2538 B5 2539 D6 2540 H6 3036 F7 3038 F6 3039 F5 3040 F5 3041 F7 3043 G6 3044 F5 3045 G6 3046 H7 3049 G9 3050 H8 3056 D6 3058 D6 3059 D7 3062 D9 3063 E8 3300 B6 3301 B6 3345 B8 3347 B8 3728 D6 3729 H6 3730 B6 3740 E6 3741 D7 3742 H6 3743 H7 3745 B7 3746 B6 3750 B6 3751 A6 3752 B6 3753 D6 3754 E6 3755 D6 3759 H6 3760 G6 3761 G6 3763 B7 3999 I1 7006 F6 7007 F6 7008 F6 7009 G7 7010 H6 7011 H8 7012 D7 7013 D6 7014 D8 7300 B7 7301 B6 7310 B8 F100 B6 F101 B7 F104 B8 F107 B6 F108 B9 F600 H6 I189 F7 I191 F6 I196 F6 I200 G5 I208 F9 I210 G7 I211 G6 I214 H7 I215 H8 I219 H8 I221 H6 I241 D7 I242 D6 I245 D7 I246 D8 I247 D8 I251 D6 U130 B7 U192 G9 U224 G9 U276 B6 U277 D6 A/V Mux panel (/N1B) _Z _A 35 36 A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B) 3 5 6 7 * 4402 3 I402 2401 8 28 VO1P VO2P 32 29 VO1N VO2N 31 DAC’S 1 VO3 VSSA 2402 I532 D 6 3V3A 4401 8 1n 2413 1n B 3452 100R KILL 2411 3423 I414 7004 BC817-25 2K7 3420 I412 3441 I410 RIGHT 7003 BC817-25 I407 5 2409 I408 BC817-25 I419 7402-B LM833D 7 I409 8 6 4 3416 2445 2404 47u I418 1401-C I530 8 YKC21-4040 I425 3444 7 I423 3445 2K7 I426 3446 KILL D 7008 BC817-25 2K7 22n 3417 9 7007 10K -5VA 10K 3418 3V3 C 100R 100R 22n 100p 2403 100n 7 F552 +5VA 30 I533 22n 3451 100R 7039 BC817-25 VREFA 3 2507 100u 2K7 VO6 5 VDDA 3407 10K 2405 KILL VO4 2 4 VO5 F551 Kill DS 26 3435 2K7 1n 2420 1n 2421 6 10K 10K C VOL/MUTE/DEEMPH NC INTERPOL FILTER 15 NOISE SHAPER 8 -8VHP 6 100p FOR DVD732 TST2 22 F550 2419 -5VA 4415 L3MODE 17 7 10K 3403 3402 16 SYSCLK 5 220p 3448 PCM_CLK 4 F549 A -5VA +5V 19 7404-B LM833D 7 4 L3CLK 18 L3DATA 8 2437 27 TST1 DEEM0 25 I411 2412 14 DI56 4414 3 F548 +8VHP HP_R 4 10K DEEM1 24 5 1n 2418 1n 2 MICRO 2 6411 13 DI34 PCM_OUT2 3 BAS216 12 DI12 PCM_OUT1 100R 2417 1 F547 3415 * 4403 EH-B 1002 F545 F546 -5VA 7402-A 8 LM833D 1 I401 3406 I403 2K2 B +5VA 10K MUTE 23 DIGITAL INTERFACE 11 WS STATIC 9 HP_L +5VA 3405 3V3A 3592 10 BCK 2408 22n 10K 13 100R 4 2406 VSSD 12 3414 100u 20 VDDD 5K6 3401 I400 7400 UDA1328T 21 CONTROL INTERFACE 22n 7404-A LM833D 1 3404 2400 11 C1: AV PCB 2 100p 4400 10 220p 3400 3V3 2K2 A 9 +5VA 22n 2407 ST_L 7000 BC817-25 8 10K 2436 KILL 4 3447 2 100u 1 I405 3419 100u 3411 3412 10K 2410 2508 100R 100R 10K KILL 100p Y1 8 4 3428 7 3429 Y2 6 LEFT 2K7 4 F504 I421 3439 ST_L 3440 KILL 6 100R 100R 3442 I422 7005 BC817-25 KILL I424 3443 2415 1n 3424 10K 3425 10K 2416 1n 5 7006 BC817-25 1405 YKC21-3337 I529 3 47R +5V +5VD +5VD BCKO 29 47R 3426 I446 1 100R 3427 I447 2 470p 2435 OPTION +5V SDO 28 5 1 1 3 6 1 0 6 LPFO2 ANALOG 1 4 2430 4u7 ANALOG OUT IN 7 VRA2 1 3 I435 8 AIR LZ 9 LPFO3 I 2447 3n3 (3 n 9 ) O NY L OR F DV D 32 7 2449 82p 2448 4n7 22K 3450 2439 I430 100R 12 18 10u 5400 7CHA 1 4 I431 3 I432 3453 2 1 I433 6 8 2440 100n MIC IN 23 34 44 10 13 21 22 27 26 25 FOR DVD732 3 +5VD I 1 4440 1 2 3 4 37 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 38 7406 GP1F32T 1400 YKC21-3416 2 Parts * Reserved L/R No Swap ** L/R/Swap # 11 19 H DRIVER 3 68R 7 3 LPFO1 3434 RZ DRAM 2 MIC1 XI I437 GNDA2 I436 10K GNDA1 3433 10K GNDL 3432 10K TIMING GENE. GNDD 3431 470n GNDX 2431 MICRO AOR 16 47p 2 2 100n 100R VR2 15 DSP I429 2441 L H Y 4 3449 47p Y 3 RI Y 2 LI Y 1 5 AIL CKS G 1 2442 DIG_OUT AOL 14 4u7 2438 7 4 CT1 H 5 7 D 4 VRA1 XO H I434 2429 G 100R 2434 47R 3438 DIGITAL OUT MICOM uF I444 DIGITAL IN 47R 3437 LRCKO 30 32 BCKI 31 SDI I443 33 LRCKI I442 3436 EMP 38 37 36 35 TEST 17 IFD 1 RESN 43 IFL 42 IFS 24 VDA1 20 VDA2 22n VDL 4416 P50 7403 41 40 39 TC9409BF 470p 22n 2428 SCLK VDD2 Y4 13 LRCLK PCM_OUT0 2450 FOR DVD 741, DVD 751 12 EXTO 47R 14 VDD1 Y3 10 3430 9 F I450 2K7 2K7 11 E 1401-B YKC21-4040 I413 22n F503 3413 I406 47R 1 5 G F502 4 7001 KILL BC817-25 7002 BC817-25 1n 2426 GND VDX 3 EN 1~ MUX 3 3408 I404 2K7 5 4418 2 VCC 4417 F 16 G1 22n 15 F501 2422 1 2 +5V 7405 74HCT157D STEREO_MUTE F500 1n 2425 1003 EH-B 1 2423 1n 2424 E 13 1002 A13 1003 E4 1400 I13 1401-B B13 1401-C F13 1405 D13 2400 A2 2401 A4 2402 D2 2403 D2 2404 D3 2405 C5 2406 B6 2407 A7 2408 A7 2409 D4 2410 E5 2411 C5 2412 D6 2413 B13 2415 C12 2416 C13 2417 A13 2418 A13 2419 A13 2420 B13 2421 B13 2422 F2 2423 F6 2424 F6 2425 F7 2426 F7 2428 G5 2429 H3 2430 H4 2431 I2 2434 D12 2435 D13 2436 G12 2437 G13 2438 I10 2439 H10 2440 I13 2441 I12 2442 H13 2445 D5 2447 I3 2448 I3 2449 I4 2450 G4 2507 C5 2508 C6 3400 A3 3401 A3 3402 C1 3403 C1 3404 A4 3405 B4 3406 B4 3407 B5 3408 B6 3411 B6 3412 B7 3413 B7 3414 A10 3415 A10 3416 D4 3417 D4 3418 E4 3419 E5 3420 F10 3423 F11 3424 C12 3425 C12 3426 D12 3427 D12 3428 F2 3429 F2 3430 G3 3431 I2 3432 I3 3433 I3 3434 I3 3435 C3 3436 G7 3437 G7 3438 G8 3439 D7 3440 D9 3441 F10 3442 D7 3443 D9 3444 F11 3445 G10 3446 G11 3447 G12 3448 G13 3449 H10 3450 H10 3451 E10 3452 E11 3453 H12 3592 C4 4400 A2 4401 D2 4402 A7 4403 B8 4414 B3 4415 B3 4416 G3 4417 G3 4418 G3 4440 I2 5400 H11 6411 C4 7000 A3 7001 B7 7002 B8 7003 F10 7004 F11 7005 D8 7006 E9 7007 G10 7008 G12 7039 C3 7400 B2 7402-A B5 7402-B D5 7403 G7 7404-A A7 7404-B C9 7405 E2 7406 H13 F500 E5 F501 E5 F502 E5 F503 F5 F504 F5 F545 A13 F546 A13 F547 A13 F548 A13 F549 A13 F550 B13 F551 B13 F552 B13 I400 B2 I401 B4 I402 A6 I403 B4 I404 B6 I405 B12 I406 B8 I407 D5 I408 D5 I409 D6 I410 C6 I411 B5 I412 F10 I413 B12 I414 E11 I418 F10 I419 G10 I421 D8 I422 D8 I423 F13 I424 D9 I425 F12 I426 G11 I429 H10 I430 H10 I431 H11 I432 H12 I433 I12 I434 H4 I435 I4 I436 I4 I437 I4 I442 G7 I443 H7 I444 H8 I446 D13 I447 D13 I450 C13 I529 D13 I530 F13 I532 D2 I533 D3 A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B) 1 2 3 3456 I451 22K 12 11 13 7 4 6 I466 3485 3487 430R 2K2 3486 3488 33R 470R 33R 1% 3493 470R 1% 3593 47R 100R 3505 D 47p -5V * 2485 47p * 3550 +5VVID 2479 I499 9 100R * 11 2480 1K * 3590 10K 3526 100R OUTPUT 21 BUFFER CLAMP3 19 I484 3536 2K2 1K 3538 3535 7 5 0 R * *3591 10K * 5003 DSS306 G -5V +5VVID -5V 4420 Go +6Vstby 7026 BC847B 3540 * 1K 4421 -5V +5VVID +5VVID 3541 Bo 4428 5 4 1K O T PIO N 3542 0R 7027 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 3543 7409-A AD8073 7 Vout I500 6 * 7029 100R BC8 4 8 B3549 * 11 1K2 3544 3545 3546 5K6 1K 3 1 1403-C 6 YKC21-3930 1 2 3 4 39 SCL 5 * 5004 DSS306 I Reserved Parts -5V 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 40 13 H I488 2 * * I487 75R 4427 -5V 560R * 4430 3547 -5V SDA F I486 2 330R 2K2 3534 1403-B 4 YKC21-3930 3 1 220p 20 *4424 3 2482 100R BO R I485 75R 4425 220p 1K5 7028 BC8 4 8 B3539 6404 23 BUFFER CLAMP2 220n 17 47p SCL 3522 3533 10R * 4429 * 3537 330R B LEAKAGE AND CUT-OFF CONTROL 100R 2474 SDA 100R 47p 3521 2473 28 I501 I502 3532 Uout 3548 ADJUST 27 I483 2K2 ADJUST Ro 2K2 ADJUST 9 10 1K (BC 8 4 8) B 3525 OUTPUT 3588 220n 2476 BRIGHTNESS G * 22 GO 3527 CPDL 2K2 BCL 3587 y|HUE VCC CPDST CONTRAST I2C SYNC INPUT *4423 I482 2481 100n 2472 10K 3520 100n 100n 2471 2470 1K SATURATION 4K7 * 3510 I R 10n 7024 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 4K7 10K SOURCE SWITCH 4419 3528 B2 14 SC 3509 4426 7409-B 4 AD8073 8 -5V 3589 3529 G2 10n 4 LIMITING 25 BUFFER CLAMP1 2477 2468 3 LIMITING OUTPUT 220n 75R 3516 10n 3517 75R 2469 75R BLACK * * 24 PEAK DRIVE 2478 R2 PEAK BEAM GAMMA G * 4422 3531 22n RO ADAPTIVE B-Y 2 7025 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 100R 82K 2467 R-Y 16 3523 10n 10n 6 Y 15 470n 2465 7 26 2475 3513 10n 22K 3515 RGB2 3518 8 22K 18 GND 22K 3511 4K7 3508 H 5K6 3519 3512 B 3524 5 2463 470n I481 12 B1 470n 2464 3514 22K 2466 +8V_VID * 1K +5VVID 6403 +8V_VID Y- MATRIX B RGB1 470n 2462 I480 11 G1 10 R1 Y-CD/ G I479 E 5002 DSS306 +6Vstby 22n 2461 1 1 I478 * BZX284-C15 +8V_VID ONLY FOR DVD751 R 3 2 BZX284-C15 3530 1 4431 -5V 100R 7408 TDA4780 13 I477 1403-A 2 YKC21-3930 * 7023 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B I476 3507 75R 1K 1% G +5VVID 6402 R I475 3506 2K2 1% 3495 6 7022 BC857B 2K2 BZX284-C15 3494 -5V 100R I473 470n 3503 3491 430R 1% 3492 750R 1% 3496 B G BZX284-C15 E 47p 2455 -5V 6401 3498 *2456 * 3478 75R 3476 2K2 2K2 100R -5V 1K 1% 7019 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B I498 I497 3475 25 3484 * I472 2506 2459 100R 3497 1K2 -5V I492 100u 7020 BC847B 100R 7021 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 100u +5VVID BZX284-C15 3551 680R 2453 3482 3500 I474 4441 820R 1% 11 -5V Y * 13 8 680R 1% 3489 Ro +5VVID 12 I471 1K 1% (39R) C 10 +5VVID 7409-C 4 AD8073 14 6K8 3490 3502 Go 75R 6400 9 +5VVID +5VVID 220p Bo 75R 2460 3479 -5V 3477 5 7 1K 3586 2K2 3474 4K7 2 2458 220p 3504 3473 820R I491 D I464 470n 3480 470R 7017 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B I458 I495 3552 100R 3472 6K8 100R -5V I493 B 4 2457 220p 3483 100R I490 7015 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B -5V +5VVID 25 (BC8 5 8) B BC857B 7016 7018 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 2454 3469 I463 2452 I494 100u I455 +5VVID 3501 3466 680R ONLY FOR DVD751 I462 470n 3468 470R 4K7 3465 4K7 1402 YKF51 1 3 3499 3464 820R I467 I469 3594 +5VVID 3470 270R 3471 3463 6K8 I468 7014 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 2451 470K I456 2484 220p 2483 220p +5VVID I507 +5VVID H_SYNC A 2 270R I457 (BC8 5 8) B BC857B 7013 I459 3467 I461 6412 7012 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B * I470 5 3 I465 BZX284-C15 3461 270R 3462 100R F 14 1 75R 6413 7009 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B C Y 10 C2: AV PCB 3481 8K2 100R I489 9 +5VVID I454 C 8 8K2 I452 B I460 BZX284-C15 10K 7 3460 +5VVID 3454 -5V 3459 7010 BC847B 7011 BC847B 3455 15K 6 1404 TCS79 I496 I453 A 5 3458 1K 3457 22K 0|6|12 4 +5VVID +5VVID 14 1402 B14 1403-A D14 1403-B F14 1403-C H14 1404 A14 2451 B4 2452 C3 2453 D3 2454 C5 2455 D8 2456 D9 2457 C10 2458 C11 2459 E12 2460 E13 2461 G2 2462 G2 2463 G2 2464 G2 2465 G3 2466 H2 2467 H3 2468 H3 2469 H2 2470 F4 2471 F4 2472 F6 2473 I4 2474 I5 2475 I6 2476 G7 2477 H7 2478 H7 2479 F11 2480 F11 2481 G13 2482 I13 2483 B11 2484 B11 2485 E9 2506 D10 3454 A1 3455 A1 3456 A1 3457 A2 3458 A3 3459 A4 3460 A4 3461 B2 3462 B2 3463 B3 3464 B3 3465 C3 3466 C3 3467 B4 3468 C4 3469 C5 3470 C2 3471 C2 3472 D2 3473 D2 3474 D2 3475 D4 3476 E5 3477 D5 3478 E6 3479 C6 3480 C5 3481 A7 3482 D7 3483 D7 3484 D8 3485 C8 3486 C8 3487 C8 3488 C8 3489 D8 3490 C8 3491 E8 3492 E8 3493 E8 3494 E9 3495 E9 3496 D9 3497 D9 3498 D10 3499 C11 3500 D11 3501 D11 3502 D12 3503 E11 3504 E12 3505 D12 3506 E12 3507 E13 3508 H1 3509 I1 3510 I1 3511 H2 3512 G2 3513 G2 3514 H2 3515 H2 3516 H2 3517 H2 3518 F3 3519 F3 3520 F5 3521 I5 3522 I5 3523 I6 3524 F7 3525 G7 3526 H7 I481 G3 3527 G8 I482 F10 3528 H8 I483 F10 3529 I8 I484 G10 3530 F10 I485 F14 3531 F10 I486 F14 3532 F10 I487 H14 3533 F10 I488 I14 3534 G10 I489 C1 3535 G10 I490 C2 3536 G11 I491 D2 3537 F12 I492 D2 3538 G13 I493 C3 3539 F13 I494 C3 3540 H10 I495 C4 3541 H10 I496 A3 3542 H10 I497 D5 3543 H10 I498 E5 3544 I10 I499 F12 3545 I10 I500 H12 3546 I11 I501 I5 3547 H12 I502 I5 3548 I13 I507 B2 3549 H13 4441 D10 3550 E3 3551 D2 3552 C3 3586 D4 3587 G8 3588 G8 3589 G7 3590 H8 3591 H8 3593 C12 3594 C10 4419 G8 4420 G8 4421 H8 4422 F9 4423 F9 4424 G9 4425 F12 4426 F13 4427 I12 4428 H13 4429 F14 4430 H14 4431 D14 5002 E14 5003 G14 5004 I14 6400 D4 6401 E5 6402 E13 6403 G13 6404 I13 6412 C6 6413 C6 7009 B2 7010 A3 7011 A2 7012 B2 7013 B3 7014 B4 7015 C1 7016 C2 7017 C4 7018 C5 7019 D5 7020 D7 7021 D11 7022 D12 7023 D13 7024 I2 7025 F8 7026 H8 7027 I8 7028 F13 7029 H13 7408 F3 7409-A H11 7409-B F11 7409-C C9 I451 A2 I452 B1 I453 A2 I454 B2 I455 C2 I456 B3 I457 B3 I458 D4 I459 B3 I460 A5 I461 B4 I462 B4 I463 C5 I464 C5 I465 A11 I466 A11 I467 B13 I468 B10 I469 B11 I470 A14 I471 C8 I472 D10 I473 D10 I474 D11 I475 D12 I476 E13 I477 D14 I478 E14 I479 G3 I480 G3 A/V board (A1B, /S1G, /U1B) 1 3 2 4 5 * 7413 BC547B 7 8 C3 : AV PCB * 4439 F515 SCL 47u PCM_OUT1 DC_OFF 9 25 BAS216 BAS216 3555 I504 7412 MC79M05 (BC8 5 8) B 3584 BC857B 7031 4K7 I503 IN SDA 2503 +6Vstby 4K7 4K7 B 2505 100u 4R7 -5VA 4411 25 2504 100u 13F519 14F520 25 C # 15F521 * 4437 * * GND 4438 OUT * * FOR COLOR SETTING 470n 2488 D * # BZX284-C9V1 BAS216 6409 6414 I512 7034 BC847B 3561 DC_OFF 47u IN 10u I514 2490 10u 2489 7033 BC547B (BC3 3 47 0- ) 2K2 4K7 3563 I515 D C * 7411 LF80CV F516 3562 +8V_VID +8VHP Y 2491 16F522 4434 (BC 8 4 8) B 4K7 I511 P50 B 3 F525 G IN 5 F527 R 6 F528 CVBS +5VA GND 3V3 OUT 2493 4R7 10u 4 F526 E 7401 LF33CV 3566 47u 2 F524 2492 E 3559 -5V I531 12 1 F523 A OUT GND 10u 11F518 6406 22u 10F517 6405 FOR DVD 732 7032 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 2487 100u 2502 8 #* DC_OFF I509 4K7 F513 3558 I505 I510 Reserved Parts 2K7 PCM_OUT2 F512 7 1001 11 +6Vstby 4R7 3556 6 F511 7030 BC817-25 3560 F510 5 C +5V 10 * -8VHP BAS216 2486 3 F514 H_SYNC 4K7 F509 3554 F508 2 I506 3557 10K 1 4 B 9 6407 1000 52030 3553 A 6 3567 4R7 8 F530 0|6|12 100u F 2494 7 F529 F +5V 9 10F532 +5VVID 3568 14F536 PCM_OUT0 15F537 LRCLK 16F538 SCLK I516 STEREO_MUTE 21F543 DIG_OUT +5VD +6Vstby I521 3578 7037 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B I522 100R 3574 6K8 3575 820R * 3580 2K2 3576 4K7 3577 680R I520 FOR KOK ONLY 3 75R 5000 DSS306 +6Vstby 6408 BZX284-C15 2499 100u 7038 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B 3583 I524 100R 25 -5V CVBS_1 I525 1 1401-A YKC21-4040 I528 2 I526 3 2 * -5V 3579 22F544 G * 4435 I523 3581 CVBS_2 I518 100u 4R7 I519 7036 BC857B (BC8 5 8) B 3573 I517 100R 7035 BC847B (BC 8 4 8) B # 20F542 3569 2496 * PCM_CLK 19 H 3572 270R CVBS 17F539 18F540 0R 100u KILL # G 12F534 F535 13 +5VVID +5VVID 2495 11F533 4436 1 3 5001 DSS306 1 2 I527 H 2500 220p 2501 220p 75R 6410 3582 2K2 BZX284-C15 CL06532021_008.eps 230200 -5V 1 2 3 4 41 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 42 1000 A1 1001 E1 1401-A G11 2486 A5 2487 A6 2488 D4 2489 D5 2490 D6 2491 D7 2492 E2 2493 E3 2494 F2 2495 G2 2496 G2 2499 H6 2500 H11 2501 H11 2502 B5 2503 B6 2504 C7 2505 B8 3553 A3 3554 A3 3555 B3 3556 B4 3557 A5 3558 A8 3559 A8 3560 B8 3561 E2 3562 D2 3563 D3 3566 E1 3567 F1 3568 F2 3569 G2 3572 G5 3573 G5 3574 G6 3575 G6 3576 H6 3577 H6 3578 G7 3579 H7 3580 G7 3581 G8 3582 H8 3583 H9 3584 B5 4411 B6 4434 C4 4435 G10 4436 H10 4437 C6 4438 C7 4439 A5 5000 G10 5001 H10 6405 B2 6406 B3 6407 A5 6408 H8 6409 D2 6410 H8 6414 D4 7030 A4 7031 B4 7032 A9 7033 D4 7034 E3 7035 G5 7036 G6 7037 G7 7038 H8 7401 E2 7411 C6 7412 B6 7413 A4 F508 A1 F509 A1 F510 A1 F511 A1 F512 A1 F513 B1 F514 A2 F515 B1 F516 C2 F517 B1 F518 B1 F519 C1 F520 C1 F521 C1 F522 C1 F523 E1 F524 E1 F525 E1 F526 E1 F527 F1 F528 F1 F529 F1 F530 F1 F532 F1 F533 F1 F534 G1 F535 G1 F536 G1 F537 G1 F538 G1 F539 G1 F540 G1 F542 H1 F543 H1 F544 H1 I503 B3 I504 B3 I505 A4 I506 A4 I509 A8 I510 A9 I511 E2 I512 D4 I514 D5 I515 C6 I516 G5 I517 G6 I518 G5 I519 G6 I520 H6 I521 G7 I522 G7 I523 G8 I524 H8 I525 H9 I526 G11 I527 H11 I528 G11 I531 B6 A/V Pwb (A1B, /S1G, /U1B) 43 44 A/V Pwb (A1B, /S1G, /U1B) 45 46 12. TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING DISPLAY BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING A/V BOARD Check supply voltages The display pcb uses a 24V stabiliser(7112) in combination with a 10V zenerdiode(6102). Check input voltage: at connector 1115-4: -40V 5% Check output voltage at anode of Diode 6102: -10V 5% Check stabilizer 7112 output (VKK): -34V 7% Check +5Vstb voltage at connector 1115-3: +5V 5% Check safety resistor R3117 Check +12V at connector 1115-1: +12V 10% NO DISC POWER ON NO DISPLAY? YES Check filament voltage AC voltage is created via uP output pin 19 generating a 42kHz (duty cycle 45/55) square signal. Check frequency : 42kHz 10% Check buffered square output at emitter of transistor 7105; low level: 800mV, high level: 10.7V Check DC decoupling: check RMS voltage between FIL1 and FIL2 lines: 3.9Vrms+ Connect to mains. During the test, the following display is shown: the counter counts down from the number of nuclei to be run before the test finishes. Example: SET O.K.? NO YES To exit DEALER SCRIPT ,disconnect from mains. Figure 13-2 53 13.2 PLAYER SCRIPT 13.2.4 Survey 13.2.1 Purpose of Player Script Press 2 keys simultaneously + Connect to mains The Player script will give the opportunity to perform a test that will determine which of the DVD player's modules are faulty, to read the error log and error bits and to perform an endurance loop test. To successfully perform the tests, the DVD player must be connected to a tv set to check the output of a number of nuclei. For DVDv2b a multi-channel amplifier, a set of 6 boxes and an external video source are necessary to test. To be able to check results of certain nuclei, the player script expects some interaction of the user (i.e. to approve a test picture or a test sound). Some nuclei (e.g. nuclei that test functionality of the Basic Engine module) require that the DVD player itself is opened, to enable the user to observe moving parts and approve their movement visually. Only tests within the scope of the diagnostic software will be executed hence only faults within this scope can be detected. INTERACTIVE TESTS DISPLAY PCB DISPLAY TEST DispDisplay(30) DispLed(29) LED TEST KEYBOARD TEST DispKeyb(27) REMOTE CONTROL DispRc(28) 13.2.2 Contents of Player Script MONO PCB DIGITAL PART The player script contains all nuclei that are useful on a DVD player that is connected to a tv-set and help to determine which module of the DVD player is faulty, as well as to read out the contents of the error logs. 13.2.3 Structure of Player Script The player script consists of a set of nuclei testing the three hardware modules in the DVD player: the Display PWB, the Digital PWB and the Basic Engine. Nuclei run by the player test need some user interaction; in the next paragraph this interaction is described. The player test is done in two phases: 1. Interactive tests: this part of the player test depends strongly on user interaction and input to determine nucleus results and to progress through the full test. Reading the error log and error bits information can be useful to determine any errors that occurred recently during normal operation of the DVD player. 2. The loop test will perform the same nuclei as the dealer test, but it will loop through the list of nuclei indefinitely. PICTURE TEST VideoColDencOn(23a) SOUND 1 TEST SCART DVD TEST AudioPinkNoiseOn(20a) VideoScartSwDvd(54a) SCART LOOP TEST VideoScartSwPass(54b) SOUND 2 TEST AudioSineOn(21a) MONO PCB(SERVO) & BASIC ENGINE VERSION NUMBER BeVer(37) TRAY TEST BeTrayOut/In(43ab) SLEDGE TEST BeSledgeOut/In(41ab) DISC MOTOR TEST BeDiscMotorOn(39a) FOCUS TEST BeFocusOn(38a) RADIAL TEST BeRadialOn(40a) JUMP TEST BeGroovesIn/Mid/Out(42abc) TRAY TEST BeTrayOut/In(43ab) ERROR LOG & BITS LOOP TEST LogReadErr(31) LogReadbits(32) = Dealer script exclusive of test2 To exit player test, disconnect from mains Figure 13-3 54 14. INTERACTIVE TESTS 14.1 DISPLAY PCB key id. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 14.1.1 DISPLAY TEST The display test is performed by nucleus DispDisplay. By putting a series of test patterns on the local display, the local display is tested. To step through all different patterns, the user must either press PLAY (pattern is ok) or PAUSE (pattern was incorrect) to proceed to the next pattern. The display of patterns is continued in a cyclic manner until the user presses NEXT. If the user presses NEXT before all display patterns are tested, the DispDisplay nucleus will return TRUE (display test successful). Figure14-3 If any keys are detected more than once (due to hardware error), the key-code is displayed twice (or more), with the second digit increased by 1. If the user does not press all keys minimally once (in any order), the DispKeys nucleus will return FALSE and cause an error in the overall result of the player script. The user can leave the keyboard test by pressing the NEXT key on the local display of the DVD player for at least one full second. The result of the keyboard test is shown on local display as follows: 14.1.2 LED TEST The LED(s) on the DVD player is (are) tested by nucleus DispLed. The user must check if the LED(s) is (are) lighted; if it is, press PLAY, if it is not, press PAUSE. By pressing NEXT the script will proceed to the next test. If the user presses NEXT before PLAY or PAUSE, the DispLed nucleus will return TRUE (LED test successful). If OK, press PLAY key PLAY NEXT PREVIOUS PAUSE STOP OPEN / CLOSE SOUND If NOK, press PAUSE Figure 14-4 If OK, press PLAY If NOK, press PAUSE If OK, press PLAY If NOK, press PAUSE Or press NEXT to continue Figure 14-5 Figure 14-1 Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the next text. 14.1.3 KEYBOARD TEST 14.1.4 REMOTE CONTROL TEST The keyboard of the DVD player is tested by nucleus DispKeyb. The user is expected to press all keys on the local keyboard once. The code of the key pressed is shown on the local display (1 hexadecimal digit) immediately followed by a (hexadecimal) number indicating how many times that key has been pressed. Example of the local display during this test: The remote control of the DVD player is tested by nucleus DispRc. The user must press any key on the remote control just once. The codes of the key pressed will be shown on the local display in hexadecimal format. Example: Figure 14-6 Figure 14-2 The key-codes displayed on the local display will scroll from right to left when the display gets full, the text "tb-" will remain on display. 55 14.2 MONO PCB DIGITAL PART In this example 23 is the hexidecimal code of the pressed RC key. The user can leave the remote-control test by pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player. The remote control test is successful if a code was received before the user pressed the NEXT key; pressing the NEXT key before pressing a key on the remote control gives an error in the remote control test (note that the remote control test will also fail if a key on the remote control was pressed but no code was received). The remote control test does not check upon the contents of the received code, that is it will not be checked if the received code matches the key pressed. If desired, the user can manually check this code by using a code-table for the remote control key-codes. RC Key id STANDBY STOP PLAY PAUSE NEXT PREVIOUS CURSOR UP CURSOR DOWN CURSOR LEFT CURSOR RIGHT OK 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ANGLE AUDIO SUBTITLES ROOT MENU OSD ON/OFF RETURN SHUFFLE REPEAT A/B REPEAT 14.2.1 PICTURE TEST The picture test is performed by putting a predefined picture (colour bar) on the display (nucleus VideoColDencOn) and asking the user for confirmation. The display will show the following message: Hexadecimal code C 31 2C 30 20 21 58 59 5A 5B 5C 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 85 4E 4B 54 F 83 1C 1D 3D Figure 14-10 By pressing PLAY the user confirms the test, pressing PAUSE will indicate the picture was invisible or incorrect. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next test 14.2.2 SOUND 1 & SCART DVD TEST The first soundtest is performed by starting a pink noise sound that needs confirmation from the user (nucleus AudioPinkNoiseOn); the display will show the following message very shortly: Figure 14-11 This sound will only be audible from version cut3.1 of Sti5505(item7503 on mono board) onwards. After starting up sound 1, SCART loop-trough will be simultaneously active during this test. SCART loop-trough will be measured with the aid of an external video source. When entering the SCART loop-trough, the local display indicates: Figure 14-7 After pressing NEXT, the result of the remote control test is displayed on the local display of the DVD player as follows: Figure 14-8 Or Figure 14-9 Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the next test. 56 14.3 BASIC ENGINE 14.3.1 VERSION NUMBER In the basic engine tests, the version number of the Basic Engine will be shown first, as the following example: Figure 14-12 On the TV screen a colour bar (generated by nucleus VideoColDencOn) is visual and the internally generated pinknoise is audible. By pressing PLAY the user confirms the test, pressing PAUSE will indicate the sound was inaudible or incorrect. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next test; if the user presses NEXT without pressing PLAY or PAUSE first, the result of this test will be TRUE (sound ok). By pressing the NEXT button there will be switched over to the external source, this must become now visible on the TV screen (using the SCART). The local display indicates: Figure 14-15 By pressing the NEXT key, the Basic Engine tests are started. 14.3.2 TRAY TEST First, the tray is tested. The purpose of this test is also to give the user the opportunity to put a disc in the tray of the DVD player. Some tests on the Basic Engine require that a disc(e.g. DVD MPTD test disc) is present in the player. At the end of the Basic Engine tests this tray test will be repeated solely to enable the user to remove the disc in the tray. The local display will look as follows: Figure 14-13 The internally generated colour bar is still available on the CVBS and Y/C outputs. And the pinknoise-signal is still available on the cinch audio outputs. By pressing the PREV button, the internal generated colour bar becomes visual again. The test can be left by pressing the NEXT key for more than one second. Figure 14-16 14.2.3 SOUND 2 TEST By pressing PLAY or PAUSE the user can toggle the position of the tray. Note that this test will not contribute to the test result of the Basic Engine. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next test, after the tray has been closed (by the software) if it was open. The second soundtest is performed by producing a sine sound (nucleus AudioSineOn). The signal can be stopped by pressing the STOP-key. The display will show the following message: 14.3.3 SLEDGE TEST(visual test) The second Basic Engine test tests the sledge; the user can move the sledge as many times as desired by using PLAY (nucleus BeSledgeOut) and PAUSE (nucleus BeSledgeIn). Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard proceeds to the next test. Note that this test will not contribute to the test result of the Basic Engine. The local display will look as follows during the sledge test: Figure 14-14 By pressing PLAY the user confirms the test, pressing PAUSE will indicate that something went wrong. Pressing NEXT will proceed to the next; if the user presses NEXT without pressing PLAY or PAUSE first, the result of this test will be TRUE (sound ok). Figure 14-17 14.3.4 DISC MOTOR TEST(visual test) The third Basic Engine test tests the disc motor (nucleus BeDiscMotorOn); the local display looks as follows: 57 Figure 14-18 Figure 14-21 By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the disc motor is running; pressing PAUSE indicates the disc motor does not work. Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test, after a reset of the disc motor (nucleus BeDiscMotorOff). If the user presses NEXT before pressing PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test will be TRUE (disc motor is running). The user can switch between the three different types of groove settings by pressing PLAY (forward to next nucleus in the list In-Mid-Out) or PAUSE (backward in the list In-Mid-Out). This is done in a cyclic manner; note that this test will not contribute to the test result of the Basic Engine. Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test, after the disc motor has been shut off with a call to nucleus BeDiscMotorOff. 14.3.5 FOCUS TEST(visual test) 14.3.8 TRAY TEST The fourth Basic Engine test tests the focussing; first focussing is turned on by calling nucleus BeFocusOn. The display will look as follows: As a last action for the Basic Engine tests, the tray test is repeated. The local display will look as follows: Figure 14-19 Figure 14-22 By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the focussing was succesful; pressing PAUSE indicates a focussing failure. Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test after a reset of the focussing (nucleus BeFocusOff); if NEXT is pressed before PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test will be TRUE (focus successful). This test is meant to give the user the opportunity to remove the disc in the tray. The tray position can be toggled using the PLAY and PAUSE key. The tray will be closed (by the software, if it is open) before proceeding to the next test when the user presses the NEXT key. 14.3.6 RADIAL TEST(visual & listening test) The fifth Basic Engine test tests the radial functionality (nucleus BeRadialOn); the local display looks as follows: Figure 14-20 By pressing PLAY the user confirms that the radial function worked; pressing PAUSE indicates the function does not work. Pressing NEXT proceeds to the next test, after a reset of the radial (nucleus BeRadialOff). If the user presses NEXT before pressing PLAY or PAUSE, the result of this test will be TRUE (radial successful). 14.3.7 JUMP TEST(listening test) The sixth and last Basic Engine test tests the jumping by calling nuclei BeGroovesIn, BeGroovesMid and BeGroovesOut. During this test, the local display looks as follows: 58 14.3.9 ERROR LOG recent. By pressing NEXT on the local keyboard, the user can proceed to the next test. Reading the error log and error bits information can be useful to determine any errors that occurred recently during normal operation of the DVD player. Reading the error log is done by nucleus LogReadErr. The display during the errorlog readout looks as follows : 14.3.10 ERROR BITS Reading the error bits is done by nucleus LogReadBits. The display during the errorbits readout looks as follows: Figure 14-23 Figure 14-24 By pressing PLAY or PAUSE the user can move forward or backward (respectively) through the logged error codes. The highlighted number indicates which errorcode is currently on display (in the example above, errorcode number 4 is displayed). If "0000" is displayed at all positions, the error log is empty. Display of the logged errors is done in a cyclic manner. The errorcode with the lowest highlighted number is the most Only the set errorbits will be shown by their (decimal) number. Refer to the appropriate documentation for the explanation of each bit number. If the display only shows "EB-0", no error bits were set. By pressing NEXT the user can continue to the next test. See table below: Error log / bits table Read ERROR LOG in player script Read ERROR BITS in player script Basic engine errors Value: Value: Command to the Basic Engine not allowed in this state or unknown command 150101 8 Parameter(s) from the command to the Basic Engine is not valid 150102 7 Sledge could not be moved to the inner home position 150103 6 Focus failure 150104 5 Turntable motor speed could not be reached within timeout 150105 4 Radial servo could not get on track on the disc 150106 3 PLL could not lock in the accessing or tracking state 150107 2 Subcode or sector information could not be read 150108 1 requested subcode could not be found 150109 16 Tray could not be closed or opened completely 15010A 15 TOC could not be read within timeout 15010B 14 The requested seek on the disc could not be executed 15010C 13 A requested lead-in is not on the disc 15010D 12 A non existing burst cutting area is requested 15010E 11 S2b communication error 1501F0 10 S2b communication error 1501F1 9 S2b communication error 1501F3 24 S2b communication error 1501F4 23 S2b communication error 1501F5 22 Communication error with the Sti 5505 90000 32 Communication error with the Sti 5505 90001 31 190000 40 Digital PWB errors Disply processor errors Communication error with the display processor 59 The loop test will perform the same nuclei as the dealer test, but it will loop through the list of nuclei indefinitely. The display of the DVD player will display not only the three digits indicating correct/faulty modules and the last found error code (as mentioned, faults are detected as far as they can be within the scope of the diagnostic software), but also a loop counter indicating how many times the loop has been gone through. Example: 14.4 LOOP TEST At the start of the loop test, the display will show the result of the interactive player test: FAULTY MODULE(S) LOOP COUNTER NUCLEUS ERROR Figure 14-25 The left side of the display contains a 3-digit code, which can have a value between 000 and 111. These values are to be interpreted as follows: Displayed Value Basic Engine 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 Figure 14-27 Indication for each module ok ok ok ok faulty faulty faulty faulty Mono PCB ok ok faulty faulty ok ok faulty faulty Display PCB ok faulty ok faulty ok faulty ok faulty The number after the hyphen indicates the number of times the loop test has been performed; the 4 digits at the right side of the display show the last error that was found when running the loop test: the leftmost two digits of this code indicate which nucleus resulted in a fault; the rightmost two digits refer to the faultcode within that nucleus. For further explanation of this error code, see list of error codes below. Figure 14-26 ERROR CODES LOOP TEST ERROR CODE 0601 0901 1104 1102 1103 1104 1201 1202 1203 1204 1301 1302 1303 1304 1601 NUCLEUS NUMBER ERROR DESCRIPTION 6 9 11 12 13 16 Calculated checksum of FLASH is not correct The DVD DRAM is faulty I2C bus busy before start NVRAM access time-out No NVRAM Acknowledge NVRAM reply time-out I2C bus busy I2C bus not working Slave controller not responding Slave response is not correct Parity error from basic engine to serial Parity error from serial to basic engine No communication between serial and basic engine Communication time-out error The SDRAM is faulty Figure 14-28 60 14.5 Servicing DVD module and MONO board For /U1B with old DVD module "VAE3000". (Production WEEK36 or earlier) For other DV4100 Please refer the DVD Module ADS-1 Service Manual (3122 785 10840) attached with this Service Manual. For servicing DVD Module ADS-1, the service application softwear "ComPair" is necessary. The DVD module(Basic Engine and the mono board) has to be exchanged completely in case of failure. A new module for DV4100 can be ordered with codenumber 3104 129 51980. 14.5.1 Reprogramming of new mono boards. Caution This information is confidential and may not be distributed. Only a qualified service person should reprogram the mono board. After replacement of the mono board, all the customer settings and also the region code will be lost. Reprogramming of the mono board will put the player back in the state in which it has left the factory, i.e. with the default settings and the allowed region code. Reprogramming is limited to 25 times When the counter reaches 25, reprogramming is not possible anymore Reprogramming will be done by way of the remote control. Put the player in stop mode, no disc loaded. Press the following keys on the remote control: followed by numerical keys <2> <7> <4> The display shows: “- - - - - - - - - - -” Press now successively the following keys : for DV4100/A1B : <0><1><5> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC for DV4100/N1B : <0><1><2> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC for DV4100/S1G : <0><1><3> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC for DV4100/U1B : <0><1><0> <0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0><0> PAL / NTSC Press again. The TV screen will become BLUE during a short time to confirm that the mono board has been reprogrammed, then the set goes to standby mode. Figure 14-29 TRADE MODE 14.5.2 Reset of Virgin Mode When the player is in Trade Mode, the player cannot be controlled by means of the front key buttons, but only by means of the remote control. After the player has been powered up for test by the dealer, it would have gone through the Virgin Mode. It is possible to reset the settings made during that mode before the delivery of player to the customer. This can be done as shown in the following diagram: DISCONNECT FROM MAINS PRESS 2 KEYS SIMULTANEOUSLY + CONNECT TO MAINS VIRGIN MODE IS RESET TV SCREEN SHOWS VIRGIN MODE MENU IF TRADE MODE OFF IF TRADE MODE ON DISCONNECT FROM MAINS DISCONNECT FROM MAINS PRESS 2 KEYS SIMULTANEOUSLY + CONNECT TO MAINS PRESS 2 KEYS SIMULTANEOUSLY + CONNECT TO MAINS PLAYER IS IN TRADE MODE WHEN PRESSING FRONT KEYS, THE PLAYER DOESN'T RESPOND PLAYER IS IN NORMAL MODE WHEN PRESSING FRONT KEYS, THE PLAYER WILL RESPOND Figure 14-31 Figure 14-30 61 15. TEST INSTRUCTIONS DISPLAY BOARD 15.1 Display board 15.1.4 Reset 15.1.1 Introduction Check next reset timing with an oscilloscope at pin 10 of the microprocessor. These test instructions are written for all versions of the display PCB 3104 123 42230. The contents of the PCB can be split up into next blocks: PM3392A ch2 ch1 T V filament Display T1 2 V filament Buffer Key-matrix 1 CH1 2. 00 V= CH2 2 V= BW L MTB 100 ms- 1.04d v ch2+ Processor I2C Figure 15-2 Supply: +5Vstby +12V -40V P50 I/O Timing: 400msec < T1 > 700msec. CH1: +5Vstby voltage at power on. CH2: Voltage at pin 10. RC-Eye Figure 15-1 15.1.5 Display steerign Check next timing and level for all grid-lines (G1 r G14). 15.1.2 Functionality description: PM3392A ch1: low =-34.2 V ch1: high= 3.98 V ch1 The essential component of the display PCB is the P (slave). This slave works on an 8MHz resonator and has a reset circuit that is triggered by the +5Vstby. After the reset pulse, the standby control line will release the reset of the host P. This host P will then initialise the slave. In addition, when going to stand-by, the slave will put the host P in reset. When the slave receives the right IR or key code to leave the standby mode, the reset of the host P will be released. Other slave functions are: Square signal generator to generate the filament voltage, which is required for an AC FTD. Generates the grid and segment scanning for the FTD. Generates a scanning grid for the keys (separated from display scanning). Has inputs for RC (RC5 and RC6) and P50 (P50 controller is built in). A 1 T B STOP CH1 10.0 V= MTB 200us 2324us ch1+ Figure 15-3 1. 2. 3. 4. 15.1.3 General Check level A: +4V5 +/-10% for grid lines 1 => 11 Check level A: +4V0 +/-10% for grid lines 12 => 14 Check level B: -33V +/-10% Check timing and levels of segment-lines P1 => P10: PM3392A Oscilloscope measurements have been carried out using a Philips PM3392A. Impedance of measuring-equipment should be > 1M . To do correct measurements we recommend to use supply 3122 427 21370, which is used in all "second generation B" DVD-players. Make sure that the main 3.3V has a 0.7A load. ch1 A 1 T B CH1 10. 0 V= BWL MTB 500u s- 1.04 Figure 15-4 62 dv ch1 + Level A:+4V5 +/-10% Level B:-33V +/-10% The data on these segment lines depend on the characters that are displayed. The characters can be set by sending I2C commands to the display. See the Slave URS how to send a display command. 15.1.6 Key-matrix Connect a extra 10k pull-up to pin 36 en 37 of the P and check next matrix scanning at these pins. PM3392A ch1 ch1: low =-46.9mV ch1: high= 5.09 V A B 1 STOP CH1 2.00 V= MTB10.0ms ch1- Figure 15-5 Level A: 5.0V +/-7% Level B: 0V +/-200mV Check matrix scanning from pin 26 until 33 of the P. The results should be the same as the diagram above. 15.1.7 I.R. receiver Check at pin 23 of the P if this line switches from low (< 0.3V) to high (> 4.5V), while pressing a key on a Philips RC5 or RC6 remote control. 15.1.8 P50 interface P50 is a bi-directional serial interface, which is used for communication between video equipment. For European sets, this communication goes via pin 10 of the scart-bus. In other regions, it can be a cinch bus at the back of the set. 1. Keep the P in reset by short-circuiting emitter and collector of transistor 7108, via resistor 3100 and 3104 transistor 7101 is switched on. 2. Check the voltage at the P50 output connector 1118-5: < 200mV. When the reset is released the P output-pin becomes low and transistor 7101 is switched off. 1. Check the voltage at the P50 output connector 1118-5: 4V9 +/-5%. 2. Check also the P P50 input ( P pin 20): 5V +/-5%. 3. Connect the P50 line (connector 1118-5) to ground. 4. Check again the P P50 input ( P pin 20): <0V3. 63 16. CURRENT MODE POWER SUPPLY 20PS203 16.1 Blockdiagram Rectifier Lightning Protection 6240 5131 +12V EMI FILTER MAINS 7233 2240 +5V Stand By 1 2121 6250 -8V Stand By 7125 2250 5 6260 -40V 2260 Rsense +6V Stand By 6230 7236 6132 +5V 2230 6129 6210 +3V3 7110 2210 Supply Init 2.5V Error Amplifier Current Sense Input Stand By + - OSC. Demagnet. Mgmt Output Sense + 6220 Vc 7 S R Q latch Buffer Out 9 Gnd Voltage Feedback Soft-Start Control GNDs Overvoltage Mgmt 7200 7201 GND REGULATION Figure 16-1 16.1.1 Function description of the current mode power supply MOSFET 7125 is used as a power switch controlled by the controller IC 7110. When the switch is closed, energy is transferred from the mains into the transformer. This energy is then supplied to the load when the switch is opened. By control of the switched-on time, the energy transferred in each cycle is regulated so that the output voltages are independent of load or input voltage variations. The controlling device MC44603P is an integrated pulse width modulator. A clock signal initiates power pulses at a fixed frequency. The termination of each output pulse occurs when an analogue of the inductor current reaches a threshold established by the error signal. In this way the error signal actually controls the peak inductor current on cycle-by-cycle basis. can also be used for driving a bipolar transistor in low power converters. It is optimised to operate in discontinuous mode but can also operate in continuous mode. Its advanced design allows use in current mode or voltage mode control applications. 16.3 Pin connections 16.2 General description of MC44603 VCC 1 16 Rref VC 2 15 R Frequency Standb Output 3 14 Voltage feedback In Gnd 4 13 Error Amp Output 5 12 R Power Standby Overvoltage Protection(OVP) 6 11 Sof-Start/Dmax/ Voltage Mode Current Sense Input 7 10 CT Foldback Input The MC44603 is an enhanced high performance controller that is specifically designed for Off-line and dc-to dc converter applications. This device has the unique ability of automatically changing operating modes if the converter output is overloaded., unloaded, or shorted. The MC44603 has several distinguishing features when compared to conventional SMPS controllers. These features consist of a foldback facility for overload protection, a standby mode when the converter output is slightly loaded, a demagnetisation detection for reduced switching stresses on transistor and diodes, and a high current totem pole output ideally suited for driving a power MOSFET. It Demag. Detection 8 9 Figure 16-2 64 Sync Input 16.4 Blockdiagram of MC44603 MC44603P 1 16 Vref 8 DEMAGNETISATION DETECT DEMAGNETISATION MANAGEMENT Iref REFERENCE BLOCK Vref enable SUPPLY INITIALISATION BLOCK UVL01 Iref VOSC PROT 9 SYNC INPUT 10 CT 15 RF STANDBY 12 RP STANDBY VOSC OSCILLATOR 1Set LATCH Vstby =1 BUFFER C 1Reset VC 2 OUT 3 GND 4 STANDBY (REDUCED FREQUENCY) 2.5V THERMAL SHUTDOWN Vref Voc Iref 14 13 VOLTAGE FEEDBACK VS8 OUT ERROR AMP CURRENT SENSE Dmax & SOFT-START CONTROL E/A OUT UVL01 Vref OVER VOLTAGE MANAGEMENT FOLDBACK FOLDBACK INPUT CURRENT SENSE INPUT 5 SOFT-START & DMAX 7 11 Figure 16-3 16.5 Pin function description Pin function description Pin Name Description 1 VCC This pin is the positive supply of the IC. The operating voltage range after start-up is 9.0 to 14.5 V. 2 VC The output high state (VOH) is set by the voltage applied to this pin. 3 Output Peak currents up to 750 mA can be sourced or sunk, suitable for driving either MOSFET or Bipolar transistors. 4 Gnd The groundpin is a single return, typically connected back to the power source. 5 Foldback Input The foldback function provides overload protection. 6 Overvoltage Protection When the overvoltage protection pin receives a voltage greater than 2.5V, the device is disabled and requires a complete restart sequence. 7 Current Sense Input A voltage proportional to the current flowing into the power switch is connected to this input. 8 Demagnetisation Detection A voltage delivered by an auxiliary transformer winding provides to the demagnetisation pin an indication of the magnetisation state of the flyback transformer. A zero voltage detection corresponds to complete core saturation. 9 Synchronisation Input The synchronisation input pin can be activated with either a negative pulse going from a level between 0.7V and 3.7V to Gnd or a positive pulse going from a level between 0.7V and 3.7V up to a level higher than 3.7V. The oscillator runs free when Pin 9 is connected to Gnd. 10 CT The normal mode oscillator frequency is programmed by the capacitor CT choice together with the Rref resistance value. CT, connected between Pin 10 and Gnd, generates the oscillator sawtooth. 11 SoftStart/Dmax/Volta ge-Mode A capacitor, resistor or a voltage source connected to this pin limits the switching duty-cycle. This pin can be used as a voltage mode control input. By connecting Pin 11 to Ground, the MC44603 can be shut down. 12 RP Standby A voltage level applied to the RP Standby pin determines the output power level at which the oscillator will turn into the reduced frequency mode of operation(i.e. standby mode). An internal hysteresis comparator allows to return in the normal mode at a higher output power level. 13 E/A Out The error amplifier output is made available for loop compensation. 14 Voltage Feedback This is the inverting input of the Error Amplifier. It can be connected to the switching power supply output through an optical (or other) feedback loop. 15 RF Standby The reduced frequency or standby frequency programming is made by the RF Standby resistance choice. 16 Rref Rref sets the internal reference current. The internal reference current ranges from 100 A to 500 A. This requires that 5.0k Rref 25k . Figure 16-4 65 OVER VOLTAGE PROTECT 6 16.6 Operating description 16.7 Regulation The input voltage Vcc(pin 1) is monitored by a comparator with hysteresis, enabling the circuit at 14.5V and disabling the circuit below 7.5V. The error amplifier compares a voltage Vfb(pin 14) related to the output voltage of the power supply, with an internal 2.5V reference. The current sense comparator compares the output of the error amplifier with the switch current Isense(pin 7) of the power supply. The output of the current sense comparator resets a latch, which is set every cycle by the oscillator. The output stage is a totem pole, capable of driving a MOSFET directly. Figure 16-6 shows the most relevant signals during the regulation phase of the power supply. The oscillator voltage ramps up and down between V1 and V2. The voltage at the current sense terminal is compared every cycle with the output of the error amplifier Vcomp. The output is switched off when the current sense level exceeds the level at the output of the error amplifier. 1. TimeON phase : A drain current will flow from the positive supply at pin 1 of the transformer through the transformer's primary winding, the MOSFET and Rsense to ground. As the positive voltage at pin 1 of the transformer is constant, the current will increase linearly and create a ramp dependent on the mains voltage and the inductance of the primary winding. A certain amount of energy is stored in the transformer in the form of a magnetic field. The polarity of the voltages at the secundary windings is such that the diodes are non-conducting. 2. TimeDIODE phase : When the MOSFET is switched off, energy is no longer supplied to the tranformer. The inductance of the tranformer now tries to maintain the current which has been flowing through it at a constant level. The polarity of the voltage from the transformer therefore becomes reversed. This results in a current flow through the tranformer's secondary winding via the diodes, electrolytic capacitors and the load. This current is also ramp shaped but decreasing. 3. TimeDEAD phase : when the stored energy has been supplied to the load, the current in the secondary windings stops flowing. At this point the drain voltage of the MOSFET will drop to the voltage of C2121 with a ringing caused by the Drain-Source capacitance with the primary inductance. The oscillator will start a next cyclus which consists of the described three phases. The time of the different phases depends on the mains voltage and the load. TimeDEAD is maximum at an input of 400VDC and minimum load, it will be zero at an input of 100VDC and overload. 16.6.1 Start-up sequence t1: Charging the capacitor at Vcc C2129 will be charged via R3123 and R3134, C2133 and C2111 via R3129. The output is switched off during t1. t2: Charging of output capacitors When the input voltage of the IC exceeds 14.5V, the circuit is enabled and starts to produce output pulses. The current consumption of the circuit increases to about 17mA, depending on the external loads of the IC. At first, the capacitor at the Vcc pin will discharge because the primary auxiliary voltage, coming from winding 7-9 is below the Vcc voltage. At some moment during t2, the primary auxiliary voltage reaches the same level as Vcc. The Vcc voltage is now determinated by this primary auxiliary voltage. t3: regulation The output voltage of the power supply is in regulation t4: overload When the output is shortened, the supply voltage of the circuit will decrease and after some time drop below the lower threshold voltage. At that moment, the output will be disabled and the process of charging the Vcc capacitor starts again. If the output is still shorted at the next t2 phase, the complete start-and stop sequence will repeat. The power supply comes in a hiccup mode V2 Vosc 14.5V 10V V1 Vcc 0 7.5V Vcomp p.a.v. 0V Vsense 17mA Vgate Icc 1mA Vdrain OUTPUT Idrain Idiodes short Vo 0 Ton t1 t2 t3 Tdiode Tdead t4 Figure 16-6 Regulation Figure 16-5 Start-up sequence 66 16.8 Oscillograms PM3394B ch1 ch3 1 T ch2 3 CH1 2 CH2 2CH3 2 V~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1- ch1 : Drain voltage ch2 : Drain current ch3 : Gate voltage PM3394B ch1 ch3 1 T 3 CH1 1 CH3 50mV~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1- ch1 : Drain voltage ch2 : Oscillator voltage PM3394B ch1 ch3 1 T 3 CH1 1 CH3 20mV~ ALT MTB5.00us- 0.90dv ch1- ch1 : Drain voltage ch3 : Sense voltage Figure 16-7 67 17. CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS 17.1 Input circuit The cathode current flows through the LED of the opto-coupler. The collector current of the opto-coupler flows through R3106, producing an error voltage, connected to voltage feedback pin 14 of IC7110. The input circuit consists of a lightning protection circuit and an EMI filter. The lightning protection comprises R3120, gasarrestor 1125 and R3124. The EMI filter is formed by C2120, L5120, C2125 and C2126. It prevents inflow of noises into the mains. 17.6 Demagnetisation The auxiliary winding (7-9) voltage is used to detect magnetic saturation of the transformer core and connected via R3101 to pin 8 of IC7110. During the demagnetisation phase, the output will be disabled. 17.2 Primary rectifier/smoothing circuit The AC input is rectified by rectifier bridge 6120 and smoothed into C2121. The voltage over C2121 is approximately 300V. It can vary from 100V to 390V. 17.7 Overvoltage protection circuit 17.3 Start circuit and Vcc supply This circuit consist of D6114, C2114, R3115 and R3116. When the regulation circuit is interrupted due to an error in the control loop, the regulated output voltage will increase (overvoltage). This overvoltage is sensed on the primary winding 7-9. When an overvoltage longer than 2.0 (s is detected, the output is disabled until VCC is removed and then re-applied. The power supply will come in a hiccup mode as long as the error in the control loop is present. This circuit is formed by R3123, R3134, C2129, D6129, R3129, R3111, C2133 and C2111. When the power plug is connected to the mains voltage, the stabilised voltage over D6129(24V) will charge C2133 via R3129. When the voltage reaches 14.5V across C2111, the control circuit of IC7110 is turned on and the regulation starts. During regulation, Vcc of IC7110 will be supplied by the rectified voltage from winding 7-9 via R3135, D6132 and C2133. 17.8 Secondary rectifier/smoothing circuit 17.4 Control circuit There are 5 rectifier/smoothing circuits on the secondary side. Each voltage depends on the number of windings of the transformer. The +5Vstby power supply is derived from the +12Vstby by voltage regulator 7233, C2233 and L5233. The -5V voltage is regulated by voltage regulator 7259 and will be switched off via D6256, T7256 and T7255 during standby (control signal STAND BY is high). When jumper 4250 is mounted instead of this circuit, a supply voltage -8Vstby will be present at pin 9 of connector 0205. -5V is used in DVD730 MK II, DVD 930 MK II and DVD710. -8Vstby is used in DVD750 and DVD950. The +5V power supply is derived from +6Vstby by the loaderup circuit formed by MOSFET 7236, reference component 7237, R3236, R3237 and C2239. This voltage will be switched off during STAND BY via T7235. The 3V3 power supply is regulated by the control loop (7201, 7200, 7110) of the switched mode PSU. The control circuit exists of IC7110, C2102, 2104, 2107, 2109, 2110, R3102, 3103, 3104, 3107, 3108, 3109 and 3110. The frequency of the oscillator is defined by C2102 and R3110. Power switch circuit This circuit comprises MOSFET 7125, Rsense 3126, 3127 and 3128, R3125 , C2127, L5125, R3112 and R3113. R3125 is a pull-down resistor to remove static charges from the gate of the MOSFET. 17.5 Regulation circuit The regulation circuit comprises opto-coupler 7200 which isolates the error signal from the control IC on the primary side and a reference component 7201. The TL431(7201) can be represented by two components: a very stable and accurate reference diode a high gain amplifier K R 2.5V A Figure 17-1 TL431 will conduct from cathode to anode when the reference is higher than the internal reference voltage of about 2.5V. If the reference voltage is lower, the cathode current is almost zero. 68 17.9 List of abbreviations B BC_AUX BC_TV C_ENC CVBS DC_OFF DIG_OUT FBIN_AUX FBOUT_TV G GIN_AUX GOUT_TV HP_L HP_R KILL LIN_AUX LIN_TV LOUT_AUX LOUT_TV LRCLK PCM_CLK PCM_OUT0 R RCIN_TV RCOUT_TV RIN_AUX RIN_TV ROUT_AUX ROUT_TV SCL SCLK SDA SELECT SELECT_HIGH SLB_AUX SLB_TV STANDBY STEREO_L STEREO_R Y_ENC YCVBSIN_AUX YCVBSIN_TV YCVBSOUT_AUX YCVBSOUT_TV 0/6/12 Buffered Video input Blue from DVD monoboard Blue or Chroma input from AUX-scart Blue or Chroma output to TV-scart Buffered Chroma input from DVD monoboard Buffered Composite video input from DVD monoboard Control signal to switch off 8Vstby and +12Vstby during standby Digital out Fast blanking input from AUX-scart Fast blanking output to TV-scart Buffered Video input Green from DVD monoboard Video input Green from AUX-scart Video output Green to TV-scart Audio output left to headphone and audio scart switch TEA6420 Audio output right to headphone and audio scart switch TEA6420 Kill control signal for audio outputs and for soft mute of DAC Audio input left from AUX-scart Audio input left from TV-scart Audio output left to AUX-scart Audio output left to TV-scart Left/Right clock Audio system clock for DAC Audio serial output data Buffered Video input Red from DVD monoboard Red or Chroma input from TV-scart Red or Chroma output to TV-scart Audio input right from AUX-scart Audio input right from TV-scart Audio output right to AUX-scart Audio output right to TV-scart I2C bus clock Audio serial bit clock I2C bus data Control signal for video scart switches; high = TV ,low = AUX Control signal for switching fast blanking and slow blanking signals; high = TV,.low = AUX Slow blanking control signal from AUX-scart Slow blanking control signal to TVscart Control signal from STI5505 used to swith off 8Vstby and +12Vstby during standby. Audio cinch output left Audio cinch output right Buffered Luma input from DVD monoboard Luma or CVBS input from AUX-scart Luma or CVBS input from TV-scart Luma or CVBS output to AUX-scart Luma or CVBS output to TV-scart Scart switch control signal A/V board. 0V : loop through (AUX to TV), 6V : play 16:9 format, 12V : play 4:3 format 69 18. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON PARTS CODES. RESISTORS R R : 1) GD05 x x x 140, Carbon film fixed resistor, 5% 1/4W : 2) GD05 x x x 160, Carbon film fixed resistor, 5% 1/6W 1 Resistance value Examples 1 Resistance value 0.1 ..... 001 10 ...... 100 1k ...... 102 100k ...... 104 0.5 ..... 005 18 ...... 180 2.7k ...... 272 680k ...... 684 1 ..... 010 100 ...... 101 10k ...... 103 1M ...... 105 6.8 ..... 068 390 ...... 391 22k ...... 223 4.7M ...... 475 Note : Please distinguish 1/4W from 1/6W by the shape of parts used actually. CAPACITORS C C C : CERAMIC CAP. 3) DD1 x x x x 370, Ceramic capacitor Disc type Temp.coeff. P350~N1000, 50V 3 Capacity value 2 Tolerance Examples 2 Tolerance (Capacity deviation) 0.25 pF ....... 0 0.5 pF ....... 1 5 % ....... 5 Tolerance of COMMON PARTS handled here are as follows : 0.5 pF - 5 pF ....... 0.25 pF 6 pF - 10 pF ..... 0.5 pF 12 pF - 560 pF ... 5 % 3 Capacity value 0.5 pF .... 005 3 pF ..... 030 100 pF ..... 101 1 pF .... 010 10 pF ..... 100 220 pF ..... 221 1.5 pF .... 015 47 pF ..... 470 560 pF ..... 561 NOTE ON SAFETY FOR FUSIBLE RESIST OR : The suppliers and their type numbers of fusible resistors are as follows ; 1 . KOA Corporation Part No.(MJI) Type No.(KOA) Description NH05 x x x 140 RF25S x x x x J 5% (1/4W) NH05 x x x 120 RF50S x x x x J 5% (1/2W) NH85 x x x 110 RF73B2A x x x x J 5% (1/10W) NH95 x x x 140 RF73B2E x x x x J 5% (1/4W) Resistance value 2. Matsushita Electronic Part No.(MJI) NF05 x x x 140 RF05 x x x 140 NF02 x x x 140 RF02 x x x 140 7 Capacity value Examples 7 Capacity value 0.1 F ...... 104 0.001 F (1000 pF) ...... 102 0.56 F ...... 564 0.0018 F ........................ 182 1 F ...... 105 0.01 F ........................ 103 0.015 F ........................ 153 ) ERD-2FCG x x x ( 2% 1/4W) Resistance value ..... 100 ..... 180 ..... 101 ..... 391 1k 2.7k 10k 22k ..... ..... ..... ..... 102 272 103 223 100k 680k 1M 4.7M ..... ..... ..... ..... 104 684 105 475 ABBREVIATION AND MARKS ANT. : ANTENNA BATT. : BATTERY CAP. : CAPACITOR CER. : CERAMIC CONN. : CONNECTING DIG. : DIGITAL HP : HEADPHONE MIC. : MICROPHONE : MICROPROCESSOR REC. : RECORDING RES. : RESISTOR SPK : SPEAKER SW : SWITCH TRANSF. : TRANSFORMER -PRO : 5) ELECTROLY CAP.( ), 6)FILM CAP ( ) 5) EA x x x x x x 10, Electrolytic capacitor One-way lead type,Tolerance 20% 6 Working voltage 5 Capacity value Examples 5 Capacity value 0.1 F .... 104 4.7 F .... 475 100 F ..... 107 0.33 F .... 334 10 F .... 106 330 F ..... 337 1 F .... 105 22 F .... 226 1100 F ..... 118 2200 F .... 228 6 Working voltage 6.3 V ...... 006 25 V ..... 025 10 V ...... 010 35 V ..... 035 16 V ...... 016 50 V ..... 050 Plastic film capacitor One-way type, Mylar 5% 50V Plastic film capacitor One-way type, Mylar 10% 50V - 10k Components Co., Ltd Type No.(MEC) Description ERD-2FCJ x x x ( 5% 1/4W) Examples Resistance value 0.1 ..... 001 10 0.5 ..... 005 18 1 ..... 010 100 6.8 ..... 068 390 : CERAMIC CAP. 4) DK16 x x x 300, High dielectric constant ceramic capacitor Disc type Temp.chara. 2B4, 50V 4 Capacity value Examples 4 Capacity value 100 pF ..... 101 1000 pF .... 102 10000 pF .... 103 470 pF ..... 471 2200 pF .... 222 6) DF15 x x x 350 DF15 x x x 310 DF16 x x x 310 Resistance value(0.1 TRIM. : TRIMMING TRS. : TRANSISTOR VAR. : VARIABLE X’ TAL : CRYSTAL NOTE ON SAFETY: Symbol Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original parts should be used to replaced any part marked with symbol Any other component substitution ( other than original type), may increase risk of fire or electrical shock hazard. NOTE 1) The above CODES(R ,R ,C ,C and C ) are omitted on the schematic diagram in some case. 2) On the occasion, be confirmed the common parts on the parts list. 3) Refer to “Common Parts List” for the other common parts(Rl05, DD4, DK4). 70 990521 A.O POS. NO VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) DESCRIPTION 2000 2001 2002 2004 2006 2007 2029 2030 2032 2033 2036 2038 2039 2040 2041 3198 028 41090 4822 126 13838 4822 126 13692 4822 126 13692 4822 124 41796 4822 124 23432 4822 124 81286 4822 126 13482 4822 126 13482 4822 122 33575 4822 124 41643 4822 124 41584 4822 124 40181 4822 124 41643 4822 124 41643 AV CIRCUIT BOARD (/A1B,/S1G,/U1B) CAPACITORS ELECT 10 F 20% 35V CER. 100NF 50V CER. 47pF 1% 63V CER. 47pF 1% 63V ELECT 22 F 20% 16V ELECT 100 F 20% 10V ELECT 47 F 20% 16V CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V CER. 220pF 5% 63V ELECT 100 F 20% 16V ELECT 100 F 20% 10V ELECT 220 F 20% 10V ELECT 100 F 20% 16V ELECT 100 F 20% 16V 2100 2101 2104 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2113 2115 2119 2121 2123 2124 2125 2126 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 5322 122 32654 5322 122 32531 5322 122 31647 5322 122 32531 5322 122 32531 5322 122 32654 4822 126 13838 4822 124 81286 5322 122 31647 5322 122 32531 5322 122 31647 5322 122 31647 4822 122 33575 4822 126 14585 5322 122 32654 5322 122 32654 5322 122 32654 5322 122 32654 4822 124 22339 4822 124 22339 4822 124 11947 CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. ELECT CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. ELECT ELECT ELECT 22N 100pF 1NF 100pF 100pF 22N 100NF 47 F 1NF 100pF 1NF 1NF 220pF 100NF 22N 22N 22N 22N 100 E 100 E 10 F 63V 5% 50V 10% 63V 5% 50V 5% 50V 63V 50V 20% 16V 10% 63V 5% 50V 10% 63V 10% 63V 5% 63V 10% 50V 3V 63V 63V 63V 16V 16V 20% 16V POS. NO PART NO. (MJI) QT02841090 QP12613838 QP12613692 QP12613692 QP12441796 QP12423432 QP12481286 QP12613482 QP12613482 QP12233575 QP12441643 QP12441584 QP12440181 QP12441643 QP12441643 QQ12232654 QQ12232531 QQ12231647 QQ12232531 QQ12232531 QQ12232654 QP12613838 QP12481286 QQ12231647 QQ12232531 QQ12231647 QQ12231647 QP12233575 QP12614585 QQ12232654 QQ12232654 QQ12232654 QQ12232654 QP12422339 QP12422339 QP12411947 DIODES 6001 4822 130 11087 DIODE BZX284-C15 QP13011087 6006 6007 6008 6009 6010 4822 130 83757 4822 130 83757 4822 130 83757 4822 130 11087 DIODE BAS216 DIODE BAS216 DIODE BAS216 DIODE BZX284-C15 QP13083757 QP13083757 QP13083757 QP13011087 7103 7110 7115 7116 7117 4822 209 17423 4822 209 16978 4822 209 30095 9322 141 80668 4822 209 72684 SEMICONDUCTORS IC ANA UAD1328T IC ANA LF33CV IC ANA LM833D IC ANA AD8073 IC ANA L7905CV QP20972684 7000 7001 7002 7004 7005 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 5322 130 60159 4822 130 42804 4822 130 60373 4822 130 42804 4822 130 42804 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. QQ13060159 QP13042804 QP13060373 QP13042804 QP13042804 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13060373 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13060373 BC846B BC817-25 BC856B BC817-25 BC817-25 BC846B BC846B BC846B BC856B BC846B BC846B BC856B QP20917423 QP20916978 QP20930095 71 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) DESCRIPTION BC846B BC846B BC856B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC817-25 BC817-25 BC817-25 BC817-25 BC817-25 BC817-25 PART NO. (MJI) 7013 7014 7015 7016 7017 7018 7019 7104 7105 7108 7109 7112 7114 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 42804 4822 130 42804 4822 130 42804 4822 130 42804 4822 130 42804 4822 130 42804 TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. 3000 3001 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3014 3015 3016 3017 3036 3038 3039 4822 051 20101 4822 117 12521 4822 051 20472 4822 051 20472 4822 117 12955 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20472 4822 051 20472 4822 051 20472 4822 117 11152 4822 051 20101 4822 117 12955 4822 051 20101 4822 117 12955 4822 117 11449 4822 051 20223 4822 051 20223 RESISTORS 100R00 5% 68R 1% 4K70 5% 4K70 5% 2K7 1% 10k 1% 4K70 5% 4K70 5% 4K70 5% 4R7 5% 100R00 5% 2K7 1% 100R00 5% 2K7 1% 2K2 5% 22K00 5% 22K00 5% 3040 3041 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3068 3069 4822 116 83933 4822 051 20822 4822 117 11504 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11507 4822 117 11454 4822 117 11927 4822 051 20471 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10361 4822 117 11504 4822 117 11152 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11507 4822 117 11454 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11449 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10361 4822 117 11504 4822 051 20101 15K 8K20 270R 10k 100R00 100R00 6K8 820R 75R 470R00 4K70 680R 270R 4R7 100R00 100R00 6K8 820R 75R 2K2 4K70 680R 270R 100R00 1% 5% 1% 1% 5% 5% 1% 1% 1% 5% 5% 1% 1% 5% 5% 5% 1% 1% 1% 5% 5% 1% 1% 5% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP11683933 QP05120822 QP11711504 QP11710833 QP05120101 QP05120101 QP11711507 QP11711454 QP11711927 QP05120471 QP05120472 QP11710361 QP11711504 QP11711152 QP05120101 QP05120101 QP11711507 QP11711454 QP11711927 QP11711449 QP05120472 QP11710361 QP11711504 QP05120101 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3077 3078 3100 3101 3102 4822 117 11507 4822 117 11454 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11449 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10361 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11449 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10833 6K8 820R 75R 2K2 4K70 680R 75R 2K2 100R00 4K70 10k 1% 1% 1% 5% 5% 1% 1% 5% 5% 5% 1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP11711507 QP11711454 QP11711927 QP11711449 QP05120472 QP11710361 QP11711927 QP11711449 QP05120101 QP05120472 QP11710833 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13060373 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13042804 QP13042804 QP13042804 QP13042804 QP13042804 QP13042804 QP05120101 QP11712521 QP05120472 QP05120472 QP11712955 QP11710833 QP05120472 QP05120472 QP05120472 QP11711152 QP05120101 QP11712955 QP05120101 QP11712955 QP11711449 QP05120223 QP05120223 POS. NO 3103 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3112 3113 3114 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11152 4822 117 11152 4822 117 10833 4822 117 12955 4822 117 12955 DESCRIPTION 10k 1% 0.1W 10k 1% 0.1W 10k 1% 0.1W 100R00 5% 0.1W 4R7 5% 4R7 5% 10k 1% 0.1W 2K7 1% 0.1W 2K7 1% 0.1W QP11710833 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP05120101 QP11711152 QP11711152 QP11710833 QP11712955 QP11712955 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W QP11710833 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3126 3127 3129 3130 3131 3132 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20101 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 117 12955 4822 117 12955 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20101 4822 117 10833 4822 117 12955 4822 051 20101 4822 117 10833 4822 117 12955 5322 117 12487 5322 117 12487 4822 117 12635 4822 117 11139 4822 117 11931 100R00 100R00 10k 10k 2K7 2K7 10k 100R00 10k 2K7 100R00 10k 2K7 1k 1k 10R 1k5 750R 5% 5% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 5% 1% 1% 5% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% QP05120101 QP05120101 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP11712955 QP11712955 QP11710833 QP05120101 QP11710833 QP11712955 QP05120101 QP11710833 QP11712955 QQ11712487 QQ11712487 QP11712635 QP11711139 QP11711931 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3147 3148 3150 3153 3154 3157 3158 3159 3160 2120 108 92619 5322 117 12487 5322 117 12487 5322 117 12487 4822 117 11953 2120 108 92625 2120 108 92616 5322 117 12487 4822 117 11927 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11449 4822 051 20101 4822 117 10833 SM ERJ6EN 2K2PM1 1k 1% 0.125W RC12G 1k 1% 0.125W RC12G 1k 1% 0.125W RC12G 560R 1% 0.1W SM ERJ6EN 5K6PM1 SM ERJ6EN 1k2 PM1 1k 1% 0.125W RC12G 75R 1% 0.1W 100R00 5% 0.1W 75R 1% 0.1W 75R 1% 0.1W 2K2 5% 0.1W 100R00 5% 0.1W 10k 1% 0.1W 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 5000 5003 5007 7020 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.125W RC12G 0.125W RC12G 0.125W 0.1W 0.1W MISCELLANEOUS 2422 026 05047 CONNECTOR CINCH H 6P F RDWHYE B 4822 267 10994 CONNECTOR 4P MDIN 2422 025 16526 CONNECTOR 22P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R 4822 267 31729 CONNECTOR 2422 026 05049 CON BM CINCH H 3P F 2422 025 16525 CONNECTOR 16P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R 4822 157 70601 COIL 100UH (920927085A) 4822 242 10756 FILTER L/C DSS306-92Y5S221M100 9322 155 28667 CONNECTOR GP1FA550TZ (SRPJ)L POS. NO PART NO. (MJI) QQ11712487 QQ11712487 QQ11712487 QP11711953 QQ11712487 QP11711927 QP05120101 QP11711927 QP11711927 QP11711449 QP05120101 QP11710833 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) DESCRIPTION 2032 2353 2354 2355 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2371 2372 2373 2377 2378 2382 2383 2385 2395 2402 2404 2408 2409 2412 4822 126 13482 4822 124 40769 4822 126 14076 4822 124 40769 4822 124 40769 4822 122 33575 4822 124 40769 4822 126 13692 4822 126 13692 4822 122 33575 4822 124 40769 4822 124 40769 4822 122 33575 4822 124 40769 4822 124 40769 4822 124 40769 4822 124 40769 4822 122 33575 4822 122 33575 4822 122 33575 4822 122 33575 4822 122 33575 4822 124 40433 AV CIRCUIT BOARD (/N1B) CAPACITORS CER. 470NF +80 -20% 16V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V CER. 220N 25V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V CER. 220pF 5% 63V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V CER. 47pF 1% 63V CER. 47pF 1% 63V CER. 220pF 5% 63V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V CER. 220pF 5% 63V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V ELECT 4.7 F 20% 100V CER. 220pF 5% 63V CER. 220pF 5% 63V CER. 220pF 5% 63V CER. 220pF 5% 63V CER. 220pF 5% 63V ELECT 47 F 20% 25V 2450 2452 2453 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2469 2471 2472 2488 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 5322 122 32654 4822 126 14076 4822 124 40433 5322 122 32531 4822 124 22339 5322 126 10511 5322 122 32654 5322 122 32531 5322 122 32654 5322 122 32531 4822 124 22339 5322 126 10511 5322 122 32531 5322 122 32654 4822 126 14585 4822 124 40433 4822 126 14585 4822 126 14585 5322 122 32654 4822 124 81151 4822 124 41584 CER. CER. ELECT CER. ELECT CER. CER. CER. CER. CER. ELECT CER. CER. CER. CER. ELECT CER. CER. CER. ELECT ELECT 4822 122 33575 CER. QU02605047 22N 220N 47 F 100pF 100 E 1NF 22N 100pF 22N 100pF 100 E 1NF 100pF 22N 100NF 47 F 100NF 100NF 22N 22 F 100 F 63V 25V 20% 25V 5% 50V 16V 5% 50V 63V 5% 50V 63V 5% 50V 16V 5% 50V 5% 50V 63V 10% 50V 20% 25V 10% 50V 10% 50V 63V 50V 20% 10V 220pF 5% 63V PART NO. (MJI) QP12613482 QP12440769 QP12614076 QP12440769 QP12440769 QP12233575 QP12440769 QP12613692 QP12613692 QP12233575 QP12440769 QP12440769 QP12233575 QP12440769 QP12440769 QP12440769 QP12440769 QP12233575 QP12233575 QP12233575 QP12233575 QP12233575 QP12440433 QQ12232654 QP12614076 QP12440433 QQ12232531 QP12422339 QQ12610511 QQ12232654 QQ12232531 QQ12232654 QQ12232531 QP12422339 QQ12610511 QQ12232531 QQ12232654 QP12614585 QP12440433 QP12614585 QP12614585 QQ12232654 QP12481151 QP12441584 QP12233575 2505 2506 QP26710994 QU02516526 2509 2511 2520 QP26731729 QU02605049 QU02516525 4822 124 40763 ELECT 2.2 F 100V QP12440763 4822 124 40763 ELECT 2.2 F 100V QP12440763 4822 122 33575 CER. 220pF 5% 63V QP12233575 5322 122 32654 CER. 22N 63V QQ12232654 2523 2527 QP15770601 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 QP24210756 72 4822 124 40763 4822 124 40763 4822 124 40763 4822 126 14585 4822 126 14491 4822 126 13692 4822 124 40248 4822 124 40433 ELECT ELECT ELECT CER. CER. CER. ELECT ELECT 2.2 F 2.2 F 2.2 F 100NF 2.2 F 47pF 10 F 47 F 100V 100V 100V 10% 50V 10V 1% 63V 20% 63V 20% 25V QP12440763 QP12440763 QP12440763 QP12614585 QP12614491 QP12613692 QP12440248 QP12440433 POS. NO 6302 6401 6403 6404 7400 7401 7403 7900 7905 7917 7006 7007 7008 7009 7010 7014 7300 7301 7304 7310 7329 7330 7331 7332 7333 7334 7335 7402 7404 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) 4822 130 83757 4822 130 11047 4822 130 83757 4822 130 11383 DESCRIPTION DIODES DIODE BAS216 DIODE BZX284-C9V1 DIODE BAS216 DIODE BZX284-C5V1 QP13083757 QP13011047 QP13083757 QP13011383 SEMICONDUCTORS 9322 134 92676 IC ANA L78L33 4822 209 17423 IC ANA UAD1328T 4822 209 32071 IC ANA MC33079D QP20917423 QP20932071 5322 209 14481 IC DIG HEF4053BT QQ20914481 4822 209 17512 IC ANA TEA6420D QP20917512 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 BC846B BC846B BC846B BC856B QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13060373 5322 130 60159 TRS. BC846B QQ13060159 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 9322 134 86668 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 40959 4822 130 60373 4822 130 41246 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 42804 QP13060373 QQ13060159 TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. POS. NO PART NO. (MJI) BC856B BC846B LF80C BC846B BC846B BC846B BC547B BC856B BC327-25 BC846B BC846B BC817-25 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13040959 QP13060373 QP13041246 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13042804 4822 130 42615 TRS. BC817-40 QP13042615 5322 130 60159 TRS. BC846B QQ13060159 7407 7918 7935 7936 4822 130 60373 TRS. BC856B QP13060373 7939 7941 7942 7943 7944 7945 7946 7947 7949 4822 130 60373 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. TRS. QP13060373 QP13060373 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13060373 QP13060373 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 3036 3038 3039 3040 3041 3043 3044 3045 3046 3049 3050 3056 3058 3059 3062 3063 4822 117 11449 4822 051 20223 4822 117 10834 4822 051 20273 4822 051 20822 4822 117 13577 4822 051 20223 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11503 4822 117 13577 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11927 4822 051 10102 RESISTORS 2K2 5% 22K00 5% 47k 1% 27K00 5% 8K20 5% 330R 1% 22K00 5% 100R00 5% 100R00 5% 75R 1% 220R 1% 330R 1% 100R00 5% 100R00 5% 75R 1% 1K00 2% BC856B BC856B BC846B BC846B BC856B BC856B BC846B BC846B 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 1.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 1.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W QP11711449 QP05120223 QP11710834 QP05120273 QP05120822 QP11713577 QP05120223 QP05120101 QP05120101 QP11711927 QP11711503 QP11713577 QP05120101 QP05120101 QP11711927 QP05110102 73 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) DESCRIPTION PART NO. (MJI) 3300 3301 3313 3314 3315 3316 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3325 3339 3340 3343 3345 3347 3348 3349 3351 3359 3363 3366 3394 3397 4822 117 13577 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11503 4822 051 10102 4822 051 20471 4822 117 10834 4822 117 10834 4822 051 10102 4822 117 10834 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20471 4822 117 10834 4822 051 10102 4822 051 10102 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11927 4822 051 10102 4822 051 10102 4822 117 10834 4822 051 20471 4822 117 10834 4822 051 10102 4822 117 10834 4822 051 20471 4822 117 10834 330R 100R00 220R 1K00 470R00 47k 47k 1K00 47k 100R00 100R00 470R00 47k 1K00 1K00 75R 75R 1K00 1K00 47k 470R00 47k 1K00 47k 470R00 47k 1% 5% 1% 2% 5% 1% 1% 2% 1% 5% 5% 5% 1% 2% 2% 1% 1% 2% 2% 1% 5% 1% 2% 1% 5% 1% 1.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W 0.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W 0.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP11713577 QP05120101 QP11711503 QP05110102 QP05120471 QP11710834 QP11710834 QP05110102 QP11710834 QP05120101 QP05120101 QP05120471 QP11710834 QP05110102 QP05110102 QP11711927 QP11711927 QP05110102 QP05110102 QP11710834 QP05120471 QP11710834 QP05110102 QP11710834 QP05120471 QP11710834 3407 3408 3409 3413 3425 3432 3442 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3451 3453 3454 3455 3457 3459 3461 3462 3463 3464 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11503 4822 117 10834 4822 117 11927 4822 117 11927 4822 051 20101 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 117 12955 4822 117 12955 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20101 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 117 12955 4822 117 12955 4822 117 10833 75R 75R 220R 47k 75R 75R 100R00 10k 10k 2K7 2K7 10k 10k 10k 10k 10k 100R00 10k 10k 2K7 2K7 10k 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 5% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 5% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP11711927 QP11711927 QP11711503 QP11710834 QP11711927 QP11711927 QP05120101 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP11712955 QP11712955 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP05120101 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP11712955 QP11712955 QP11710833 3505 3507 3508 3511 3512 3517 3519 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20101 4822 117 12521 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20101 4822 051 20562 4822 051 20472 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10834 4822 117 12955 4822 051 20223 4822 117 11152 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10833 4822 051 10102 4822 117 10833 4822 051 10008 4822 051 20472 100R00 100R00 68R 10k 10k 100R00 5K6 4K70 4K70 47k 2K7 22K00 4R7 4K70 10k 1K00 10k 0R00 4K70 5% 5% 1% 1% 1% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1% 1% 5% 5% 5% 1% 2% 1% 5% 5% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP05120101 QP05120101 QP11712521 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP05120101 QP05120562 QP05120472 QP05120472 QP11710834 QP11712955 QP05120223 QP11711152 QP05120472 QP11710833 QP05110102 QP11710833 QP05110008 QP05120472 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W 0.1W 0.25W 0.1W POS. NO 3622 3623 3624 3625 3629 3632 3634 3635 3636 3643 3646 3647 3648 3651 3653 3672 3675 3676 3677 3678 3685 3687 3688 3689 3690 3694 3695 3696 3697 3700 3701 3702 3703 3707 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10833 4822 051 10102 4822 117 11927 4822 051 20101 4822 117 11449 4822 117 11503 DESCRIPTION 10k 4K70 10k 1K00 75R 100R00 2K2 220R 1% 5% 1% 2% 1% 5% 5% 1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W PART NO. (MJI) POS. NO QP11710833 QP05120472 QP11710833 QP05110102 QP11711927 QP05120101 QP11711449 QP11711503 3999 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W QP11710837 4822 117 10837 100k 4822 117 10837 100k 1% 0.1W 1% 0.1W QP11710837 QP11710837 4822 117 13577 330R 1% 1.25W QP11713577 4822 117 13577 330R 1% 1.25W QP11713577 4822 117 11927 75R 1% 0.1W QP11711927 4822 117 10353 150R 4822 117 11927 75R 1% 0.1W 1% 0.1W QP11710353 QP11711927 4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W QP05120101 4822 051 20472 4K70 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20101 100R00 5% 0.1W QP05120472 QP05120101 QP05120101 4822 051 10102 1K00 2% 0.25W QP05110102 4822 117 10833 10k 4822 117 10833 10k 1% 0.1W 1% 0.1W QP11710833 QP11710833 4822 051 10102 1K00 2% 0.25W QP05110102 4822 051 20471 470R00 5% 0.1W 4822 051 10102 1K00 2% 0.25W QP05120471 QP05110102 4822 117 11507 6K8 1% 0.1W QP11711507 4822 117 11148 4822 117 10353 4822 117 11148 4822 117 11148 1% 0.1W 1% 0.1W 1% 0.1W 1% 0.1W QP11711148 QP11710353 QP11711148 QP11711148 4822 051 20229 22R00 5% 0.1W QP05120229 4822 117 13577 330R 1% 1.25W QP11713577 56K 150R 56K 56K 3772 3773 3774 3800 3801 !3802 !3803 3804 3805 1% 0.1W QP11710837 4822 117 11504 4822 051 20101 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 1% 5% 1% 1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP11711504 QP05120101 QP11710833 QP11710833 4822 117 10834 47k 1% 0.1W QP11710834 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10834 4822 051 20472 4822 051 20472 4822 117 11152 4822 117 11152 4822 117 10834 4822 117 10833 1% 1% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1% 1% QP11710833 QP11710834 QP05120472 QP05120472 QP11711152 QP11711152 QP11710834 QP11710833 270R 100R00 10k 10k 10k 47k 4K70 4K70 4R7 4R7 47k 10k 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W DESCRIPTION 1402 1405 1410 5400 6400 4822 157 70601 COIL 100µH (920927085A) 4822 130 10845 CONNECTOR GP1F32T 1303 1304 2100 2101 2102 2103 2105 2106 2107 /N1B /N1B 4822 122 33575 4822 122 33575 5322 122 32531 5322 122 32531 4822 126 12105 4822 124 40248 FRONT CIRCUIT BOARD CAPACITORS CER. 220pF 5% 63V CER. 220pF 5% 63V CER. 100pF 5% 50V CER. 100pF 5% 50V CER. 33NF 50V ELECT 10µF 20% 63V 4822 126 12105 CER. 2111 2114 2115 2116 2117 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2128 2129 2130 2201 2211 6100 6101 6102 6104 6200 /N1B 7104 /N1B 7104 /A1B, /S1G,/U1B 7112 7100 7101 7102 7103 7105 7106 7107 7108 7109 7110 74 /N1B PART NO. (MJI) QP11712842 MISCELLANEOUS 4822 265 11154 CONNECTOR 52030-2210 (22P) 4822 265 11103 CONNECTOR 52030-1610 (16P) 4822 267 10994 CONNECTOR 4P MDIN 2422 033 00334 CON BM EURO H 42P F BK GRND-L 4822 265 11566 CONNECTOR 3P YKC21-3930 4822 267 31729 CONNECTOR 4822 265 41392 CONNECTOR B7B-EH-A 1301 3747 3748 4822 117 10837 100k PART NO. (PCS) 4822 117 12842 1300 3731 3732 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3768 VERS. COLOR 33NF 50V 5322 122 32658 5322 122 32658 4822 126 12105 4822 124 40248 4822 126 12105 4822 124 11947 3198 028 42290 5322 122 32658 4822 124 40248 5322 122 31647 3198 028 42290 3198 028 42290 4822 126 12105 5322 122 32531 CER. CER. CER. ELECT CER. ELECT ELECT CER. ELECT CER. ELECT ELECT CER. CER. 22pF 22pF 33NF 10µF 33NF 10µF 22µF 22pF 10µF 1NF 22µF 22µF 33NF 100pF 5% 50V 5% 50V 50V 20% 63V 50V 20% 16V 35V 5% 50V 20% 63V 10% 63V 35V 35V 50V 5% 50V 4822 130 83757 4822 130 11666 4822 130 10794 4822 130 83757 4822 130 82978 DIODES DIODE BAS216 DIODE BZX284-C8V2 DIODE BZX284-C10 DIODE BAS216 LED LTL-16KPE-P QP26511154 QP26511103 QP26710994 QU03300334 QP26511566 QP26731729 QP26541392 QP15770601 QP13010845 QP12233575 QP12233575 QQ12232531 QQ12232531 QP12612105 QP12440248 QP12612105 QQ12232658 QQ12232658 QP12612105 QP12440248 QP12612105 QP12411947 QQ12232658 QP12440248 QQ12231647 QP12612105 QQ12232531 QP13083757 QP13011666 QP13010794 QP13083757 QP13082978 SEMICONDUCTORS 3104 123 94532 IC DIG TMP87CH74F-1E29-V2. QW12394532 18-DVDSLAVE 3104 123 94761 IC DIG ROM TMP87CH74 QW12394761 4822 209 31257 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 40855 4822 130 40854 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 4822 212 30842 IC ANA MC79L24ACP TRS. BC846B TRS. BC846B TRS. BC846B TRS. BC846B TRS. BC337 TRS. BC327 TRS. BC846B TRS. BC846B TRS. BC856B REMOTE RECEIVER TSOP1736SB1 QP20931257 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13040855 QP13040854 QQ13060159 QQ13060159 QP13060373 QP21230842 POS. NO 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3106 3108 3109 VERS. COLOR /N1B /N1B /N1B /N1B /N1B PART NO. (PCS) 4822 051 20223 4822 051 20273 4822 117 10834 4822 117 11149 4822 117 10837 4822 117 11503 4822 117 11149 DESCRIPTION RESISTORS 22K00 5% 27K00 5% 47k 1% 82k 1% 100k 1% 220R 1% 82k 1% 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP05120223 QP05120273 QP11710834 QP11711149 QP11710837 QP11711503 QP11711149 4822 051 20472 4K70 5% 0.1W QP05120472 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3125 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3142 3143 3144 3145 3151 4822 051 20109 4822 051 20472 4822 117 11149 4822 117 11152 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20471 4822 051 20472 4822 051 20109 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20109 4822 051 20109 4822 117 11152 4822 117 13577 4822 051 20109 4822 117 13577 4822 117 11503 4822 051 10102 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20471 4822 051 20472 4822 117 10833 4822 117 13577 4822 117 10833 4822 117 10837 4822 117 10833 4822 051 20101 5% 5% 1% 5% 1% 1% 5% 5% 5% 1% 5% 5% 5% 1% 5% 1% 1% 2% 1% 5% 5% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 5% 1.25W 0.1W 1.25W 0.1W 0.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 1.25W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W QP05120109 QP05120472 QP11711149 QP11711152 QP11710833 QP11710833 QP05120471 QP05120472 QP05120109 QP11710833 QP05120109 QP05120109 QP11711152 QP11713577 QP05120109 QP11713577 QP11711503 QP05110102 QP11710833 QP05120471 QP05120472 QP11710833 QP11713577 QP11710833 QP11710837 QP11710833 QP05120101 0002 0020 MISCELLANEOUS 3139 244 00440 FTD HOLDER DVD711 2422 025 04849 CONNECTOR,BMT 2P QT24400440 QU02504849 4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON QP27613775 QP27613775 QP27613775 4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON QP27613775 2422 540 98423 RES CER 8MHZ CSTS*MG03 4822 276 13775 SWITCH PUSH BUTTON 2722 171 07172 VIDEO DECODER UNIT 14-MT-27GNK 4822 267 10565 CONNECTOR PRINTED CIRCUIT 4P 4822 267 10565 CONNECTOR PRINTED CIRCUIT 4P 2412 020 00724 CONNECTOR 2P QU54098423 QP27613775 QP26710565 4822 267 10637 CONNECTOR 5P 4822 267 10567 CONNECTOR 4P 2422 025 12488 CONNECTOR 2P QP26710637 QP26710567 QU02512488 /A1B, /S1G,/U1B 1100 1101 1102 1106 1109 1110 1111 1113 /N1B 1115 1117 /N1B 1117 /A1B, /S1G,/U1B 1118 1205 1205 /N1B /A1B, /S1G,/U1B 10R00 4K70 82k 4R7 10k 10k 470R00 4K70 10R00 10k 10R00 10R00 4R7 330R 10R00 330R 220R 1K00 10k 470R00 4K70 10k 330R 10k 100k 10k 100R00 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W 0.1W POS. NO PART NO. (MJI) QP26710565 75 VERS. COLOR PART NO. (PCS) DESCRIPTION PART NO. (MJI) CAUTION For repairing the DVD Module ADS-1, the serice application software "ComPair" is needed. The application CD-ROM "ComPair" is available via MARANTZ orgauization or PCS. A "service Bulletin" will oublish the latest "ComPair" information. DVD-Video Player DVD Module ASD-1 (Euro) 3104 129 21910 (Non euro) 3104 129 21920 CL06532065-000.eps 180500 Contents Page 1 2 3 4 5 2 4 6 7 9 17 29 30 Diagr. 31 32 33 34 35 36 43 45 45 85 Technical specifications Warnings and remarks Directions for use (not available) Mechanical instructions Test instructions Diagnostic software description 6 Block diagram Servo part Block diagram Digital part 7 Electrical diagrams & pwb’s Servo DALAS Servo MACE Decoder Memory STI 5505 Service interface and back-end Testpoint overview 8 Alignments (not available) 9 IC Descriptions 10 Sparepart list (Diagram 1) (Diagram 2) (Diagram 3) (Diagram 4) (Diagram 5) (Diagram 6) PWB 37-42 37-42 37-42 37-42 37-42 37-42 37-42 © Copyright reserved 2000 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips. Published by MT0065 Service DPS Hasselt Printed in the Netherlands Subject to modification 5 3122 785 10840 GB 2 1. ASD-1 Technical Specifications 1. Technical Specifications 1.1 Connections 1.1.1 Connector 1600: Supply input connector. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 1.1.2 Connector 1603: A/V 1 connector. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 1.1.3 P50 Blue Video Green Video GND Red Video CVBS GND Slow blanking scart -8Vstby +5V +5V Audio mute GND I2S data0 out I2S wordselect I2S bitclock GND I2S systemclock Center_on Kar_bypass Kar_bypass GND Connector 1604: A/V 2 connector. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 1.1.4 +3V3stby +3V3stby +5V +5Vstby Vreserved GND GND GND -8Vstby Standby control line +12Vstby GND GND Hor. sync. GND I2S data 2 out GND I2S data 1 out -8Vstby I2C clock +12Vstby I2C data Vreserved +3V3 GND C video GND Y video Connector 1501: I2C interface connector. 1. 2. 3. 4. I2C clock GND I2C data Standby control line 5. P50 1.1.5 Connector 1602: Service connector. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1.2 TXD Service activation RXD Reserved for RTS 5: GND Reserved for CTS +5V Signal specifications This the specification of all signals as described under “Connections” H = +5V ±0.5V h = 3V3 ±0.3V L = 0V ±0.5V l = 0V ±0.3V Stby : If the set supports a “standby” function, all supply voltages marked with “stby” have to stay on during standby. Standby control line : HStandby mode : LOn mode. P50 : Connection between front and A/V board, and can be used as P50 signal line. The signal is not connected to the module electronics. Slow blanking scart : This signal switches between : 0V (220Ωoutput impedance) : 12Vstby/2 (455Ω output impedance) : 12vstby (690Ω output impedance) Audio mute : Can be used for audio mute transistors during stop or power on/off. : Mute on : +5Vstby : Mute off: -8Vstby via a 10kΩ resistor. I2S data0 out : I2S front data output. : Level h/l I2S wordselect / I2S bitclock : I2S timing signals : Level h/l I2S systemclock : 256xFS audio systemclock. : Level H/L Kar_bypass : Bypasses the karaoke chip on the A/V board. : Bypass activeH : Bypass offL Center_on : Switches the center audio to the scart output. : Center to scarth : L/R to scartl SPDIF out : Digital audio output : Level H/L Technical Specifications Hor. Sync I2S data1 out I2S data2 out I2C clock / I2C data TXD / RXD / RTS / CTS Service activation Vreserved 1.3 Performance: 1.3.1 Digital output CDDA/LPCM MPEG1 is converted to LPCM MPEG2, AC3 audio. DTS. 1.3.2 ASD-1 : Video Horizontal synchronisation : Level h/l : I2S surround data output. : Level: h/l. : I2S center/sub data output. : Level h/l. : I2C databus : Level: H/L : Service UART to be connected direct to PC serial input. : Output levelsH/L : Input levelsRS232 compliant : Signal openNormal module start-up : Signal tied to GND Module start-up in service mode. : Reserved in case the A/V board requires an extra supply voltage. : This supply is limited by a positive polarised 47uF/16V elco + 100nF/16V. : according IEC958 : : according IEC1937 : according IEC61937 amendment 1. : Digital output level is 0V / 5V with GND as reference. To meet the standards a decouple circuit is necesary. I2S output Accuracy Sample rate Standard Number of I2S outputs : : : : Deemphasis : Audio source streams : Audio trick modes : : : 1.3.3 Up to 24bit. 44.1kHz / 48kHz. Philips I2S output 3 (6 channel: Front / Surround / CenterBass) Already processed in module. CDDA / MPEG1 / LPCM / MPEG2 / AC3 No DTS decoding. Dolby Pro Logic (multichannel downmix on front output) 3D sound. Analog output The module has no analog audio ouput. : The analog audio specification will be 1. GB 3 determined by the external DAC circuit. 1.3.4 Video. Standards Outputs Specification. : The video output standard will follow the source material. : The OSD standard is switchable between PAL or NTSC. : The module has 6 analog outputs (3 formats): Y/C CVBS RGB. : The output is fully according PQR3 IMS except : Output load>1kΩ to GND / Cap. load <47pF. : Level0.5Vpp with 100% white : DC-levelSync bottom = -0.65V ±10% : Some specification points are significantly better then PQR3 : SNR on all video outputs is better then 60dB. : Video bandwidth >5MHz (±3dB) GB 4 2. Warnings and Laser safety instructions ASD-1 2. Warnings and Laser safety instructions GB WARNING NL All ICs and many other semi-conductors are susceptible to electrostatic discharges (ESD). Careless handling during repair can reduce life drastically. When repairing, make sure that you are connected with the same potential as the mass of the set via a wrist wrap with resistance. Keep components and tools also at this potential. F WAARSCHUWING Alle IC’s en vele andere halfgeleiders zijn gevoelig voor elektrostatische ontladingen (ESD). Onzorgvuldig behandelen tijdens reparatie kan de levensduur drastisch doen verminderen. Zorg ervoor dat u tijdens reparatie via een polsband met weerstand verbonden bent met hetzelfde potentiaal als de massa van het apparaat. Houd componenten en hulpmiddelen ook op ditzelfde potentiaal. D ATTENTION Tous les IC et beaucoup d’autres semiconducteurs sont sensibles aux décharges statiques (ESD). Leur longévité pourrait être considérablement écourtée par le fait qu’aucune précaution n’est prise a leur manipulation. Lors de réparations, s’assurer de bien être relié au même potentiel que la masse de l’appareil et enfiler le bracelet serti d’une résistance de sécurité. Veiller a ce que les composants ainsi que les outils que l’on utilise soient également a ce potentiel. WARNUNG I Alle IC und viele andere Halbleiter sind empfindlich gegen elektrostatische Entladungen (ESD). Unsorgfältige Behandlung bei der Reparatur kann die Lebensdauer drastisch vermindern. Sorgen sie dafür, das Sie im Reparaturfall über ein Pulsarmband mit Widerstand mit dem Massepotential des Gerätes verbunden sind. Halten Sie Bauteile und Hilfsmittel ebenfalls auf diesem Potential. AVVERTIMENTO Tutti IC e parecchi semi-conduttori sono sensibili alle scariche statiche (ESD). La loro longevita potrebbe essere fortemente ridatta in caso di non osservazione della piu grande cauzione alla loro manipolazione. Durante le riparazioni occorre quindi essere collegato allo stesso potenziale che quello della massa dell’apparecchio tramite un braccialetto a resistenza. Assicurarsi che i componenti e anche gli utensili con quali si lavora siano anche a questo potenziale. D GB Safety regulations require that the set be restored to its original condition and that parts which are identical with those specified be used. NL Bei jeder Reparatur sind die geltenden Sicherheitsvorschriften zu beachten. Der Originalzustand des Gerats darf nicht verandert werden. Fur Reparaturen sind Original-Ersatzteile zu verwenden. I Veiligheidsbepalingen vereisen, dat het apparaat in zijn oorspronkelijke toestand wordt terug gebracht en dat onderdelen, identiek aan de gespecifieerde worden toegepast. Le norme di sicurezza esigono che l’apparecchio venga rimesso nelle condizioni originali e che siano utilizzati pezzi di ricambiago idetici a quelli specificati. F Les normes de sécurité exigent que l’appareil soit remis a l’état d’origine et que soient utilisées les pièces de rechange identiques à celles spécifiées. SHOCK, FIRE HAZARD SERVICE TEST: CAUTION: After servicing this appliance and prior to returning to customer, measure the resistance between either primary AC cord connector pins (with unit NOT connected to AC mains and its Power switch ON), and the face or Front Panel of product and controls and chassis bottom, Any resistance measurement less than 1 Megohms should cause unit to be repaired or corrected before AC power is applied, and verified before return to user/customer. Ref.UL Standard NO.1492. NOTE ON SAFETY: Symbol : Fire or electrical shock hazard. Only original parts should be used to replace any part with symbol Any other component substitution(other than original type), may increase risk or fire or electrical shock hazard. “Pour votre sécurité, ces documents doivent être utilisés par des spécialistes agrées, seuls habilités à réparer votre appareil en panne.” CL 96532065_002.eps 120799 Warnings and Laser safety instructions ASD-1 2. GB 5 LASER SAFETY This unit employs a laser. Only a qualified service person should remove the cover or attempt to service this device, due to possible eye injury. LASER DEVICE UNIT Type: Wave length: Output Power: Beam divergence: SemiconductorlaserGaAlAs 650 nm (DVD) 780 nm (VCD/CD) 7 mW (DVD) 10 mW (VCD/CD) 60 degree USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURE OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MAY RESULT IN HAZARDOUS RADIATION EXPOSURE. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE T O BEAM WARNING The use of optical instruments with this product will increase eye hazard. Repair handling should take place as much as possible with a disc loaded inside the player WARNING LOCATION: INSIDE ON LASER COVERSHIELD CAUTION VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID EXPOSURE TO BEAM ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING VED ÅBNING UNDGÅ UDSÆTTELSE FOR STRÅLING ! ÅPNES UNNGÅ EKSPONERING FOR STRÅLEN ADVARSEL SYNLIG OG USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLING NÅR DEKSEL VARNING SYNLIG OCH OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL ÄR ÖPPNAD BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN VARO! AVATT AESSA OLET ALTTIINA NÄKYVÄLLE JA NÄKYMÄTT ÖMÄLLE LASER SÄTEILYLLE. ÄLÄ KAT SO SÄT EESEEN VORSICHT SICHTBARE UND UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETSEN DANGER VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER RADIATI ON WHEN OPEN AVO ID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO BEAM AT TENTION RAYO NNEMENT LASER VISIBLE ET INVISIBLE EN CAS D'OUVERTURE EXPOSITION DANGEREUSE AU FAISCEAU CL 06532065_051.eps 230500 GB 6 3. ASD-1 3. Directions for use There is no DFU available Directions for use Mechanical instructions ASD-1 4. 4. Mechanical instructions 4 9 10 11 12 4822 358 10266 3139 198 80010 4822 532 13097 3139194 00270 3139 197 50060 BELT SWITCH TULE TRAY TRAY MOTOR ASSY CL06532065-001.eps 180500 GB 7 GB 8 1 2 3+4 5+6 7 4. ASD-1 9305 023 61101 3139 197 60090 9305 022 60101 3139 194 00710 3139 194 00620 3139 197 60060 Mechanical instructions VAL6011/01 LOADER COMPLETE GENEVA LP LOADER ASSY VAM6001/01 SUSPENSION (YELLOW) SUSPENSION (BLUE) CLAMPER ASSY CL06532065-002.eps 180500 Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 5. GB 9 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 5.1 General PM3392A • • • • Impedance of measuring-equipment should be > 1MΩ. Most tests have to be done by software commands. Together with the software command you will find a Ref.# nbr. This is the number of the diagnostic nulceus used for this test. More detailed information can be find in the chapter “Diagnostic Nuclei”. Levels: Most measurements are digital measurements. The high and low levels in this document got to have next specification: low : < 0.3V high : > 3.0V LOW : < 0.4V HIGH : > 4.5V All voltages marked with “stby” have to stay on during standby. 5.2 General start-up measurements 5.2.1 Supply check: Pin nbr. Supply 1600-1 3V3 1600-2 3V3 1600-3 +5V0V during STAND BY 1600-4 +5Vstby 1600-5 +6V 1600-6 0V 1600-7 0V 1600-8 0V 1600-9 -8V 1600-10 0V5V during STAND BY 1600-11 +12Vstby 0V Check the supply currents to be sure there are no large failures on the board. Before measuring the currents, make sure that no A/V board, display board or Mercury 1 loader is connected to the mono board and that the PC interface cable is connected to the board. Also check if the servo part gets its power. Testpoint F608: +3V3 ±5% Testpoint F101: +9V ±5% The supply currents can be measured using a Tektronix AM503B current probe. Supply power consumption 3V3 400mA ±10% 5V 370mA ±10% 5Vstby < 5mA -8V 55mA ±10% fluctuation: ±20mA 12Vstby 30mA ±20% fluctuation: ±150mA 5.2.2 ch1 ch1: dT= 148ms dV=2.41 V ch2 1 T1 T CH1 1.00 V= CH2 0.2 V= 2 RESET TIMING MTB50.0ms- 2.10dv ch2CL06532065_003.eps 180500 Figure 5-1 T 1 = 150msec ±25% (From 0V to 3V3 -3db) If the reset input doesn’t go high then check the circuit around transistor 7501. 5.2.3 Clock check To check the correct functioning of the STI5505, we first have to check the presence of all clocks. All clocks to be measured with 0.02% tolerance. Clock-name Testpoint Frequency 27M_CLK F051 27MHz PCM_CLK F566 11.2896MHz PM3394B ch1 1 CH1 2.00 V~ MTB20.0ns CL06532065_004.eps 180500 Reset check: The reset circuit is triggered by the stand-by line. First make sure that the STB_CONT line is HIGH by connecting 5V to testpoint F505. Then switch STB_CONT over to LOW and check next timing at the STI5505 reset input (testpoint F503): ch1+ Figure 5-2 GB 10 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 PM3394B ch1 Ref. # Command Name Remark 6 PapChksFl Checksum FLASH 16 CompSdramWrR SDRAM Write Read 5.4 General I/O port & peripherals check 5.4.1 I2C bus / EEprom check 1 To access the EEprom, the I2C bus is used. So by writing and reading to the EEprom the chip and the bus is checked. With next commands a certain byte is written to the EEprom. The original information will always be written back into the EEprom. CH1 2.00 V~ MTB20.0ns ch1+ CL06532065_005.eps 180500 µP environment: 5.3.1 General: All the tests are carried out by software tests. To start the software tests, connect a PC to the serial bus of the STI5505. Use connector 1602 for this connection: Connector pin Signal 1602-1 TXD (STI5505 out) 1602-2 Service-mode select 1602-3 RXD (STI5505 in) 1602-4 RTS (STI5505 out) 1602-5 GND 1602-6 CTS (STI5505 in) 1602-7 +5V Now start the terminal program. Make sure that the service-pin of the µP is pulled low (pin 1602-2) and then reset the µP (make the STB_CONT line low). The terminal program of your PC should now display: “DVD2 Diagnostic software version ...”. This message already means that the µP is running. The first 5 commands from the diagnostic software will be carried out automaticly during diagnostic start-up. The other commands can be carried out by selecting the “command input”. Just type the reference nbr. to do the test. To be sure that the µP is able to run the diagnostic software, serial port will be checked during start-up. Remark 11 I2C NVRAM access PapI2cNvram The complete Eeprom can also be checked on failures by writing to all addresses and reading back. This test takes a long time (110 sec). Figure 5-3 5.3 Ref. # Command Name 5.4.2 Ref. # Command Name Remark 15 NVRAM Write Read PapNvramWrR Audio clock switch check For a DVD disc the audio clock has to be switched from 44.1KHz sampling to 48KHz sampling. To do so IO-port 1 / 4 has to be switched. Send next commands and check the audio-clock Ref. # Remark Testpoint Frequency 7a (Clock A_CLK in F566 44.1kHz mode) 11.2896MHz ± 0.02% 7b (Clock A_CLK in F566 48kHz mode) 12.288MHz ± 0.02% PM3394B ch1 1 Ref. # Reference Name Remark 5.3.2 (1) BasicSpAcc Serial port Access test/initialisation (2) BasicDramWrR DRAM Write Read Memory check: CH1 2.00 V~ The µP has a data bus that is connected to a DRAM (not present!!) and a Flash. The µP has also an internal link to the MPEG SDRAM interface. Next databus checks will be done at start-up to check this databus and SDRAM bus. Ref. # Command Name Remark (2b) BasicInterconSDRAM Data and address bus Interconnection (2c) BasicInterconFlash Data and address bus Interconnection There are 2 memory checks left that can be done by hand command MTB20.0ns ch1+ CL06532065_006.eps 180500 Figure 5-4 Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 5.4.5 PM3394B Audio I2S check Ref. # Command Name 1 MTB20.0ns ch1+ Figure 5-5 Audio deemphasise check The STI5505 output pins PIO 4-0 and PIO 4-1 were used to switch deemphasis on a previous type of DAC. This function is not used anymore, because deemphasis is done internally in STI5505, but the name still remains. The lines are now used for a series of functions such as centre_on_stereo or karaoke_bypass. The PIO 4-0 has got a pull-up to +5V and the PIO 4-1 has not. To check these pins these commands can be used. Ref. # Command Name Remark Testpoint Value 18e AudioDeemp0TristateOn PIO 4-0 Tristate On-----56a AudioDeemp0On PIO 4-0 OnF630 HIGH 56b AudioDeemp0Off PIO 4-0 0 OffF630 low 18f AudioDeemp0TristateOff PIO 4-0 Tristate Off-----56c AudioDeemp1On PIO 4-1 OnF633 high 56d AudioDeemp1Off PIO 4-1 OffF633 low 5.4.4 Remark Audio outputs 21a AudioSineOn Audio Sine signal Off Audio Sine signal On Sine, 1kHz on stereo Press stop button 20a AudioPinkNoi Audio seOn Pinknoise On Pink Noise on 6 channels 20b AudioPinkNoi Audio seOff Pinknoise Off CL06532065_007.eps 180500 5.4.3 GB 11 To check the audio output, connect a audio DAC to the I2S output (DVD950 A/V board) and start-up the audio test. Look at the audio outputs from the A/V board for both sine and pink noise. ch1 CH1 2.00 V~ 5. The audio signal (sine or pink noise) will also be present on the digital ouput (SPDif). This can be checked by connecting an amplifier with digital input. Check the I2S output. LRCLK at testpoint F641 PM3394B ch1 1 Audio mute check CH1 2.00 V~ MTB10.0us ch1+ CL06532065_008.eps 180500 Switch on the Mute circuit by sending next command: Ref. # Command Name Remark 19a AudioMuteOn AudioMuteOn Check the Mute output again at testpoint F625: 4.7V ±10% Switch off the Mute circuit by sending next command Ref. # Command Name Remark 19a AudioMuteOff AudioMuteOff Figure 5-6 SCLK at testpoint F637 PM3394B ch1 Check the Mute output at testpoint F625: -8V ±10% 1 CH1 2.00 V~ MTB 100ns ch1+ CL06532065_009.eps 180500 Figure 5-7 PCM_OUT0 at testpoint F638 PCM_OUT1 at testpoint F659 PCM_OUT2 at testpoint F658 GB 12 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 – PCM_OUT1 and PCM_OUT2 only between low and high for pink noise. For sine, this is low. – PCM_CLK and SPDIF switches between LOW and HIGH Alternatively, there is a check that can be done without A/V board. First, let the decoder generate pink noise on the audio outputs. PM3394B ch1 1 CH1 1.00 V~ MTB 500ns CL06532065_010.eps 180500 Figure 5-8 PM3394B Remark 20a Audio Pinknoise On AudioPinkNoiseOn Measure then these signals on level and frequency. Signal Level between Frequency LRCLK low/high 48kHz ± 0.02% SCLK low/high 3.072MHz ± 0.02% PCM_CLK LOW/HIGH 12.288 MHz ± 0.02% PCM_OUT0, 1, 2 low/high N/A SPDIF LOW/HIGH N/A Put the pink noise off: ch1+ PCM_CLK at testpoint F640 Ref. # Command Name Ref. # Command Name Remark 20b Audio Pinknoise Off AudioPinkNoiseOff 5.5 VIDEO 5.5.1 Video output check ch1 Check DC output-level at all video-outputs at conn 16032,3,5,6 and conn 1604-16: -0.65V ± 10% Generate a color-bar via next software commands: 1 Ref. # Command Name Remark 23a VideoColDencOn Colourbar DENC On 23b VideoColDencOff Colourbar DENC Off Check video output at the next testpoints: F646: R_VID CH1 1.00 V~ MTB20.0ns ch1+ CL06532065_011.eps 180500 PM3394B ch1 Figure 5-9 SPDIF at testpoint F644 1 PM3394B ch1 CH1 200mV~ MTB20.0us Figure 5-11 F649: G_VID CH1 2.00 V~ ch1+ CL06532065_013.eps 180500 1 MTB 250ns ch1+ CL06532065_012.eps 180500 Figure 5-10 To switch the audio signal off, press the STOP button on the front. Without A/V board all levels should be switching between low and high except: Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 PM3394B 5. GB 13 PM3394B ch1 ch1 1 CH1 200mV~ 1 MTB20.0us ch1+ CH1 200mV~ MTB20.0us ch1+ CL06532065_017.eps 180500 CL06532065_014.eps 180500 Figure 5-12 Figure 5-15 F653: B_VID F666: Y_VID PM3394B PM3394B ch1 ch1 1 CH1 200mV~ 1 MTB20.0us ch1+ CH1 200mV~ MTB20.0us ch1+ CL06532065_018.eps 180500 CL06532065_015.eps 180500 Figure 5-13 Figure 5-16 F657: CVBS 5.5.2 An aditional part of the video-path is the scart-switching voltage. This voltage can be 0V, 6V, 12V. Check at testpoint F620 the output-voltage while using next commands: PM3394B ch1 1 5.5.3 CH1 200mV~ Scart-switching voltage MTB20.0us ch1+ CL06532065_0163.eps 180500 Figure 5-14 Ref. # Command Name Remark 25a VideoScartLo Sends out 0V ± 0.5V 25b VideoScartMi Sends out 6V ± 10% 25c VideoScartHi Sends out 12V ± 10% Video Hsync check. To measure the correctness of this output, F656 should be checked. Ref. # Command Name Remark Value 23a VideoColDe Colourbar DENC on15.625 kHz ± ncOn 0.02% Vpeak-peak > 3V 23b VideoColDe Colourbar DENC off No ncOff measurements needed F665: C_VID GB 14 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 PM3394B PM3394B ch1 ch1 1 1 CH1 2.00 V~ MTB20.0us CH1 2.00 V~ ch1+ MTB50.0ns CL06532065_021.eps 180500 Figure 5-19 Figure 5-17 5.6 Servo 5.6.1 General start-up measurements: B_WCLKF343HIGH StopclkF338HIGH B_SyncF344HIGH B_V4F348HIGH Reset the Basic Engine part 5.6.2 Ref. # Command Name Remark 44 Basic Engin BeReset Check Vref Name Testpoint Vref F188 ch1+ CL06532065_019.eps 180500 HSYNC Value 2.5V+/-0.3 Check I2S interface Name Testpoint B_BCLK F347 Value 6.0MHz +/-0.1 Spindle Motor: Before switching on the discmotor, check the following testpoints: Name Testpoint Value Stby F357 high Stby-out F355 LOW Moto1 F361 3V±0.3 Switch the Discmotor on/off with next commands: Ref. # Command Name Remark 39a BeDiscmotorOn Discmotor on 39b BeDiscmotorOff Discmotor off PM3394B Check the following signals when discmotor has been switched on:: Name Pin nr. Frequency Stby F357 low Stby-out F355 HIGH Moto1 F361 3V±0.5V A3 F350 see oscillogram A2 F352 see oscillogram A1 F353 see oscillogram ch1 1 PM3394B ch1 CH1 2.00 V~ MTB50.0ns ch1+ CL06532065_020.eps 180500 Figure 5-18 1 CL1F33712.0MHz +/-0.2 CH1 5.00 V~ MTB20.0ms ch1+ CL06532065_022.eps 180500 Figure 5-20 Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 T1 T2 T3 F280 F368 F371 ASD-1 see oscillogram see oscillogram see oscillogram 5. GB 15 PM3394B ch1 PM3394B ch1 1 1 CH1 200mV~ MTB 100us ch1+ CL06532065_025.eps 180500 CH1 2.00 V~ MTB2.00ms ch1+ CL06532065_023.eps 180500 Figure 5-23 Figure 5-21 VH H1+ H1H2+ H2H3+ H3- F365 F354 F359 F364 F366 F367 F370 3V±0.5V see oscillogram see oscillogram see oscillogram see oscillogram see oscillogram see oscillogram PM3394B ch1 Figure 5-24 1 Check for pulse density signal RA at testpoint F227 CH1 200mV~ MTB2.00ms ch1+ CL06532065_024.eps 180500 Figure 5-22 Switch the discmotor off. 5.6.3 Radial Swith the radial control on/off with the following commands: Ref. # Command Name Remark 40a BeRadialOn Radial control on 40b BeRadialOff Radial control off Check the following signals: Name Testpoint Value Rad - F128 4.3V±0.5V Rad + F121 4.3V±0.5V Figure 5-25 Check if laser is switched on (visual check of laserlight). Switch the radial control off. GB 16 5.6.4 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 Sledge Name Testpoint Value foc F124 4.3V±0.5V foc + F127 4.3V±0.5V Switch the focus on Measure again the driver outputs Name Testpoint Value Foc - (sawtooth) F124 1V±0.2V Foc + (sawtooth) F127 1V±0.2V Use the following commands to move the sledge: Ref. # Command Name Remark 41a BeSledgeIn Sledge inwards 41b BeSledgeOut Sledge outwards Check pulse density signal SL at testpoint F221 PM3394B ch1 PM3394B ch1 1 1 CH1 500mV~ CH1 2.00 V~ MTB 500ns MTB 100us ch1+ CL06532065_029.eps 180500 ch1+ CL06532065_028 180500 Figure 5-27 Figure 5-26 Check for pulse density signal FO at testpoint F234 Name Testpoint Value Sl F012 4.5V±0.5V Sl + F011 4.5V±0.5V Measure peak to peak signal on SL- and SL+ while moving sledge outwards. Name Testpoint Value Sl F012 10Vptp +/-0.5 Sl + F011 10Vptp +/-0.5 Measure input sledge control (sledge in home position) Name Testpoint Value Sinph F182 2.2V±0.5V Cosph F192 2.2V±0.5V 5.6.5 Tray: To open and close the tray use the following commands: Ref. # Command Name Remark 43a BeTrayIn Tray in 43b BeTrayOut Tray out Measure the driver outputs of the BA5938FM for the tray closed. Name Testpoint Value Vo2 - F116 4.3V±2.0V Vo2 + F111 4.3V±2.0V Measure again the driver outputs while the tray is opening. Name Testpoint Value Vo2 - F116 2.0V±1.0V Vo2 + F111 6.0V±1.0V 5.6.6 Focus To switch the Focus motor on/off, use the following commands: Ref. # Command Name Remark 38a BeFocusOn Focus on 38b BefocusOff Focus off Measure the driver outputs of the BA5938FM for the Focus off. Figure 5-28 Check for laserlight. Switch the focus off 5.6.7 Hf path Play DVD test disc. Measure outputs of diodes A, B, C, D, E, F. Name Testpoint Value A F140 2.6V±0.2V B F141 2.6V±0.2V C F143 2.6V±0.2V D F144 2.6V±0.2V E F147 2.6V±0.2V F F148 2.6V±0.2V At outputs of diodes A, B, C, D the following oscillogram can be measured: Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 5.7.2 PM3394B Diagnostic Nucleus 1 Script Service PC CH1 100mV~ MTB 500ns ch1+ CL06532065_031.eps 180500 Abbreviations FDS Figure 5-29 cl06532065-031 Measure DVDALAS outputs Name Testpoint Value RFO DC F146 2.5V ±0.2V O1 F156 25mV±10mV O2 F159 25mV±10mV O3 F169 25mV±10mV O4 F166 25mV±10mV S1 F174 25mV±10mV S2 F175 25mV±10Mv At output RFO, the following oscillogram can be measured: PM3394B ch1 1 CH1 500mV~ MTB 250ns ch1+ CL06532065_032.eps 180500 Figure 5-30 5.7 Diagnostic software description Introduction 5.7.1 Introduction Purpose This document describes all interfaces from the outside world to the diagnostic software, what is needed to use these interfaces and how to access them. Changes for DVDv2b are marked. Scope This document has been realised within the framework of the product development of the second generation DVD video player. This player forms the basis for future DVD developments as described in the DVDv2 Overall Project Management Plan. 5.8 GB 17 Definitions and abbreviations Definitions Control PC ch1 5. Automatic test equipment, part of the production control system in the factory, to control the execution of Diagnostic Nuclei in the DVD player. Part of the Diagnostic Software. Each nucleus contains an atomic and software independent diagnostic test, testing a functional part of the DVD player hardware on component level. Part of the Diagnostic Software. Each script contains a sequence of Diagnostic Nuclei to be executed. PC used by a service- or repair-person to communicate with the Diagnostic Software in the DVD player. Full Diagnostic Software Overview of Interfaces The table below shows an overview of the user interfaces of the Diagnostic Software. The table is based on logical interface, interfaces as seen from user perspective. A logical interface can use one or more physical interface components. The DVD has only a single RS232 port, implying that all interfaces using this port are mutually exclusive. GB 18 5. Logical Interface Menu Interface ASD-1 Description Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 Physical interface components Menu-driven activation of individual nuclei, used for Level 2/ Second Line diagnostic mode. Users are service or repair people Service PC running a terminal emulation program, connected to the RS232 port of the DVD player Test pin Used during Level 1 diagnostic mode. Used to send commands from the Control PC into the DVD hardware. Control PC, running a control program (e.g. Asterix), connected to RS232 port of the DVD player Test pin Script Interface Used to execute Player Test Script (including reading the error log) and Dealer Test Script. Local keyboard Local display S2B interface Used for S2B Service PC, running a communication with S2B monitor program, the Basic Engine connected to the RS232 port of DVD player Test pin Download Interface Used to download diagnostic software into the DVD player Command Line Interface Service PC running a terminal emulation program, connected to the RS232 port of the DVD player Test pin In the next chapters the logical user interfaces are described in more detail including the exact use of the physical interface components. 5.9 Description Of Interfaces 5.9.1 Menu Interface The menu interface is part of the Level 2 / Second Line diagnostic mode. Via the menu interface it is possible to control the execution of the Diagnostic Nuclei. DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0 SDRAM Interconnection test passed Basic SDRAM test passed Karaoke init OK (M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ M < Select> CL06532065-033.eps 180500 The first line indicates that the Diagnostic software has been activated and contains the version number of the diagnostic; this is also an indication that the first basic nucleus (nucleus number 1) has been executed succesfully. The next three lines are the succesful result of the subsequent basic tests (nuclei 2, 3, 4 and initialisation of Karaoke chip respectively). If not all these messages appear on the terminal screen, then the related nucleus found an error. The last line is the prompt asking to choose for an interface form. If a choice for Menu Interface has been made, the main menu will appear. For the layout of the menus, see page 25. To switch between interfaces, the DVD player needs to be switched off and on again. Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Note2 : The Dram tests are no longer executed because the player has no DRAM . Note3 : When the stack is located in the internal memory, the test with the SRAM doesn't work and will be left out. Note4 : The karaoke initialisation will also take place if there is no karaoke-chip in the player. Usage A selection can be given by the user by typing the number of the menu-item chosen at the prompt. Each entry must be terminated with a . Invalid selections will cause an error message by the Menu Handler. Example: Select > 60 0001 Invalid menu selection ER @ Press RETURN to continue @ CL96532111_021.eps 071099 Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • Service PC • one free COM port on the Service PC • special cable to connect DVD player to Service PC The service PC must have a terminal emulation program (e.g. OS2 WarpTerminal or Procomm) installed and must have a free COM port (e.g. COM1). Activate the terminal emulation program and check that the port settings for the free COM port are: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow control. The free COM port must be connected via a special cable to the RS232 port of the DVD player. This special cable will also connect the test pin, which is available on the connector, to ground (i.e. activate test pin). 5.9.2 Result and output of an activated (and terminated) nucleus will be sent back to the service terminal. Example: Select > 16 1601 Data line X is not connected to the SDRAM ER @ Press RETURN to continue @ CL96532111_022.eps 071099 After the user presses a key, the current menu is rebuilt on screen. Pressing < return > at the prompt without any further input at the terminal will always rebuild the main menu. Code nr. PC interface cable: 3122 785 90017 Activation Switch the player on and the following text will appear on the screen of the terminal (program): Termination The menu interface is terminated by switching off the DVD player. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 5.9.3 ASD-1 Command Line Interface 5. GB 19 Example in case the command is correct: The command line interface is part of level 1 diagnostic mode. Via a command line interface the execution of Diagnostic Nuclei can be controlled. Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • Control PC • one free COM port on the Control PC • special cable to connect DVD player to the Control PC The control PC must use the following port settings for the used COM port: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow control. The control PC is connected with a special cable to the RS232 port of the DVD player. Via the same connection the test pin will be connected to ground. DD > CompSdarmWrR 1600 OK @ DD> CL96532111_025.eps 071099 Example in case the result is an error: DD > CompSdarmWrR 1601 Address line X not connected to the SDRAM @ DD> CL96532111_026.eps 071099 Activation After power on the next text will sent to the control PC DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0 SDRAM Interconnection test passed Basic SDRAM test passed Karaoke init OK Termination The command line interface is terminated by switching off the DVD player. 5.9.4 (M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ C CL06532065_034.eps 180500 The first line indicates that the Diagnostic software has been activated and contains the version number; this is also an indication that the first basic nucleus (nucleus number 1) has been executed succesfully. The next three lines are the succesful result of two subsequent basic tests (nuclei 2, 3, 4and karaoke initialisation respectively). If not all these messages appear on the terminal screen, then the related nucleus found an error. The fifth line lets the user choose between the two possible interface forms. The last line is the prompt ("DD>"). The diagnostic software is now ready to receive commands. Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Note2 : When it is a player without DRAM, the DRAM tests are left out. Usage The commands that can be given are the names or the numbers of the nuclei. A command must be terminated with a < return > character from the control PC. When typing commands, the backspace key can be used to make corrections. In case of typing errors in the command, an error message is returned. Example: DD > CompSdarmWrR 0001 Unknown command ER @ DD> S2B Interface (not for service) Set-up physical interface components Hardware needed: • Control PC • one free COM port on the Control PC • special cable to connect DVD player to Control PC • S2B monitor tool running on the Control PC Activation To start the S2B interface, connect the RS232 cable to the Control PC in the correct manner. Then start the PC, start the monitor tool and start the DVD player; turn off the monitor tool, turn on S2B monitor tool. The S2B monitor tool now takes all communication. The S2B interface is activated by sending the bit pattern 110x xxxx with the first character to the DVD player, when the user is asked to choose an interface type. The command handler will then activate the S2B pass-through nucleus. The character sent will be passed to this nucleus without loss. Note: The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Termination To terminate S2B pass-through mode, switch off the DVD player. 5.10 Script Interfaces This interface is used during execution of the Player Script and the Dealer Script to display output and error messages. The local display will be used to display the output and the error messages. 5.10.1 Dealer Script CL96532111_024.eps 071099 If the command (the nucleus name or number) is recognised, the nucleus is executed. Result and output of an activated (and terminated) nucleus will be sent back to the control PC according to the standard layout as defined in Appendix C. Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • DVD player The DVD player is tested stand-alone: no other equipment than the DVD player is needed. Activation The dealer script is activated by pressing OPEN/CLOSE and PAUSE on the local keyboard of the DVD player simultaneously during power-on. GB 20 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 Note : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Usage The test requires no user interaction. A number of nuclei will be run before a message is returned indicating if there is a failure in the DVD player. During the execution of a script, a progress indicator is displayed on the local display of the DVD player. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 + CL96532111_017.eps 071099 The counter at the right side of the display counts down from the number of nuclei to be run to zero. At zero all nuclei from the script have been run and the result (PASS/Error) is displayed on the local display of the DVD player. When the dealer script has been completed, the results are displayed in the following manner: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 CL96532111_018.eps 071099 local keyboard on the DVD player. Which keys can be used for this purpose is described with each test. Module test (with user interaction) During the first phase of the dealer test, the three main modules (Digital PWB, Display PWB and Basic Engine) are tested; some interaction from the user is required. 1. Testing the Display PWB This involves testing the local display and keyboard, but also testing the remote control and the leds. The Display Test During the display test, different patterns will be shown on the local display of the DVD player. The user needs to step through these patterns using the PLAY key on the local keyboard. If any of the displayed patterns is incorrect, the display test has failed, and also the player test has failed. The test patterns on display will be repeated in a loop (stepped through using PLAY) until the user presses NEXT on the local keyboard to proceed to the next test. The LED Test Next is the LED test; the LEDs on the DVD player are lit. Pressing PLAY will indicate that all LEDs are operational. To indicate that a LED did not light up, the user must press the PAUSE key. Pressing PLAY or PAUSE will proceed the user into the next test. The Keyboard Test During the keyboard test, the user needs to press all the keys on the local keyboard one by one. On the local display each key is represented by its scancode (a hexadecimal 2-digit code identifying the key to the DVD player). Pressing a key will show its representing code on the local display of the DVD player: the first hexadecimal digit identifies the key pressed, the second indicates how many times this particular key was detected. In case the key is pressed more than once, the scancode is displayed as many times, with the second digit of its code increased each time. The display of scancodes scrolls from right to left, with the most recent scancode at the right. The following example gives a possible layout of the local display during the display/remote control test: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 + CL96532111_019.eps 071099 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + Termination To turn off the dealer test, the DVD player must be powered down. 5.10.2 Player Script Set-up physical interface components Hardware needed: • DVD player • television set, connected to the DVD player • 6 audio speakers • an external video source Activation To activate the player script, press OPEN, CLOSE and STOP keys on the local keyboard of the DVD player simultaneously during power-on. Usage The player test requires human interaction to decide whether nuclei give correct output, e.g. the user needs to confirm the results of the display test. This needs to be given through the CL 96532097_004.eps 130999 To terminate the keyboard test, press the NEXT key on the local keyboard of the DVD player and keep it pressed for 1 (one) full second. The keyboard test will terminate with a message on the local display. In case the keyboard test was successful, the message is: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_007.eps 130999 In case the keyboard test was not successful, the message will be: Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ CL 96532097_008.eps 130999 If the "tbFAIL"-message is displayed, the player test has failed. This is the end of the player test: turn off the DVD player, or press NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player to proceed to the next test. The remote control test For the remote control test, the user must press a key (any key) on the DVD's remote control. The display at the start of the test looks as follows: ASD-1 5. GB 21 1 ⋅2 ⋅3 ⋅4 ⋅5 ⋅6 ⋅7 ⋅8 ⋅9 ⋅1 0 ⋅1 1 ⋅1 2 ⋅1 3 ⋅1 4 ⋅1 5 + CL 96532097_012.eps 130999 if the test fails. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard again will proceed to the next test. 2. Testing the Monoboard The picture tests involve putting a predefined picture on the connected television set, and asking the user for confirmation. When the picture has been put on screen, the local display asks for confirmation by the user as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532111_032.eps 071099 When a remote control code has been received, its scancode is displayed as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_013.eps 130999 If the user presses PLAY, he confirms the test; pressing PAUSE will indicate a fault in the test. At this time, the player test had failed and the DVD player can be switched off, or the user can proceed to the next test by pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player. Pressing the NEXT key on the local keyboard will start the next picture test (Colour set-up functional test). When the picture tests are finished, the sound tests are run. A predefined sound will be generated, and again the user is asked to confirm this. The local display looks as follows: CL 96532097_009.eps 130999 The NEXT key can be pressed to exit this test. However, if the user requires to test all keys on the remote control, (s)he can continue to press keys and these will all be displayed on the local display. With a code-table at hand this test can be used to test the full functionality of the DVD's remote control. When the user has pressed NEXT on the local keyboard (NOT on the remote control!), the result of the remote control test is shown on the local display as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_011.eps 130999 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_014.eps 130999 Pressing PLAY confirms the test, PAUSE indicates test failure. If the test is faulty, the player test failed and the DVD player can be shut off. Subsequent sound tests will be numbered in ascending order. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player will take the user into the next test. 3. Testing the Basic Engine Most tests on the basic engine require user interaction. When the basic engine tests are started, the version of the basic engine which is present in the DVD player is shown on the local display, as follows: in case of succes; 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_015.eps 130999 GB 22 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 The version number is displayed in decimal representation (the underscore replacing the dot). When the user presses NEXT on the local keyboard, the tests on the basic engine are started. First, the tray operation is tested. The user can move the tray in and out by pressing the PLAY or PAUSE key on the local keyboard (both keys have essentially the same function). The results need to be checked visually by the user, the software cannot detect any faults. The local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_019.eps 130999 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_016.eps 130999 To indicate this is a test of which the result is to be checked by the user, the first word on the local display is "do". Except for testing the tray, this test is also meant to give the user the opportunity to put a disc into the DVD player for subsequent basic engine tests. Some of the following tests need a disc in the DVD player to operate properly. Always put a disc into the DVD player during this test! At the end of the basic engine tests there is opportunity to remove it (before the looptests start). Pressing the NEXT key on the local keyboard proceeds to the next test. Second test is the sledge test; the user is asked to move the sledge by using the keys PLAY and PAUSE on the local keyboard (both keys have essentially the same function). This test needs to be checked visually by the user; the software cannot detect any faults. The local display during this test looks as follows: By pressing PLAY the user confirms successful focussing by the basic engine; pressing PAUSE indicates a fault in the focus function. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard starts the radial function; the local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_020.eps 130999 Again, PLAY confirms the result, PAUSE indicates an error. After pressing NEXT on the local keyboard, the grooves/jump test is started. As this is also a test that cannot be checked by the software, the user needs to perform a visual test. The local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_021.eps 130999 CL96532097_017.eps 130999 After pressing NEXT on the local keyboard the discmotor is tested; the local display looks as follows: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + By pressing PLAY the next grooves/jump position is taken; pressing PAUSE will go to the previous grooves/jump position. Switching through the different positions is done in a cyclic manner. Press the NEXT key on the local keyboard to proceed to the last basic engine test: again, the tray is tested. This has been done at the beginning of the basic engine test already, the repeat is only meant to enable the user to remove the disc in the tray before proceeding. The local display will look as follows: CL 96532097_018.eps 130999 The user is required to listen if the disc motor is running; this must be confirmed by pressing PLAY on the local keyboard. The PAUSE key is used to indicate the discmotor does not run. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard starts the focus test. The local display looks as follows during this test: 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_016.eps 130999 Press PLAY or PAUSE to operate the tray; remove the disc in the tray. The tray will be closed automatically (if needed) before proceeding to the next tests (by pressing NEXT on the local keyboard). Read Error Log Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 The contents of the error log will be displayed on the local display, as follows : ASD-1 5. GB 23 The leftmost three digits indicate which of the DVD player's modules is faulty; the explanation is in the following table: Note: This is an example only; no actual errorcode is intended Displayed Value Indication for each module Loader 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ CL 96532097_022.eps 130999 The first two characters on the local display ("EL") indicate that the read-out mode of the error log is activated. After the hyphen 8 hexadecimal digits (one faultcode) are displayed. Below the row of 7-segment displays the highlighted number indicates the number of the faultcode being displayed. (Not for DVDv2B) The highest number indicates the oldest faultcode. If, in the future, more than 15 faultcodes need to be displayed, the "+" character can be used to indicate the display of a faultcode in the range 16 - 30. To step through the different fault codes, the PLAY (next) and PAUSE (previous) key on the local keyboard can be used. The display of faultcodes is cyclic. If the error log does not contain any fault codes, all displayed error codes will be "000 00000". To switch off the display of the error log, the NEXT key must be pressed on the local keyboard. Read Error Bits The error bits are used to indicate that an error occurred once or more times; if that is the case the bit representing the error is set. To read out this field of error bits, the local display is used. Only the numbers of the errors where the bit is set will be displayed on the local display. The layout of the local display is (globally) as follows2: 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 ok ok ok ok faulty faulty faulty faulty Monoboard ok ok faulty faulty ok ok faulty faulty Display PCB ok faulty ok faulty ok faulty ok faulty CL 06532065_052.eps 230500 After the hyphen the (decimal) number indicates the number of times the looptest was performed. The right side of the display shows an error code DNER (in decimal representation), which is built from a nucleus number (DN) and an error number (ER). This code indicates the last nucleus that returned an error code. For explanation of this DNER code, see document [SDD_DN]. Pressing NEXT on the local keyboard of the DVD player will exit this loop and show the end result of the player test. End result of the player test is equal to the last display shown above: it shows which module is faulty and which nucleus caused the last error, as well as how many loops were performed. Termination To terminate the player test, switch off the DVD player. 5.11 Download Interfaces (not for service) 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_023.eps 130999 The number of the set bits is displayed in a cyclic manner. Scrolling through the set error bits can be done with the PLAY key for 'next' and PAUSE key for 'previous'. Pressing the PLAY key at the last bit number will display the first bit number again, pressing the PAUSE button at the first bit number will display the last bit number in the list. The representation of bit numbers is decimal. If no error bits are set, the number on the right side of the display will be "00" Module Looptest The module looptest is an infinite loop in which a number of nuclei are executed over and over again. The nuclei run are the same as in the dealer test; user interaction is not required. During this looptest, the display looks as follows3: The download interface enables the user to download another version of diagnostic software into the RAM of the DVD player. The downloaded software will overrule the software which is placed in the DVD player's ROM; running the original diagnostic software is disabled until the DVD player is switched off and on again. For download of diagnostic software, the RS232 port may be used. 5.11.1 Set-up physical interface components Hardware required: • Service PC • one free COM port on the Service PC • special cable to connect DVD player to Service PC The service PC must have a terminal emulation program (e.g. OS2 WarpTerminal or Procomm in Windows95) installed and must have a free COM port (e.g. COM1). Activate the terminal emulation program and check that the port settings for the free COM port are: 19200 bps, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit and no flow control. The free COM port must be connected via a special cable to the RS232 port of the DVD player. This special cable will also connect the test pin, which is available on the connector, to ground (i.e. activate test pin). 5.11.2 Activation 1 ⋅ 2 ⋅ 3 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 6 ⋅ 7 ⋅ 8 ⋅ 9 ⋅ 10 ⋅ 11 ⋅ 12 ⋅ 13 ⋅ 14 ⋅ 15 + CL 96532097_025.eps 130999 Switch the DVD player on and the following text will appear on the screen of the terminal (emulation program): GB 24 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0 SDRAM Interconnection test passed Basic SDRAM test passed Karaoke init OK (M)enu, (C)ommand (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ D CL96532111_028.eps 071099 Progress seen by the diagnostic software is indicated by displaying the character "*" on screen repeatedly; if the download software encounters an error, the end of the downloaded file will be awaited and instead of the "*"character, the "+"- character will be used to indicate (erroneous) progress. When download is finished, the following message will come from the DVD player: Download succesful Press return to start downloaded program... CL96532111_029.eps 071099 When the user then presses a key, the DVD player will report The scripts that can be made externally are therefor in one of the following two forms: 1. A Procomm or Telex script Procomm or Telex can be used to write diagnostic scripts. The script language of both communication packages contains possibilities for construction of loops and branches in the scripts. Commands then going over the line will be exactly the same as described in the chapter "Command Interface". The diagnostic software (the engine) will receive normal RS232 commands and processes these as defined, sending results of these nuclei back over the RS232 line. In the Terminal the Procomm or Telex script determines which command sequence is followed 2. An Asterix-script Asterix-scripts are C-programs in which commands are sent to the diagnostic software (the engine). The construction of branches and loops is again located in the remote machine, i.e. the Asterix machine. Commands going over the line will be exactly the same as described in the chapter "Command Interface". The diagnostic software (the engine) will receive normal RS232 commands and processes these as defined, sending results of the called nuclei back over the RS232 line. In the Asterix PC the C-program determines which command sequence is followed. Layout of menus and submenus for the Service Terminal NOTE: a symbol "-->" in the next menu layouts indicates that that specific menu choice will invoke the display of a submenu. This symbol will also be used in the implementation of the menus (i.e. the "-->" will also appear in the user interface). Main Menu MAIN MENU 1. Audio --> 2. Basic Engine --> 3. Display PWB --> 4. Processor & Peripherals --> 5. Karaoke --> 6. Log --> 7. Miscellaneous --> 8. Video --> First Level Submenus DVD Diagnostic Software version X.X CL96532111_030.eps 071099 and start to run the downloaded software. Note1 : The DVDv2B player has no power-ON key, but should be turned on by connecting the power-cable. Note2 : For players without DRAM, the DRAM-tests will be scipped. 5.11.3 Usage The usage of the downloaded software depends on the contents of that software and cannot be described here. 5.11.4 Termination (not for service) To exit the download-interface and remove the downloaded software from the DVD player, switch off the DVD player. External Scripts A script is a sequence of nucleus calls. Internal scripts (e.g. scripts built into the diagnostic software itself) are in the form of a C-language module. However it cannot be expected from a customer to write C-modules in order to create new scripts. AUDIO MENU 1. Deemphasis --> 2. Mute --> 3. PinkNoise --> 4. SineWave --> BASIC ENGINE MENU 1. Disc Motor --> 2. Focus --> 3. Grooves --> 4. Radial --> 5. Reset [44] 6. Sledge --> 7. Tray --> 8. Version [37] DISPLAY PWB MENU 1. Display [30] 2. Keyboard [27] 3. LEDs [29] 4. Remote control [28] 5. Version [28] LOG MENU 1. Read last errors [31] 2. Read error bits [32] Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 3. Reset [33] PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS MENU 1. Clock --> 2. DRAM Write/Read [9] 3. Flash --> 4. I2C --> 5. S2B --> 6. SDRAM Write/Read [16] MISCELLANEOUS MENU 1. NVRam Utils --> 2. PalNtsc Line --> (Not for DVDv2B) 3. 2B Utils --> 4. Statistics Info --> 5. Read Application Version [46] VIDEO MENU 1. Colourbar --> 2. Scart --> KARAOKE MENU 1. Karaoke Mode Off [48a] 2. Karaoke Mode On [48b] 3. KaraokeMicInput [49] 4. KaraokeKey On [50a] 5. KaraokeKey Off [50b] 6. Karaoke Echo On [51a] 7. Karaoke Echo Off [51b] Second level submenus DEEMPHASIS MENU 1. Deemphasis 0 On [18a] 2. Deemphasis 0 Off [18b] 3. Deemphasis 1 On [18c] 4. Deemphasis 1 Off [18d] for DVDv2B: 1. Deemphasis On [18a] 2. Deemphasis Off [18b] 3. Deemp 0 Tristate On [18e] 4. Deemp 0 Tristate Off [18f] 5. Deemp 1 Tristate On [18g] 6. Deemp 1 Tristate Off [18h] MUTE MENU 1. Mute On [19a] 2. Mute Off [19b] PINKNOISE MENU 1. Pinknoise On [20a] 2. Pinknoise Off [20b] SINEWAVE MENU 1. Audio Sine On [21a] 2. Audio Burst On [21b] DISC MOTOR MENU 1. Disc Motor On [39a] 2. Disc Motor Off [39b] FOCUS MENU 1. Focus On [38a] 2. Focus Off [38b] GROOVES MENU 1. Jump Grooves to Inside [42a] 2. Jump Grooves to Middle [42b] 3. Jump Grooves to Outside [42c] ASD-1 RADIAL MENU 1. Radial Control On [40a] 2. Radial Control Off [40b] SLEDGE MENU 1. Sledge Inwards [41a] 2. Sledge Outwards [41b] TRAY MENU 1. Open Tray [43b] 2. Close Tray [43a] LASER MENU 1. Laser Cd On[58a] 2. Laser Cd Off[58b] 3. Laser DVD On[58c] 4. Laser DVD Off[58d] UCLOCK MENU 1. µClock A_CLK in CDDA Mode [7a] 2. µClock A_CLK in DVD Mode [7b] FLASH MENU 1. Checksum FLASH [6] 2. Flash write access [10] I2C MENU 1. I2C NVRAM Access [11] 2. I2C Display PWB [12] S2B MENU 1. S2B Echo [13] 2. S2B Pass-through [14] NVRAM MENU 1. NVRAM Config [34] 2. NVRAM reset [35] 3. NVRAM Mod [36] 4. NVRAM write/read [15] PAL/NTSC MENU (Not for DVDv2B) 1. PalNtscHi [45a] 2. PalNtscLo [45b] 2B UTILS MENU 1. I2C Scart Check [54] 2. Scart to DVD [55a] 3. Scart Pass through [55b] 4. VideoColSetupI2C [52] 5. VideoColSetupHi [53a] 6. VideoColSetupLo [53b] VIDEO COLOURBAR MENU 1. Colourbar DENC On [23a] 2. Colourbar DENC Off [23b] SCART MENU 1. Scart Low [25a] 2. Scart Medium [25b] 3. Scart High [25c] STATISTICS INFO MENU 1. Total Nr of Times Tray Open [47a] 2. Toat Time Power On [47b] 3. Total Play-time CDDA & VCD [47c] 4. Total Play-time DVD [47d] 5. GB 25 GB 26 5. ASD-1 Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 Screen layout with menus When menus are used, no specific screen layout can be given: menu information will not be in a special format, except for the layout as mentioned in the previous paragraphs. A typical menu session can look as follows: ---------------< top of screen >------------------------------------------DVDv2 Diagnostic Software version 1.0 SDRAM Interconnection test passed Basic SDRAM test passed Karaoke init OK (M)enu, (C)ommand, (S)2B-interface or (D)ownload? [M]:@ M <-MAIN MENU 1. Audio --> 2. Basic Engine --> 3. Display PWB --> 4. Processor & Peripherals --> 5. Karaoke --> 6. Log --> 7. Miscellaneous --> 8. Video --> Select> 4 <-PROCESSOR AND PERIPHERALS MENU 1. Clock --> 2. DRAM Write/Read [9] 3. Flash --> 4. I2C --> 5. S2B --> 6. SDRAM Write/Read [16] Select> 6 <-------------------< bottom of screen >---------------------------Depending on the height of the screen, the text will start scrolling off the top of the screen. Layout of Results diagnostic nuclei on control/service PC Results returned from a Diagnostic Nucleus to the control/ service PC will have a maximum length of 300 characters and are terminated by a CR character (included in the string length) The result has the following layout < number >< string > [OK l ER] @< CR > The use of the "@" enables the Asterix system on the Control PC to parse the output string of each nucleus into a database. < number > is a 4-digit decimal number padded with leading zeros if its value is less than 4 digits. The first two digits identify the generating nucleus (or goup of nuclei), the latter two digits indicate the error number. < string > is a text string containing information about the result of the Diagnostic Nucleus. < number > and < string > are defined in [SDD_DN] in the output sections of each Nucleus. Examples: 1. 0001 Unknown command ER @ 2. 3100 OK @ 3. 0901 Data line X is not connected to the DRAM ER @ CL96532111_031.eps 071099 Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 5.12 Diagnostic Nuclei ASD-1 Ref. Reference Name Remark 17 AudioSig Audio Signature (Optional) 18a AudioDeemp0On Audio De-emphasis 0 On AudioDeempOn (DVD2B) Audio De-emphasis On (DVDv2B) AudioDeemp0Off Audio De-emphasis 0 Off AudioDeempOff (DVD2B) Audio De-emphasis Off (DVDv2B) 18c AudioDeemp1On Audio De-emphasis 1 On (Not for DVDv2B) 18d AudioDeemp1Off Audio De-emphasis 1 Off (Not for DVDv2B) 18e AudioDeemp0Tristat eOn Audio De-emphasis 0 in tristate/bidirectional mode (DVDv2B) 18f AudioDeemp0Tristat eOff Audio De-emphasis 0 back in output mode (Off) (DVDv2B) 18g AudioDeemp1Tristat eOn Audio De-emphasis 1 in tristate/bidirectional mode (DVDv2B) 18h AudioDeemp1Tristat eOff Audio De-emphasis 1 back in output mode (Off) (DVDv2B) 19a AudioMuteOn Audio Mute On 19b AudioMuteOff Audio Mute Off 20a AudioPinkNoiseOn Audio Pinknoise On 20b AudioPinkNoiseOff Audio Pinknoise Off 21a AudioSineOn Audio Sine signal On/Off 21b AudioSineBurst Audio Sine signal Burst 56a AudioDeemp0On PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis 56b AudioDeemp0Off PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis 56c AudioDeemp1On PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis 56d AudioDeemp1Off PIO-pins as used in 2A for Deemphasis Remark 18b 5.12.1 Basic Diagnostic Nuclei Ref. Reference Name Remark 1 BasicSpAcc Serial port Access test/ initialisation 2b BasicInterconDram BasicInterconSdram GB 27 5.12.4 Audio Each nucleus contains an atomic and independent diagnostic test, testing a functional part of the DVD player hardware on component level. Each Nucleus returns a result message to its caller. Some tests (e.g. generating a colour bar) can only return an "OK" result. Internal communication will be done via a uniform interface between the diagnostic Engine, Scripts and the Diagnostic Nuclei. The diagnostic Engine can only operate if a certain (minimal) set of hardware is functioning properly. To test this set of hardware, a set of basic diagnostic nuclei is embedded in the DVD player. Each basic diagnostic nucleus will only test that part of the hardware which is required for execution of the diagnostic Engine, e.g. a RAM test will only test that part of RAM that is used by the diagnostic engine. After the Diagnostic Engine is operational it is possible to do a full RAM diagnostic. All basic diagnostic nuclei start with prefix 'Basic'. In the overview each Diagnostic Nucleus consists of a reference number, a reference name and remarks. Reference number and name are coupled and one of them is enough for unique identification. The reference number can be used to find the description of the Diagnostic Nucleus in paragraph Error! Reference source not found..# where # is the reference number. 2a 5. Data and address bus Interconnection (only for DVDv2A) Data and address bus interconnection 3 BasicDramWrR DRAM Write Read (only for DVDv2A) 4 BasicSdramWrR SDRAM Write Read 5 BasicSramWrR SRAM Write Read 5.12.2 Processor and Peripherals Ref. Reference Name Remark 6 PapChksFl Checksum FLASH 7a PapUclkAclkCdda uClock A_CLK in CD-DA mode 7b PapUclkAclkDvd uClock A_CLK in DVD mode Ref. Reference Name 23a VideoColDencOn Colourbar DENC On 9 PapDramWrR DRAM Write Read (only for DVDv2A) 23b VideoColDencOff Colourbar DENC Off 10 PapFlashWrAcc FLASH Write Access 25a VideoScartLo Scart Low 25b VideoScartMi Scart Medium 25c VideoScartHi Scart High 52 VideoColSetupCom Colour Setup Communication 53a VideoColSetupHi Colour Setup High 53b VideoColSetupLo Colour Setup Low 54 VideoScartSwCom m Scart Switch communication 55a VideoScartSwDvd Scart Switch Dvd 55b VideoScartSwPass Scart Switch Pass-through 11 PapI2cNvram I2C NVRAM access 12 PapI2cDisp I2C Display PWB 13 PapS2bEcho S2B Echo 14 PapS2bPass S2B Pass-through 15 PapNvramWrR NVRAM Write Read 5.12.3 Components Ref. # Reference Name Remark 16 CompSdramWrR SDRAM Write Read 5.12.5 Video GB 28 5. Test instructions mono board DVD-ASD1 ASD-1 Ref. Reference Name Remark Ref. Reference Name Remark 57a VideoScartPinLo PIO-pins as used in 2A for Scart-switching 40a BeRadialOn Radial control On 40b BeRadialOff Radial control Off 57b VideoScartPinMi PIO-pins as used in 2A for Scart-switching 41a BeSledgeIn Sledge Inwards 57c VideoScartPinHi PIO-pins as used in 2A for Scart-switching 41b BeSledgeOut Sledge Outwards 42a BeGroovesIn jump Grooves to Inside 5.12.6 DisplayPWB (slave processor) Ref. Reference Name Remark 26 DispVer Version number 27 DispKeyb Keyboard 28 DispRc Remote Control 29 DispLed LEDs 30 DispDisplay Display 5.12.7 Log (error logging in NVRAM) 42b BeGroovesMid jump Grooves to Middle 42c BeGroovesOut jump Grooves to Outside 43a BeTrayIn Tray In 43b BeTrayOut Tray Out 44 BeReset Reset Basic Engine 58a LaserCdOn CD Laser on 58b LaserCdOff CD Laser off 58c LaserDvdOn DVD Laser on 58d LaserDvdOff DVD Laser off 5.12.10 Karaoke Ref. Reference Name Remark 31 LogReadErr Read last Errors 32 LogReadBits Read errors Bits 33 LogReset Reset Ref. Reference Name Remark 48a KaraokeModeOff Switch Karaoke mode off 48b KaraokeModeOn Switch Karaoke mode on 49 KaraokeMicInput Check path from the microphone input to audio output 50a KaraokeKeyOn Set Karaoke Key to the maximum level (1200 cent) 5.12.8 Miscellaneous Ref. Reference Name Remark 34 MiscReadConfig Read Configuration area from NVRAM 50b KaraokeKeyOff Set Karaoke Key to flat octave (0 cent) 35 MiscNvramReset NVRAM Reset 51a KaraokeEchoOn Set Echo Control fuction on 36 MiscNvramMod Modify NVRAM contents 51b KaraokeEchoOff Set Echo Control function off 45a MiscPalNtscHi Check if PAL/NTSC line is high (Not for DVDv2B) 45b MiscPalNtscLo Check if PAL/NTSC line is low (Not for DVDv2B) 46 MiscApplVer Read version of application software 47a MiscTrayOpenNr Read the number of times the tray opened 47b MiscPowerOnTime Read the total time the player's power has been on 47c MiscPlayTimeCddaVcd Read the Playtime of CDDA and VCD discs 47d MiscPlayTimeDvd Read the Playtime of DVD discs 5.12.9 Basic Engine Ref. Reference Name Remark 37 BeVer Version number 38a BeFocusOn Focus On 38b BeFocusOff Focus Off 39a BeDiscmotorOn Discmotor On 39b BeDiscmotorOff Discmotor Off Note: A new Compair version for repair of the MONO boards will be developed. Block diagrams ASD-1 6. 29 6. Block diagrams Servo ASD1 BOARD SERVO PART LOADER CDM OPU 1 3 MEMORY CD-LASER DVDALAS2+ 7310 7102 S-RAM 132K TZA1033 CY7C199-15C 7110-7111 Var Gain MUX Diode Amplifiers Processing EQUALIZER DVD 15 1 CONTROL Header 8 ADDRESS HPSW DATA 4 7100-7106-7101 7311 Land 1104 DPD DVD-LASER MUX 6 CD FLEX 24P Push Pull Servo Signals Land/Groove Swap Mute Offset compensations RFo HF-IN D1-D6 6 3 Beam Tracking 2 CALF_MACE 4 +5 GND DECODER HD61 SAA7335HL/E/M2 O_CENTRAL 4 STB_DALAS V & I references Dual Laser MOTOR-IC Supply SILD FOCUS BA6856FP Serial SICL Laser#1 TACHO-OUT I/Face RADIAL 7304 SIDA Laser#2 B_V4 B_SYNC B_FLAG B_DATA B_BCLK B_WCLK I2S6 TO STi5505 ON DIAGRAM 5 3 MOTO-IN 1 DISK MOTOR 1301 M DRIVE HALL-FEEDBACK FLEX 11P HALL AD[0:7] SLEDGE MOTOR BLOCKDIAGRAM DIGITAL PART 1106 2 7207 CONTROL LINES ADC SERVO MACE2 SAA7399 PCS-PRE-AMPL 7104 TRAY MOTOR LM833D uP (8051 CORE) FLASH ROM 7202 PSENN AD[0:7] AD[0:7] A[0:16] AM29F002 PHI-INPUT M CONTROL BUS FLEX 8P HALL DATA/ADDRESS BUS 6 MHz M 2 PCS 4 END-SWITCH REF A[8:16] 2 ADRESS LATCH 7201 DRIVERS 7103 BA5938FM SLEDGE AD[0:7] A[0:7] 2 74HCT573D RADIAL TXD_BE RXT_BE CFR SUR SERVO OUTPUTS 4 FOCUS 5 TRAY-SWITCH POR 1100 TRAY1 4-WIRES S2B 4 t RSTN TO/FROM STi5505 ON DIAGRAM 5 TRAY2 4 8.46 MHz 1 4268_136 2012 CL06532065_036.eps 180500 Block diagrams ASD-1 6. 30 Didital ASD1 BOARD DIGITAL PART 6 5 TXD_SER RXD_SER RTS_SER CTS_SER 4 7600 CONN. 1602 4 SERVICE SERVICE SERIAL INTERFACE CONN. 1603 SERVICE 7503 2 DEEM[0:1] RSTN S2B 4 TO /FROM MACE2 (DIAGRAM 2) TXD_BE RXD_BE CFR SUR 7604, 7607 SCART[0:1] UART UART PROGRAMMABLE I/O OSD SCART 0/6/12V MUTE 0_6_12V 7608,7609,7610 MUTE_AV MUTE I2S 6 B_V4 B_WCLK B_DATA B_BCLK B_FLAG B_SYNC DEMULTIPLEXER VIDEO 3V3 DIG_OUT 5V R_OUT G_OUT B_OUT C_OUT CVBS_OUT Y_OUT VIDEO ENCODER MPEG DECODER ACLK CVBS RGB S-VHS 6 R/C G B/CVBS CVBS/Y 7612-7618 VIDEO FILTER BUFFER SUBPICTURE PCM__CLK HOST ST20 4 P50 7616 +5V -5V CLOCK SYNTHESIZER SEL_ACLK MK2742 CONN. 1604 STi5505 2 SDRAM CONTROLLER I2C CONTROLLER SDA SCLK 2 SDA SCLK RESETN Y-C +3V3 +6Vstby +12Vstby -8Vstby PCMout1 PCMout2 HSYNC I2C MEMORY INTERFACE TO/FROM A/V-MUX BOARD 7611 PCM (3X) DIG. OUT 4 PCM_CLK FRONT END INTERFACE BCLK DATA WCLK 3 SCLK PCM_OUT0 LRCLK SPDIF_OUT AUDIO DECODER AUDIO FROM HD61 DECODER (DIAGRAM 3) 2 TO A/V-MUX BOARD 2 OPTION 7504 CONN. 1600 +3V3 27 MHz SDRAM INTERFACE SYSTEM CONTROL BUS SYSTEM ADDRESS BUS SYSTEM DATA BUS +5V POWER SUPPLY +5Vstby -8Vstby 7505 +6Vstby EEPROM 2 +12Vstby ST24E32M6 STB_CONT P50 4 7401 16Mb FLASH AM29LV160BT 7404 16Mb SDRAM MT48LC1M16A1TG -7S 7405 SDA SCLK STB_CONT 2 16Mb SDRAM CONN. 1501 TO/FROM DISPLAY MT48LC1M16A1TG-7S 4268_136 2012 CL06532065_037.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 31 7. Electrical diagrams and PWB’s SERVO DALAS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3118 F114 3119 3197 2R2 3137 VCC1 GND2 MT1 100n 2117 F142 3131 2R2 2R2 3132 3133 2R2 2R2 FOC+ FOC- 7114 F174 F175 S2 A1_MACE +5Vx +5Vx F157 22K 2119 3148 F189 5 8 7105-B MC34072 7 2.5V 2.5V 3177 68K 2139 100n 120R 15K 3165 3176 3181 100n 3168 F179 10M SLSL+ VO2VO2+ V-REF H 2123 F172 OPTION F199 120K 4 100n 2.0V 2138 100n CALF_MACE 2 100R STB_DALAS ALPHA0 8 7105-A MC34072 1 F198 22R 3158 STB NC4 V-REF 3 6 4 3194 G 2137 F022 100n F197 F163 3153 OPTION 3120 1K +5V 39K F191 3173 100K 2142 10n +3V3S 3166 2.0V E 7116 BC847B 3174 F178 +5V 3179 220R BC847B F S1 6K8 LPF-DPD1 38 3186 O-CENTRAL 7115 BC857B +5V 220R NC5 NC6 RF-REF COP VSSD SILD 28 4R7 F152 47R 3140 RFP RFN VSSA3 SIDA F013 SILD +3V3S SL3187 29 30 2R2 1.5V SL+ SICL F012 F176 1.5V F011 3130 GND3 3183 100R 22n 47R 2R2 F151 F195 1R 100K 2141 +5A4 FTC 33 +5V 3185 3180 22p VSSA2 VDDD3 HEADER 3178 4 I 100n 12K R-EXT VDDA2 CD-LO F023 +3V3D OPTION OPTION 12K 3161 F021 LPF-DPD2 39 +5D F193 F192 COSPH 6 NC2 V-REF 14 C 03 F024 2140 7104-B LM833D 7 100n LAND 1R 8 2124 S1 42 04 TD1 35 2136 5 F169 10K 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 2135 +5V 1 3157 3159 TDO 34 V-REF 2133 22p 15p 100K 2130 2131 3 2 F168 TD2 37 HEADER 17 FO 2127 RADRAD+ FOCFOC+ 330R 16 DVD-REF VO3- 3193 +9V F137 7113 BC847B 3182 1K 3138 F188 18 12K 3155 10K F166 22n 15 DVD-D 100R Ax 3172 F165 F036 10K 3143 F186 VO3+ X2 MT +5V +5V 2118 3171 100R X2 F039 3199 FTC-REF 36 14 DVD-C O1 180p F185 22K +5V 7112 BC847B F037 RFP 12K 3152 OPTION 2129 F183 15p 6 3169 100R 3127 19 O2 10K O-CENTRAL 40 100n D 13 DVD-B F159 VSSA4 43 3 BEAM TRACKING 100R 3170 C O-D 45 MUX SINPH 2 12 DVD-A 10K3147 VDDA4 44 DPD PUSH PULL OFFSET COMPENS. 10 DVD-MI F180 F158 S2 41 9 VSSA1 3167 12K O-C 46 LAND/ GROOVE MUTE 11 NC1 B F182 F156 O-A 48 SWAP LAND 7104-A LM833D 1 3146 3149 8 VDDA1 F016 +5A1 2125 2132 8 100n F155 560R 100R RA +3V3S 3124 470R F038 3145 O-B 47 7 CD-F SICL 2R2 F173 3122 20 F133 VIN3 LOGIC TRAY X2 B 3192 27K VREF MT2 X2 F035 180p 6 CD-E 3162 F120 3121 2111 100n 3198 470R OPTION DIODE AMPLIFIERS PROCESSING 23 F123 470R +5V 1.5V 2128 22n F171 OPTION 3136 4 CD-D 5 CD-REF MON2 4 F190 F167 2122 22n 3 F181 F187 3156 100R 24 RAD+ D RFo 1105 +5A3 VAR GAIN 100R 3164 100n 4 3 CD-C +5V F177 5 F164 3160 2126 F184 100R 3154 100R E F +5V 3163 27K 2 CD-B 2R2 100p F020 F194 REFSIN 1 CD-A F162 SIDA F170 F161 F196 D Ax F 3150 3151 100R B C 2R2 F146 2113 100n 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 MUX 2121 220n 100n +5V 2120 24 OPTION LD-DVD VDDL MON2 F160 23 3142 7102 TZA1033 CD-MI 4R7 F154 22 F017 LD-DVD TM 91R +5L 3139 F015 2116 NC3 3144 21 F153 +5V 1R +5V V-REF 3115 TRAY1 F145 2114 RFP 15p 20 F150 3141 DVD-LO F149 19 100n F018 18 2115 +5L 2R2 3114 + - VOLTAGE CONTROL FWD 3K9 3129 3135 E VCC2 VCC3 3188 390R F109 68p 390p 2108 2107 180R 3117 3123 680R 4n7 47u 2104 2103 1K5 3103 F107 OPTION 1 6 NC2 1n +5A2 NC7 MON1 VDDD5 F 3134 330R 3175 2R2 F148 VIN4 BIAS - MUTE TRAY2 3184 16 +5V NC8 F147 LDCD 25 + - 15 16 8 VDDA3 15 D VIN5 5 NC1 VO2+ F139 COO C 17 TO LOADER 3196 12 VO2+ COM F144 RAD- 2R2 + F126 7 MUTE 9 NC3 330p 14 2134 TO / FROM LOADER 13 CL06532065_038.eps 180500 3195 REFCOS 27K 1 - + F125 +5V 26 4 VIN2 OPTION F019 B 3108 3107 F115 VO4+ F118 3191 F119 3 VIN1 13 VO2- F143 7 X2 SL VO2- 12 1106 52271-XX90 8 X2 Ax F141 +3V3S 2 VOL+ SL+ F140 11 F108 27 VO4- X2 11 NC5 LDCD 10 X2 SL- 7111 BC847B F134 2112 F138 MON1 8 E 1 VOL- 21 10 22 47R 10K F136 A 7103 BA5938FM GND1 7 91R 2101 100n REV 3128 47R F104 3 7106 BFS20 2 +9V 2 RAC-SW F132 3126 6 F135 47R 3 7101 BFS20 2 3110 1 F129 RAD- 7110 BST82 10K FOCFOC+ 1n5 F127 F128 2109 3 +12Vstby F113 1 3112 150R F122 RAD+ 4 F112 3111 7100 BFS20 OPTION F131 2 F124 2105 22p 3104 390R F101 OUT GND 2100 100n F102 10K F014 2110 2n2 F121 9 H 22p HPSW 1 5 F130 G 2106 IN 47R F106 3K9 2145 220p 3116 2144 220p 1104 C 3190 VO22143 220p B D 3189 VO2+ 3125 F116 8K2 F111 4 3113 1100-4 TRAYSW 3 +12Vstby 3106 15p 1100-3 47p F110 2 3101 1K5 F103 2102 F117 1100-2 1 F105 10K 1100-1 7109 L78M09 1 3 OPTION 3102 OPTION 3105 A TO / FROM LOADER +5V 4R7 3100 +5V 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 I 1100-1 A1 1100-2 A1 1100-3 A1 1100-4 A1 1104 B1 1105 D8 1106 G1 2100 A9 2101 A10 2102 A3 2103 A5 2104 A6 2105 A7 2106 B3 2107 B6 2108 B6 2109 B3 2110 B3 2111 B11 2112 C4 2113 D8 2114 D7 2115 D5 2116 E4 2117 E6 2118 G9 2119 G10 2120 E2 2121 E2 2122 F4 2123 H10 2124 F7 2125 G3 2126 G2 2127 I10 2128 G8 2129 G8 2130 H2 2131 H3 2132 H3 2133 H4 2134 H3 2135 H4 2136 H5 2137 G12 2138 H6 2139 I8 2140 I6 2141 I2 2142 F11 2143 B1 2144 B2 2145 B2 3100 A5 3101 A6 3102 A5 3103 A4 3104 A7 3105 A2 3106 A7 3107 A12 3108 A12 3110 A8 3111 A5 3112 A6 3113 B4 3114 B12 3115 B12 3116 B4 3117 B5 3118 B8 3119 B7 3120 F12 3121 B12 3122 B12 3123 B5 3124 B12 3125 C4 3126 C4 3127 C12 3128 C2 3129 C5 3130 C12 3131 C13 3132 D12 3133 D13 3134 D7 3135 D5 3136 D6 3137 D6 3138 G9 3139 E4 3140 E5 3141 E2 3142 E5 3143 G9 3144 E1 3145 E7 3146 E8 3147 E8 3148 G9 3149 E8 3150 E3 3151 E3 3152 E8 3153 H9 3154 F3 3155 F8 3156 F3 3157 F8 3158 H9 3159 F7 3160 F3 3161 F8 3162 F3 3163 F1 3164 F3 3165 I9 3166 G8 3167 G3 3168 I9 3169 G3 3170 G3 3171 G3 3172 G2 3173 F12 3174 G12 3175 H6 3176 H8 3177 H8 3178 I5 3179 E11 3180 I2 3181 I8 3182 F10 3183 F10 3184 I6 3185 I5 3186 I7 3187 I2 3188 A8 3189 A3 3190 A4 3191 B9 3192 B12 3193 C13 3194 H8 3195 I8 3196 B9 3197 C9 3198 D10 3199 E9 7100 A5 7101 A8 7102 E4 7103 A10 7104-A G2 7104-B H2 7105-A G12 7105-B G10 7106 A7 7109 A9 7110 C4 7111 C5 7112 E10 7113 E10 7114 E10 7115 D11 7116 E12 F011 I2 F012 I2 F013 I2 F014 B4 F015 E4 F016 F4 F017 E5 F018 E5 F019 D6 F020 D6 F021 F7 F022 G12 F023 H5 F024 H6 F035 E9 F036 E9 F037 E10 F038 E11 F039 E11 F101 A10 F102 A6 F103 A4 F104 A7 F105 A1 F106 A5 F107 A4 F108 A12 F109 A7 F110 A1 F111 A2 F112 A6 F113 A6 F114 A8 F115 B12 F116 A2 F117 B3 F118 B9 F119 B9 F120 B12 F121 B2 F122 B5 F123 B11 F124 B2 F125 B6 F126 B9 F127 B2 F128 C2 F129 C5 F130 C1 F131 C3 F132 C4 F133 C11 F134 C4 F135 C1 F136 C2 F137 C12 F138 C2 F139 C7 F140 C2 F141 D2 F142 D12 F143 D2 F144 D2 F145 D7 F146 D8 13 PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 F147 D2 F148 D2 F149 E2 F150 E1 F151 E5 F152 D6 F153 E2 F154 E2 F155 E7 F156 E8 F157 G10 F158 E7 F159 E8 F160 E2 F161 E4 F162 E4 F163 H10 F164 F4 F165 F7 F166 F8 F167 F4 F168 F7 F169 F8 F170 F2 F171 F3 F172 H9 F173 F4 F174 F8 F175 F8 F176 G7 F177 G1 F178 G7 F179 I9 F180 G4 F181 G1 F182 G2 F183 G4 F184 G1 F185 G4 F186 G4 F187 G1 F188 G4 F189 G8 F190 H1 F191 H7 F192 H2 F193 H6 F194 I5 F195 I5 F196 I5 F197 G11 F198 G12 F199 I7 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 32 SERVO MACE 4 5 6 7 CSTCC +3A 100n 3205 SINPH 2205 10K F215 3206 REFCOS 100n 10K REFCOS 126 COSPHI 128 ACT_EMFP 22K F220 1 ACT_EMFN 3243 3246 3242 127 PCS 5200 3202 1R +3A F298 CLOCK GEN. F202 DEBUG TEST A VddDp1 57 2203 100n VssDp2 95 VddDp2 96 43 31 VssDp4 VssDp3 32 VddDp4 VddDp3 44 11 21 VssDc2 12 22 VddDc2 VssDp5 109 VssAs VddDp5 110 VddAs VssDp6 68 119 VddDp6 69 120 VssDc1 82 F203 +3A +3A +3A +3A VssAop F209 MON_D 73 +3A 2228 100n VddAop F206 2227 100n +3A 100MHZ 3201 1R PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 Port 4 H7 30 F212 H6 29 F214 H5 28 H4 27 26 25 H1|A17 24 F218 23 F219 TRAYSW 3240 10K AM(0:17) AM(17) SL Slegde control F226 3210 4K7 80 RP F227 70 RA F224 3K9 F230 3211 81 Radial control TL_FTL Port ROM 2 4K7 F233 F234 71 3214 FO Focus control 3K9 2210 1n 8051 A15 52 F222 A14 51 F223 A13 50 F225 A12 49 F228 A11 48 F229 A10 47 F231 A9 46 F232 A8 45 F235 F236 93 3215 92 10K DEFOn core Defect detector DEFIn I6 AD7 65 F237 AD6 64 F239 63 F241 AD5 115 FTCH 116 FTCL 79 E OTD Port RAM Track counter AD4 AD3 0 AD1 AD0 O1 106 D1|MIRN O2 107 D2|TLN 03 108 D3|REN 04 111 D4|FEN F258 112 S1 F261 113 S2 3219 3221 10K SFR Signal cond. Dx AM(11) 7201 74HCT573 AM(10) AM(9) 1 AM(8) 11 59 F249 58 F252 DSDen 78 RSTI 98 A1_MACE Port 1 NC1 2 NC2 3 NC3 36 NC4 37 GND 2208 10 F033 100n 19 F238 2 3 18 F240 AMD(2) 4 17 F242 AMD(3) 5 16 F244 AMD(4) 6 15 F246 AMD(5) 7 14 F248 AMD(6) 8 13 F251 AMD(7) 9 12 F253 AMD(4) AMD(3) AMD(2) AMD(1) AMD(0) 1D F254 3220 10K 10K PORN F257 CSI F259 OTD-HD61 ALE 3213 4R7 +5VC 100n 7202 M29F002 32 AM(0:17) AM(0) 12 A0 AM(1) 11 A1 AM(2) 10 A2 13 DQ0 AM(3) 9 A3 14 DQ1 AM(4) 8 A4 15 DQ2 AM(5) 7 A5 17 DQ3 AM(6) 6 A6 18 DQ4 AM(7) 5 A7 19 DQ5 AM(8) 27 A8 20 DQ6 AM(9) 26 A9 21 DQ7 AM(10)23 A10 AM(11)25 A11 AM(12) 4 1 A12 RP_NC AM(13)28 A13 24 G_ AM(14)29 A14 22 E_ AM(15) 3 A15 31 W_ AM(16) 2 A16 30 A17 F284 INT2 O-CENTRAL +3V3S 2215 22u +3V3S 4K7 3 4 5 6 7 AMD(4) AMD(5) AMD(6) AMD(7) +5VC F PSENn F260 WE G 6200 F286 2R2 BAS316 3234 3258 8K2 2214 22n 2216 1n BC857B 7203 3232 3235 100K 3227 4K7 H F281 3229 12K F285 1201 RSTN I F294 POR RFo INT WE WRI {CFR,SUR,RXD_BE,TXD_BE} 8 9 E AMD(3) +3V3S +3V3S HPSW STB_DALAS +3V3S +3V3S CL06532065_039.eps 180500 {ALE,PSENn,RDI,WRI,CSI,WE,OTD-HD61,POR,PORN,RSTN,INT,MOTO1,RFo,T1,T2,T3} 2 AMD(2) NC7 100 3236 F293 3257 F031 TXD_BE RXD_BE F030 p93-89 3238 10K F290 SUR F289 SIDA +5V AMD(1) +3A F295 RDI F296 CFR F292 TRAY2 F291 T1 TRAY1 I 3256 3255 E2 3228 10K p93-89 STBY 3230 10K AMD(0) 16 F270 13 PXT2en INT3|ALEh 14 PXT2 15 PXT0 F266 17 PXT1 18 F272 16 RDNH WRNH RXD1 F267 33 20 TXD1 F271 34 19 ATIP_IN E2 OPTION 3231 10K D NC8 101 H2 +5V 1 2209 F034 67 NC6 F032 3252 INT0_PWD F268 35 +5V 3251 3254 INT1 RXD2 39 TXD2 40 F269 38 RDN WRN TPWM 84 41 TEN 85 42 FOK CLO 87 I2CSCL F276 90 F277 86 I2CSDA F275 91 P6 104 F273 IREFT 3225 200K F283 3226 10K 114 VRH F274 105 ALPHA0 F282 +3V3S F029 LLP H9 F279 F278 94 ALPHAO LDON 4 F264 3224 2213 150R 100n 3253 ATIP_IN H 2212 100n 118 F265 10K 117 3237 +3A C1 20 NC5 ATIPin OPC_INT OPC SRV_INT_LGR PW 77 Port 3 Port 5 P6 88 124 ADC/ AGC ref. Laser control 89 CALF F280 A2 123 Uopt F027 122 F028 97 F025 A1 Uopb F263 121 CALF_MACE F026 3250 G Vcc F262 OPTION 3249 EN AMD(1) AMD(5) POR 3248 OPTION 3212 4R7 AMD(0) AMD(6) F247 10K 3223 11K AMD(7) 55 F256 3239 PSENn EAn interface 61 +5V +5V AM(12) ALE 53 F255 3247 PSENn System F243 F245 54 ALE Ex 62 60 AD2 F250 3222 11K AM(13) VSS p93-89 S2 AM(14) AMD(0:7) +3V3S S1 C AM(15) VCC F221 72 3208 3209 2207 1n+3V3S F B F216 H3|CSBN H0|A16 SILD SICL H2|CSDN XDET 2K7 2206 33n +3V3S D 14 VssDp1 56 3260 1R F288 22K OPTION SL FO 13 3244 RAD- RA SINPHI F217 OPTION C 9 3259 1R REFSIN 3241 COSPH RAD+ 125 12 F287 B REFSIN F207 2204 MON_A 74 F210 TS3 103 F201 3245 F200 F208 99 TS2 102 TS1 CLKOUT 76 RAC_SW 11 +3V3S +3A DEB_OUT 75 8 5 F213 6 F211 10 XTLI F299 2226 100n XXTLO RAC-SW 7 7207 SAA7399HL 1M 3204 330R 10 OPTION F297 SELPLL F204 A 9 +3V3S 3200 10K 1205 3203 8 +3V3S +3V3S VddDc1 83 3 2 F205 1 10 11 12 13 14 1201 I13 1205 A4 2203 A10 2204 B2 2205 B2 2206 C1 2207 D1 2208 D13 2209 D14 2210 D1 2212 H3 2213 H4 2214 H13 2215 H11 2216 H12 2226 A4 2227 A6 2228 A7 3200 A4 3201 A6 3202 A7 3203 A4 3204 A4 3205 B2 3206 B2 3208 C2 3209 C2 3210 C2 3211 D2 3212 D13 3213 D14 3214 D2 3215 D2 3219 F2 3220 F10 3221 F2 3222 F1 3223 F2 3224 H3 3225 H5 3226 H4 3227 H13 3228 I8 3229 H13 3230 H8 3231 H6 3232 H12 3234 I11 3235 I12 3236 H9 3237 H2 3238 I8 3239 F10 3240 B10 3241 B1 3242 C1 3243 C2 3244 C2 3245 A5 3246 C2 3247 F10 3248 G2 3249 G2 3250 G2 3251 H8 3252 H8 3253 H5 3254 H8 3255 I7 3256 I7 3257 I8 3258 I12 3259 A6 3260 A7 5200 A9 6200 H12 7201 D12 7202 D13 7203 H12 7207 A3 F025 G2 F026 G2 F027 G2 F028 H4 F029 H5 F030 I8 F031 I8 F032 H8 F033 D13 F034 D13 F200 A5 F201 A5 F202 A9 F203 A6 F204 A4 F205 A7 F206 A5 F207 A6 F208 A5 F209 A6 F210 A5 F211 A4 F212 B10 F213 B2 F214 B10 F215 B2 F216 B10 F217 B2 F218 C10 F219 C10 F220 C2 F221 C2 F222 C11 F223 C11 F224 C2 F225 C11 F226 C1 F227 C2 F228 C11 F229 D11 F230 D2 F231 D11 F232 D11 F233 D1 F234 D2 F235 D11 F236 D2 F237 D10 F238 D13 F239 D10 F240 D13 F241 E10 F242 E13 F243 E10 F244 E13 F245 E10 F246 E13 F247 E10 F248 E13 F249 E10 F250 E2 F251 E13 F252 E10 F253 E13 F254 F10 F255 F10 F256 F10 F257 F11 F258 F2 F259 F11 F260 F14 F261 F2 F262 F10 F263 G2 F264 H4 F265 H3 F266 H9 F267 H8 F268 H8 F269 H7 F270 H9 F271 H8 F272 H9 F273 H5 F274 H5 F275 H5 F276 H6 F277 H6 F278 H4 F279 H4 F280 H6 F281 H14 F282 H7 F283 H7 F284 H8 F285 H13 F286 H12 F287 I11 F288 I12 F289 I7 F290 I7 F291 I6 F292 I6 F293 I8 F294 I12 F295 I7 F296 I7 F297 A4 F298 A10 F299 B2 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 33 Decoder 1 3 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 3300 F300 2300 CSTCC F306 +5VB +5VB +5VB F302 +5VB VSSD9 VSSD8 VDDD9 VSSD7 VDDD8 VSSD6 VDDD7 VSSD5 VDDD6 VSSD4 VDDD5 VSSD3 VDDD4 VSSD2 VDDD3 VSSD1 VDDD2 94 10 11 19 20 31 32 44 45 59 60 72 73 81 82 92 93 98 99 CRIN 95 CLOCK GENERATION CONTROL 21 TEST1 F309 RDA1 RDA2 22 TEST2 2K7 3K3 RDA3 25 NC3 3305 2K7 2305 3332 C RDA4 2304 F314 3 REFLO 22n RDA5 F316 4 REFHI 22n ANALOG DATA CAPTURE 5 VREF 3K3 6 HFIN 2319 3309 F319 2 IREF 27p 10K BIT DETECTOR RDA6 DEMOD RDA7 3339 F322 8 AGCOUT 43 DA0 41 DA1 AMD(1) AMD(3) AMD(5) AMD(7) 46 WRI WRI 8 RAMAD81 7 RAMAD91 6 A12 A11 A10 C A6 A4 RAMAD31 25 A3 RAMAD21 24 D A2 RAMAD11 23 A1 RAMAD01 21 A0 GND 14 RAD12 89 F333 RAMAD121 RAD13 90 F334 RAMAD131 E CFLG NC9 WCLK BCLK FLAG DATA RAD14 91 F335 RAMAD141 SYNC EBUOUT V4 SERIAL OUT INTERFACE STOPCLK T1 TACHO BLOCK T2 NC8 MOTO2|T3 MOTO1 NC7 MEAS1 NC5 CL1 36 NC4 NC6 49 CSI 22K INT 3310 +5V SCL E MOTOR INTERFACE 48 ALE ALE B RAD11 88 F332 RAMAD111 47 RDI RDI I|O2 RAMAD141 1 A5 RAMAD41 26 RAD8 84 F329 RAMAD81 RAD9 85 F330 RAMAD91 RAD10 87 F331 RAMAD101 33 DA7 I|O3 RAMDA21 13 A8 RAD7 83 F328 RAMAD71 34 DA6 AMD(6) I|O4 RAMDA71 15 RAMAD121 3 A7 RAMAD131 2 RAD6 80 F327 RAMAD61 SUB-CPU INTERFACE I|O5 RAMDA61 16 RAMAD101 5 A9 RAMAD111 4 RAD5 79 F326 RAMAD51 35 DA5 I|O6 RAMDA51 17 A13 RAD3 77 F324 RAMAD31 37 DA4 AMD(4) I|O7 RAMDA41 18 RAMAD71 RAD4 78 F325 RAMAD41 SDA D RAMDA31 19 RAMAD51 10 A14 RAMAD61 9 RAD2 76 F323 RAMAD21 39 DA3 A OE_ I|O0 RAD1 75 F321 RAMAD11 40 DA2 AMD(2) BCAIN AMD(0:7) AMD(0) 20 RAMDA11 12 I|O1 RAMDA01 11 RAD0 74 F320 RAMAD01 12 OTD DETECTOR F312 3331 120p 61 F305 RAMRW 71 F307 RAMDA01 70 F308 RAMDA11 68 F310 RAMDA21 67 F311 RAMDA31 66 F313 RAMDA41 65 F315 RAMDA51 64 F317 RAMDA61 63 F318 RAMDA71 WE_ CE_ NC10 2318 27 22 RRW 23 PORE +5VA 2307 22n 7 +5VB 100n VCC RAMRW 100n +5VB RDA0 22K 2306 10u F304 NC2 24 MUXSW +5V 3304 VSSA1 NC1 16 9 VSSA2 CROUT 7311 SAA7335HL 100 1 14 3330 +5VB 3302 220R VDDA2 2303 47u 2302 100n B 1M +5VA VDDD1 +5VA +5VA 2301 100MHZ +5VB 3301 VDDA1 F303 A +5V 100MHZ 5301 5300 4R7 28 7310 CY7C199 +5VB 1300 PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 +5V F301 +5V +5V 3337 100R F347 3338 100R F343 B_BCLK B_WCLK F342 3336 100R F346 B_DATA 100R 3335 100R F345 F344 3334 B_FLAG 100n B_SYNC 3313 4K7 B_V4 3312 4K7 3333 2309 F348 F338 F336 F337 F341 3311 22K MEAS1 100R F F340 F339 38 27 28 29 30 42 26 97 51 13 15 62 17 18 50 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 69 96 86 F +5V +5V 2310 3317 F351 1R 3316 1R 6301 6303 6302 +12Vstby +5V 7304 BA6856FB 100n VCC A3 27 VM2 DRIVER 26 VM1 GAIN CONTROL S1D S1D S1D 28 RNF A2 5 A1 7 NC1 1 NC2 2 H1+ 9 4K7 3318 - + F355 H F357 STBY F358 3320 7315 BC847B 4K7 F360 2314 100n MOTO1 F361 3340 F362 3322 4K7 3323 4K7 F363 3324 100K 2315 100n +5V T1 23 PS 22 EC 21 + ECR - 20 CNF 19 VH 18 FG1 FG2 16 FG3 F371 T3 REV F368 17 T2 I 24 + - REV + - PS + - H BIAS H1- 10 NC3 4 NC4 6 H2+ 11 + - H2- 12 + + - NC5 15 H3+ 13 H3- 14 F350 11 F352 10 F353 9 NOT MOUNTED 2311 100n 2312 100n 2313 100n 6 F354 3319 F356 5 F359 47R MT2 MT1 GND 30 29 8 4 3321 6K8 2 F364 6K8 1 3326 47R F367 6K8 F370 3328 F372 22K 52271-1190 I 7312 BC857B 3329 22K F373 +5V +5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 H 3 F366 3327 8 7 3325 + - G 1301 3 TO LOADER F349 F369 G F365 25 CL06532065_040.eps 180500 13 1300 A6 1301 G13 2300 A11 2301 A8 2302 A5 2303 A5 2304 B5 2305 C5 2306 C2 2307 C3 2309 F7 2310 G11 2311 H12 2312 H12 2313 H12 2314 H8 2315 I9 2318 B3 2319 C4 3300 A11 3301 A6 3302 A7 3304 B3 3305 C3 3309 C5 3310 E5 3311 F7 3312 F6 3313 F6 3316 G9 3317 G9 3318 H7 3319 H13 3320 H6 3321 H12 3322 H8 3323 H8 3324 I9 3325 I12 3326 I13 3327 I12 3328 I12 3329 I13 3330 B5 3331 B4 3332 C4 3333 F8 3334 F8 3335 F8 3336 F8 3337 F9 3338 F9 3339 C5 3340 H9 5300 A8 5301 A5 6301 G8 6302 G9 6303 G8 7304 G11 7310 A10 7311 A6 7312 I13 7315 H7 F300 A11 F301 A8 F302 A7 F303 A5 F304 A6 F305 B10 F306 B5 F307 B10 F308 B10 F309 B4 F310 B10 F311 B10 F312 B4 F313 B10 F314 B5 F315 C10 F316 C5 F317 C10 F318 C10 F319 C5 F320 C10 F321 C10 F322 C5 F323 C10 F324 D10 F325 D10 F326 D10 F327 D10 F328 D10 F329 D10 F330 D10 F331 E10 F332 E10 F333 E10 F334 E10 F335 E10 F336 F7 F337 F7 F338 F8 F339 F6 F340 F6 F341 F7 F342 F9 F343 F9 F344 F8 F345 F8 F346 F8 F347 F9 F348 F8 F349 G9 F350 G12 F351 G9 F352 G12 F353 G12 F354 H12 F355 H9 F356 H13 F357 H6 F358 H7 F359 H12 F360 H8 F361 H9 F362 H8 F363 H9 F364 H12 F365 I13 F366 I12 F367 I12 F368 I9 F369 I13 F370 I12 F371 I9 F372 I12 F373 I12 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 34 Memory 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 MEMORY PART OPTION RD_ DB3 11 D3 INT_|SCL-OUT DB2 9 D2 IACK_|SDA-IN DB1 8 D1 CLK DB0 7 D0 +5V_DS 7400-D 74HCT00D 12 F406 3 14 2 11 3418 13 3412 WAIT 3413 7 7 F435 3405 +5V_DS F F434 OPTION 7400-B 74HCT00D 4 3414 14 6 CE1 VSS1 10K 5 VDD_MEM 3416 100n 100n 2412 2413 100n 100n 100n 100n 1 25 7 VDD 19 BA AD11 20 BANK SELECT 25 AD0 21 A0 DATA INPUT 27 AD1 22 A1 REGISTER 29 AD2 23 A2 31 AD3 24 A3 AD4 27 A4 AD5 28 A5 AD6 29 A6 AD7 30 A7 AD8 31 A8 AD9 32 A9 AD10 20 A10 LCKE CLK VDD_MEM2 3403 F432 100n 35 CLK 34 CKE 10K F415 18 CS_ RASN 17 RAS_ CASN 16 CAS_ WEN 15 WE_ DQMU 36 DQMH DQML 14 DQML 512Kx16 LWE LDQM COLUMN DECODER AD0 21 A0 DATA INPUT DQ3 6 AD1 22 A1 REGISTER DQ4 8 AD2 23 A2 DQ5 9 AD3 24 A3 DQ6 11 AD4 27 A4 DQ7 12 AD5 28 A5 DQ8 39 AD6 29 A6 DQ9 40 AD7 30 A7 DQ10 42 AD8 31 A8 DQ11 43 AD9 32 A9 DQ12 45 AD10 20 A10 DQ0 2 LCKE DQ14 48 CLK 3404 DQ15 49 PROGRAMMING REGISTER LWCBR LWE LQDM VSSQ 4 DQ1 3 35 CLK 34 CKE 10K F41618 VDD_MEM2 CSN2 33 17 RASN NC 37 16 CASN 15 WEN 36 DQML 14 DQMU CS_ RAS_ CAS_ WE_ DQMH DQML DQ2 5 DQ3 6 LDQM DQ4 8 DQ5 9 512Kx16 512Kx16 E DQ6 11 COLUMN DECODER DQ7 12 DQ8 39 DQ9 40 DQ10 42 DQ11 43 DQ12 45 F DQ13 46 LATENCY & BURST LENGTH DQ14 48 DQ15 49 PROGRAMMING REGISTER LRAS LCBR LWE 33 LWCBR NC 37 LWE G LQDM VSS VSSQ 26 50 10 41 47 4 10 41 47 H +5V_DS 2 4 3407 22R 3 NC 1 27M_CLK1 7400-C 74HCT00D 9 2414 2 3 DQ2 5 14 3406 8 I +3V3 100R 7 27M_CLKOUT 3410 CLK_8MHz F419 5402 F428 10 100MHZ F420 5403 VDD_MEM +3V3 VDD_MEM2 100MHZ 100u F430 D BANK SELECT DQ13 46 LATENCY & BURST LENGTH LRAS LCBR 512Kx16 2418 4 19 BA 100n 2417 100n 2416 F431 TOP 13 38 44 VDDQ OPTION 3409 5 1 AUXCLK 7 DQ1 3 OPTION 5 25 AD11 DQ0 2 22 CSN1 7403 74HCT1G04 1 VDD 26 50 7402 74HCT1G79 7405 MT48LC1M16A1TG BOTTOM 13 38 44 VDDQ VSS H C 18 VDD_MEM +5VOSC 100n 2411 16 VDD_MEM G 100n 2410 7404 MT48LC1M16A1TG 30 OPTION 7 2409 28 13 32 3415 2408 I 47u 14 2407 2420 7400-A 74HCT00D 1 100n 2406 47u DTACKn OPTION +5V_DS 26 100n 2419 10K 100n 3402 E 2415 +5V_DS 24 2403 100n OUTPUT BUFFER A1 D 21 2402 100n I/O CONTROL RWN 19 2404 2401 SENSE AMP 10 17 ROW DECODER VSS 15 SDRAM Interface VDD_MEM2 VDD_MEM2 COL. BUFFER SCL|SCL-IN 7401 Am29LV160BT 23 11 VCC A0 DQ0 10 A1 DQ1 9 A2 DQ2 8 A3 DQ3 7 A4 DQ4 6 A5 DQ5 5 A6 DQ6 4 A7 DQ7 42 A8 DQ8 41 A9 DQ9 40 A10 DQ10 39 A11 DQ11 38 A12 DQ12 37 A13 DQ13 36 A14 DQ14 35 A15 DQ15|A-1 34 A16 3 A17 2 A18 43 A19 12 CE_ 14 OE_ 44 WE_ 1 RESET_ 33 BYTE_ ROW BUFFER REFRESH COUNTER SDA|SDA-OUT 100R CL06532065_041.eps 290500 1 2 B RAM/ROM Interface LCBR 3 100n LCAS F425 12 D4 ADDRESS REGISTER 3401 SCL_EXE DB4 LRAS 100R 2 2405 WR_ TIMING REGISTER 3400 SDA_EXE 13 D5 OUTPUT BUFFER F424 DB5 I/O CONTROL 1 A0 SYSTEM ADDRESS Bus VDD_MEM SENSE AMP F423 CLK_8MHz 14 D6 ROW DECODER 4 C DB6 COL. BUFFER 5 CS_ ROW BUFFER REFRESH COUNTER 16 IRQ_I2C 15 D7 LCBR F422 DTACKn DB7 LCAS 6 18 VDD RESET_|STROBE_ ADDRESS REGISTER CE1 20 LRAS 17 +5V_DS TIMING REGISTER 19 RESET_I2C A SYSTEM DATA Bus 7406 PCF8584T B OPTION = NOT USED FOR FUTURE APPLICATION: I2C FROM MASTER TO SLAVE FOR SYSTEMS / COMBI'S 100n F421 2400 5400 100MHZ +5Vstby VSS2 A 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 2400 B3 2401 C9 2402 C10 2403 C12 2404 C13 2405 B6 2406 C9 2407 C10 2408 C12 2409 C13 2410 C9 2411 C10 2412 C12 2413 C13 2414 H7 2415 E1 2416 H2 2417 H3 2418 I10 2419 I13 2420 I13 3400 C1 3401 C2 3402 E1 3403 F8 3404 F11 3405 F5 3406 I7 3407 I3 3409 H7 3410 I6 3412 E5 3413 F5 3414 F5 3415 F5 3416 G5 3418 E4 5400 A3 5402 I9 5403 I12 7400-A E2 7400-B F2 7400-C I6 7400-D E3 7401 C6 7402 H2 7403 H3 7404 D9 7405 D12 7406 B3 F406 E2 F415 G8 F416 G11 F419 I10 F420 I13 F421 A3 F422 C2 F423 C2 F424 C2 F425 C2 F428 I8 F430 H2 F431 H1 F432 G5 F434 F5 F435 F5 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 35 STI 5505 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 OPTION RAS1ND RWN CAS0ND CAS1ND CE1 CE_ROMN F568 RAS0ND OEND RAS1n_OR_HOLDREQ R|W_|DMAACK WE0n WE1n CAS0n_OR_HOLDACK CAS1n_OR_DMAREQn CE1n CE2n F501 3548 VDD_STI 100R 11 10K 12 F513 13 YC6 14 22n 10K 2505 3509 F517 3503 10K 3504 10K 68R 3508 10 VDD_STI 3505 3553 3552 YC5 15 YC7 100p VSYNC F523 19 20 27M_CLKOUT 3517 F054 23 25 IRQ0 IRQ1 TEST5 21 22 3K3 F557 3523 30 31 32 F556 33 41 F541 3522 10K 3520 F537 10K IRQ_I2C TEST1 TEST2 TEST3 TEST4 TDO TMS TRSTn 18 4 3521 10K F522 F525 2504 F528 188 186 189 187 190 TCK TDI TCK TDI TDO TMS TRSTN F534 F533 F532 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 14 F530 17 HSYNC PIO-4|0 PIO-4|1 PIO-4|2 PIO-4|3 PIO-4|4 PIO-4|5 PIO-4|6 PIO-4|7 F531 F521 SEL_ACLK2 RESET_I2C F524 207 2 201 202 203 204 205 206 1506-8 1506-9 23 VDD_STI 3K3 PCM-OUT1 24 PORT 4 I/O TEST JTAG IRQ AUDIO LPCM DECODER MPEG1/2 CE3n CSn RAS0n_OR_CE4n OEn B 1506-14 1506-15 1506-16 1506-17 1506-18 1506-19 C 1506-20 1506-21 1506-22 1506-23 48 VSSA_PCM 50 VREF_PCM 49 10u 330p 2509 PORT 3 I/O 1506-12 1506-13 100R F558 2506 PORT 2 I/O PORT 1 I/O 1506-11 1506-24 24 F055 3524 VDDA_PCM PORT 0 I/O 1506-10 2507 centre_on 3549 3554 3551 100R 9 43 44 45 46 47 SCLK PCM_OUTO PCM_CLK LRCLK SPDIF_OUT 100n SERVICE RXD_SER RTS_SER F510 F504 F509 OSLINKIN OSLINKOUT CPUreset CPUanalyse ErrorOUT VDD_STI YC4 16 F544 F545 F546 F547 F548 F549 F539 4K7 3540 PIO-3|0 PIO-3|1 PIO-3|2 PIO-3|3 PIO-3|4 PIO-3|5 PIO-3|6 PIO-3|7 10K F542 F519 RSTN OPTION 3519 SERVICE 3568 3 5 6 7 8 F554 7 64 PIO-2|0 PIO-2|3 PIO-2|4 PIO-2|5 PIO-2|7 1506-7 YC3 8 VDD_STI 3558 3556 3559 3555 F507 F506 3561 3557 YC6 3550 100R kar_by_pass YC4 YC5 YC3 YC2 YC1 CTS_SER YC0 F505 F508 3560 OPTION F514 3565 OPTION F060 OPTION 3564 F529 F553 PCMout2 MUTE OPTION F053 3546 F552 3567 100R kar_by_pass centre_on 15 16 17 20 21 22 3566 F526 3563 FLASH_OEN F052 RESETN 1506-6 6 uP ST20cpu PCMout1 6 VDD_STI 3545 D 220R 3525 2508 10K 3n3 E F560 SCLKo F562 F564 PCM_OUTO F566 PCM_CLK LRCLKo F567 F569 3570 SPDIF_OUT 100R F I_REF_DAC_RGB F590 I_REF_DAC_YCC 66 59 F587 V_REF_DAC_RGB 58 F589 F588 680R 15K 3535 3538 OSD_ACTIVE V_REF_DAC_YCC 65 OPTION 3534 10K 330R 27M_CLK HSYNC 4u7 +5VOSC 100n 7504 FXO-31FT 4 VDD 1 TS OSC 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 27M_CLK OUT 3 3536 100R GND 2 3569 OPTION F050 12 F051 27M_CLK1 4 CL06532065_042.eps 180500 6 3 R_OUT G_OUT B_OUT C_OUT CVBS_OUT Y_OUT 27M_CLK 4u7 2531 2530 VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI VDD_STI CLK DQML DQMU CSN1 CSN2 CASN RASN WEN DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 100n HSYNC 2 F576 2527 3537 PIXCLK_27MHz 2u2 2528 VDD_STI 2529 117 118 3573 100R VSSA1 54 F586 HSYNCn VDDA2 60 ODD_OR_EVEN VDDA1 53 51 GND17 52 VDD17 208 200 2526 100n VSYNC GND16 185 2525 100n VSSA2 VDD16 184 61 GND15 2524 100n 2523 100n 2522 100n 2521 100n 2520 100n 2519 100n F599 F593 F592 2u2 5502 100n AD0 AD1 AD2 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 AD11 SDRAM Interface VDD_STI 5501 OSD_ACTIVE VDD_STI F596 F598 F594 F595 F597 2518 100n 2517 100n VDD_STI 2516 100n VDD_STI 2515 100n VDD_STI VDD_STI 2514 100n 2513 100n VDD_STI VDD_STI 2511 100n VDD_STI 2510 100n VDD_STI PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 2512 100n F585 VDD15 171 172 VDD13 149 GND14 GND12 140 160 VDD12 139 GND13 GND11 131 VDD14 VDD11 130 159 GND10 120 150 VDD10 119 SDCASn SDRASn SDWEn MEMCLKIN MEMCLKOUT DQML DQMU SDCS0n SDCS1n GND9 111 84 85 89 88 90 104 76 91 105 VDD9 110 DQ10 DQ11 DQ12 DQ13 DQ14 DQ15 GND8 103 AD3 AD4 AD5 AD6 AD7 AD8 AD9 AD10 AD11 VDD8 102 AD0 AD1 AD2 GND7 96 78 79 80 81 69 70 71 72 73 74 82 83 GND6 VDD7 VDD6 86 95 GND5 77 87 GND4 VDD5 75 VDD3 34 68 GND2 19 SDRAM CONTROLLER DATA DQ0 DQ1 DQ2 DQ3 DQ4 DQ5 DQ6 DQ7 DQ8 DQ9 Interface GND1 VDD2 18 VDD1 4 1 H F056 F573 F574 Subpicture decoder ADDRESS GND3 B_V4 ENCODER Subpicture 2 IS VDD4 F582 B_DATA B_WCLK B_BCLK B_FLAG B_SYNC 67 F581 36 40 37 38 39 42 35 F580 FRONT-END F578 F579 B_OUT C_OUT CVBS_OUT Y_OUT Video DECODER 57 56 55 63 64 62 R_OUT G_OUT VIDEO MPEG {SCLKo,PCM_OUTO,PCM_CLK,LRCLKo,SPDIF_OUT,R_OUT,G_OUT,B_OUT,C_OUT,CVBS_OUT,Y_OUT,27M_CLK} Audio F583 1 1506-5 5 YC2 A 1506-4 4 F559 demultiplexer I 1506-3 3 YC1 AC3 VDD_STI B_DATA B_WCLK B_BCLK B_FLAG B_SYNC B_V4 F543 F527 3562 F538 PIO-0|0 PIO-0|3 PIO-0|4 PIO-0|5 PCM-OUT2|PIO-0|6 PIO-0|7 ADR14 ADR15 ADR16 ADR17 ADR18 ADR19 ADR20 ADR21 SYSTEM USE A/V/Sub G F520 FLASH_OEN 3541 47R F058 F059 YC7 3542 47R SEL_ACLK1 100n F536 F535 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 ADR11 ADR12 ADR13 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 ADR1 ADR2 ADR3 ADR4 ADR5 ADR6 ADR7 ADR8 ADR9 ADR10 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 F555 128 133 121 122 129 132 124 125 126 135 127 123 MEMORY interface 2 1506-2 2 DATA2 DATA1 DATA0 3526 10K F DATA7 DATA6 DATA5 DATA4 DATA3 6 92 93 94 97 98 99 100 101 106 107 108 109 112 113 114 115 E 148 147 146 145 144 143 142 141 DATA8 DATA9 DATA10 DATA11 DATA12 DATA13 DATA14 DATA15 RAM/ROM Interface 4 3K3 AUXCLK A11 A12 A13 A14 A15 A16 A17 A18 A19 A20 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 SYSTEM DATA Bus D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 3547 3K3 VDD_STI 7503 STI5505 D 4u7 2502 OPTION 6 4 1506-1 1 YC0 OPTION 6 WAIT SYSTEM ADDRESS Bus C 4 VDD_STI SCL 4 3514 10K 3515 F518 10K 3516 VDD_STI 10K 4 22K 3502 VSS 6 P50 10K 6 3K3 F516 +5Vstby 7501 BC847B 3512 1n 6 3506 STB_CONT F540 2535 STB_CONT 6 SDA 5 SDA OPTION F502 OS_BOOT F515 8 28 27 26 29 116 136 137 134 138 1501-5 1n 68R VCC BRM2 BRM1_OR_BOOTFROMROM BRM0_OR_OSLINK_SEL RSTn AUXCLK READY PPC_CLK DMAXFER PPCn_MODE 1501-4 2534 3572 3511 1501-3 4 5504 F503 100n 4K7 47p F512 7505 M24C32 1 E0 2 E1 3 E2 6 SCL 7 WC_ 3507 SDA_EXE 3K3 2532 +5Vstby 2503 2500 68R 1501-2 SDA SCL VDD_STI 3500 F511 +5Vstby 3571 3K3 TO/FROM DISPLAY 5503 3513 9 10 198 199 11 12 13 4 47p 1501-1 I2C Bus VDD_STI PIO-1|0 PIO-1|2 PIO-1|3 PIO-1|4 PIO-1|5 PIO-1|6 PIO-1|7 SCL_EXE 3501 2533 TXD_BE RXD_BE BASIC ENGINE INTERFACE Bus A B TXD_SER OSD_ACTIVE F500 10K 13 14 G H I 1501-1 A1 1501-2 B1 1501-3 B1 1501-4 B1 1501-5 B1 1506-1 A14 1506-10 B14 1506-11 B14 1506-12 B14 1506-13 B14 1506-14 B14 1506-15 B14 1506-16 C14 1506-17 C14 1506-18 C14 1506-19 C14 1506-2 A14 1506-20 C14 1506-21 C14 1506-22 C14 1506-23 D14 1506-24 D14 1506-3 A14 1506-4 A14 1506-5 A14 1506-6 A14 1506-7 A14 1506-8 A14 1506-9 B14 2500 A3 2502 B5 2503 B6 2504 C11 2505 B11 2506 D14 2507 D14 2508 E14 2509 E13 2510 I3 2511 I3 2512 I4 2513 I4 2514 I4 2515 I4 2516 I5 2517 I5 2518 I5 2519 I9 2520 I9 2521 I9 2522 I10 2523 I10 2524 I10 2525 I10 2526 I11 2527 H13 2528 I11 2529 I11 2530 I11 2531 I11 2532 B1 2533 A1 2534 B1 2535 B1 3500 B3 3501 B3 3502 B5 3503 B11 3504 B11 3505 B11 3506 B4 3507 B5 3508 B11 3509 B11 3511 C6 3512 C6 3513 A10 3514 C6 3515 C6 3516 C6 3517 C13 3519 C9 3520 C11 3521 C12 3522 C12 3523 D13 3524 D14 3525 E14 3526 F2 3534 I12 3535 I13 3536 I14 3537 I12 3538 I13 3540 C9 3541 B7 3542 B8 3545 D14 3546 C7 3547 B6 3548 A10 3549 B10 3550 B10 3551 B10 3552 B10 3553 B11 3554 B10 3555 B9 3556 B9 3557 B9 3558 B9 3559 B9 3560 B9 3561 B9 3562 C7 3563 C7 3564 C7 3565 C8 3566 C7 3567 C7 3568 C8 3569 I12 3570 F14 3571 A2 3572 B2 3573 I12 5501 H11 5502 I11 5503 A1 5504 B1 7501 B5 7503 D2 7504 I13 7505 A2 F050 I14 F051 I14 F052 C7 F053 C7 F054 C12 F055 D14 F056 F14 F058 C7 F059 C8 F060 C8 F500 A13 F501 A11 F502 B5 F503 A6 F504 B9 F505 B9 F506 B9 F507 B9 F508 B9 F509 B9 F510 B9 F511 A1 F512 B1 F513 B11 F514 B8 F515 B1 F516 B1 F517 B11 F518 B6 F519 C9 F520 C7 F521 C10 F522 C11 F523 C13 F524 C10 F525 C11 F526 C7 F527 C7 F528 C11 F529 D7 F530 C10 F531 C10 F532 C10 F533 C10 F534 C10 F535 C5 F536 C6 F537 C11 F538 C6 F539 C6 F540 C6 F541 C12 F542 C9 F543 C7 F544 C9 F545 C9 F546 C9 F547 C9 F548 C9 F549 C9 F552 C7 F553 C8 F554 D8 F555 D6 F556 D12 F557 D12 F558 D14 F559 E14 F560 E14 F562 E14 F564 F14 F566 F14 F567 F14 F568 F2 F569 F14 F573 G14 F574 G14 F576 G14 F578 G2 F579 G2 F580 G2 F581 G2 F582 G2 F583 G2 F585 H11 F586 H11 F587 H13 F588 H12 F589 H12 F590 H13 F592 I8 F593 I8 F594 I8 F595 I8 F596 I8 F597 I8 F598 I8 F599 I8 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 36 Service interface and Back-end 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5600 SERVICE 1602-7 +5V 2600 F6011602-2 22K 4 13 VDD1 F 1603-3 1603-2 1603-6 3675 430R 47p 3661 2621 47p 2620 430R 3657 430R 47p 2623 1n5 2601 F603 F606 6K8 3635 100K 1n5 2602 6K8 3636 100K 22p 22p 2645 22p 2644 2643 22p 22p 2641 -Vvid 1604 1K 1 F656 5 HSYNC 5 PCMout2 3660 3684 3685 Y_OUT F663 {SCLKo,PCM_OUTO,PCM_CLK,LRCLKo,SPDIF_OUT,R_OUT,G_OUT,B_OUT,C_OUT,CVBS_OUT,Y_OUT,27M_CLK} 4 5 6 3655 430R 47p 2627 47p 3654 430R 2626 C_VID 7 8 9 10 5 SDA +6Vstby -Vvid 1K 7618 BC847B 15u PB 4268 ASD1 MONO-BOARD 3104 123 4268.4 6 +12Vstby 3659 +5V 11 12 +3V3 F665 F666 H 5 F659 13 F664 5608 4 -8Vstby 7617 BC847B 15u OPTION F658 -Vvid 5 SCL F661 5607 F660 3683 2 3 F657 +5V C_OUT F645 3 G 7615 BC847B OPTION SEL_ACLK2 11 2 1603-5 F653 3662 +5V F655 430R 27M 9 I 1 1K 5 PCMout1 GND2 5 6 1K OPTION +2 GND1 3647 OUTPUT 3_68M 14 BUFFER OUTPUT BUFFER 5606 47p 3 X1 CVBS -Vvid 7614 BC847B 15u OUTPUT 13_5M 10 BUFFER CLOCK BUFFER/ CRYSTAL OSCILL. F654 3681 CVBS_OUT 3656 2 X2 2646 22p 7 2625 CLOCK SYNTHESIS H OUTPUT PCLK BUFFER 47p CLOCK SYNTHESIS AND CONTROL CICUITRY 3673 2622 1 PS2 6 430R 16 PS1 ACLK 47p OUTPUT BUFFER 2624 CLOCK SYNTHESIS AND CONTROL CICUITRY 15 PS0 3648 +5VOSC F652 5605 15u 3651 12 AS1 3670 F651 3679 B_OUT VDD2 8 AS0 430R 3669 2 3663 +5V E G_OUT 3680 3691 G 7616 MK2742 B_VID F649 3682 OPTION 430R 3632 47p 3664 430R 47p 2617 47p 2616 3678 R_OUT G_VID 3 7613 BC847B D OPTION R_VID 5 3626 1K F648 15u 3633 100n 5604 F647 3677 1 100n F646 +5V 3 +5VOSC 2619 7612 BC847B -Vvid 430R +5VOSC 4 2615 5 2 SPDIF_OUT F643 15u 22p 5602 2640 100MHZ F641 F644 47p +5V 22R +5V F628 5601 7611 74HCT1G125 F F640 C TO AUDIO / VIDEO MUX. BOARD 100R -8Vstby 2618 10K 3617 3665 F639 F637 F638 3676 3631 +5VOSC +5VOSC 4K7 3625 430R 7621 BC817-25 F672 F632 3671 47K 3629 F622 3606 3622 100R 100u 100u 2606 100u 2632 2633 22K 3618 3667 100R 330R 100n F673 F635 LRCLKo 3689 SEL_ACLK1 1603-8 8 1603-11 11 1603-9 9 1603-10 10 1603-7 7 1603-12 12 1603-22 22 1603-17 17 1603-13 13 1603-4 4 1603-20 20 1603-19 19 1603-1 1 SCLK 1603-16 16 1603-14 14 1603-18 18 LRCLK 1603-15 15 1603-21 21 F633 PCM_CLK 22K 5603 F625 +5V OPTION PCM_OUTO OPTION 3688 4K7 +5V OPTION 100R 3624 2610 MEAS1 0_6_12V +5V +5V 3623 OPTION 1608 F674 3690 B_FLAG 22K 1607 6 PH-S -8Vstby MUTE_AV 10K 3674 SCLKo 2614 22K 7620 BC857B B F6161602-6 F630 -Vvid F671 10K +5V F669 3K3 2642 100u CFLG 3687 E +5Vstby +5V 1606 4 PH-S 1602-5 3611 9 -8Vstby 3615 7610 BC847B F629 3637 VDD_STI 3686 1605 2611 100MHZ BLM31 F6111602-4 -8Vstby 7608 7609 BC857B BC857B F626 22K F627 3 PH-S A 5 PH-S 22n F617 F621 100n 2639 F624 VDD_STI 3605 F6071602-3 F620 3619 +3V3 7600-D 74HCT14D 14 8 F619 6600 MUTE P50 +5V 7 1PS76SB10 5 100n 2638 F623 10K +5Vstby STB_CONT 47R +12Vstby 100n F636 2637 11 220R 10K -8Vstby 3672 F634 100u 10 F670 2607 F618 470R 1 PH-S 100R 7 0_6_12V 2605 SCART0 3630 100R -8Vstby 3621 F612 4 CTS_SER 3628 3607 3627 470R F609 3614 8 9 7607 BC847B 10K 3642 100n 2636 6 100u 2604 7 +6Vstby 100n 2609 6 2635 F615 100n 5 5610 14 3 7600-B 74HCT14D VDD_STI +5Vstby 2634 F614 12 RTS_SER +5V 4 47u FROM SUPPLY C 7604 BC847B 10K F631 3 +5V 7 2 PH-S F6021602-1 3610 5 7 3616 2 3613 SCART1 10u 1 +5V 10K +3V3S 2608 1 B F608 2 7 3620 +5V 7600-C 74HCT14D 14 6 RXD_SER 11 3608 OUT GND +5V 7600-E 74HCT14D 14 10 13 7 7600-A 74HCT14D 100K IN F610 3 3612 7605 LD1117 1600 +12Vstby VDD_STI +3V3 100MHZ BLM31 2603 100n F604 10K 5609 7600-F 74HCT14D 14 12 2 F613 +5V D 1 TXD_SER 3609 A TO/FROM PC INTERFACE 22n 14 F605 7 PH-S F600 +5V SERIAL PC INTERFACE TO AUDIO/VIDEO MUX. BOARD 1 14 Y_VID 15 3658 -Vvid 16 1K CL06532065_043.eps 180500 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 I 1600 B1 1602-1 A13 1602-2 A13 1602-3 A13 1602-4 B13 1602-5 B13 1602-6 B13 1602-7 A13 1603-1 E13 1603-10 C13 1603-11 C13 1603-12 D13 1603-13 D13 1603-14 E13 1603-15 E13 1603-16 E13 1603-17 D13 1603-18 E13 1603-19 E13 1603-2 G13 1603-20 E13 1603-21 F13 1603-22 D13 1603-3 F13 1603-4 D13 1603-5 F13 1603-6 G13 1603-7 D13 1603-8 C13 1603-9 C13 1604 G13 1605 E1 1606 E1 1607 E1 1608 E1 2600 A12 2601 A13 2602 B13 2603 B2 2604 C3 2605 C8 2606 C9 2607 D2 2608 B3 2609 C2 2610 F6 2611 D1 2614 F9 2615 F10 2616 G9 2617 G10 2618 F2 2619 F2 2620 G9 2621 G10 2622 H9 2623 H10 2624 I9 2625 I9 2626 I9 2627 I9 2632 C9 2633 C9 2634 C2 2635 C3 2636 C4 2637 D2 2638 D3 2639 D4 2640 F12 2641 F12 2642 F12 2643 F12 2644 F13 2645 F13 2646 H4 3605 D5 3606 C10 3607 B12 3608 B11 3609 C12 3610 A13 3611 B13 3612 B6 3613 B6 3614 C6 3615 C11 3616 D12 3617 D12 3618 D8 3619 D9 3620 A13 3621 B13 3622 C9 3623 E11 3624 E11 3625 E11 3626 F11 3627 B7 3628 C7 3629 C10 3630 C8 3631 F9 3632 F10 3633 G9 3635 B13 3636 C13 3637 C12 3642 B6 3647 G9 3648 H9 3651 I9 3654 I9 3655 I10 3656 I10 3657 H10 3658 I10 3659 I10 3660 H11 3661 G10 3662 G11 3663 G11 3664 G10 3665 E11 3667 E11 3669 G1 3670 G1 3671 G1 3672 C3 3673 G3 3674 D11 3675 I4 3676 E5 3677 F8 3678 G6 3679 G8 3680 G8 3681 H8 3682 H8 3683 I8 3684 I8 3685 I8 3686 E2 3687 E2 3688 E3 3689 F3 3690 E4 3691 G1 5600 A13 5601 E5 5602 F10 5603 F1 5604 F10 5605 G10 5606 H9 5607 I9 5608 I9 5609 A2 5610 D1 6600 C9 7600-A A11 7600-B B11 7600-C A12 7600-D B12 7600-E A9 7600-F A8 7604 B7 7605 B3 7607 B6 7608 C11 7609 C10 7610 D10 7611 F5 7612 F11 7613 F11 7614 G10 7615 H10 7616 G1 7617 I10 7618 I10 7620 E2 7621 E3 F600 A13 F601 A13 F602 A13 F603 A12 F604 A3 F605 A2 F606 A12 F607 A13 F608 B3 F609 B6 F610 B7 F611 B13 F612 B12 F613 B12 F614 B2 F615 B2 F616 B13 F617 B7 F618 C2 F619 C11 F620 C13 F621 C6 F622 C10 F623 D2 F624 C10 F625 D13 F626 D10 F627 D2 F628 E6 F629 D10 F630 D12 F631 B3 F632 F1 F633 E12 F634 C3 F635 E12 F636 C2 F637 E12 F638 E12 F639 E8 F640 E11 F641 E11 F643 F10 F644 E11 F645 I3 F646 F11 F647 F9 F648 F10 F649 F11 F651 G9 F652 G10 F653 G11 F654 H9 F655 H10 F656 H13 F657 H11 F658 H13 F659 H13 F660 I9 F661 I10 F663 I9 F664 I10 F665 I13 F666 I11 F669 C11 F670 C2 F671 E2 F672 E2 F673 E3 F674 E3 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 37 Top view I2C SERVICE AV2 AV1 SUPPLY CL06532065_044.eps 230500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 38 Detailed Top view 1 CL06532065_045.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 39 Detailed Top view 2 CL06532065_046.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 40 Bottom view CL06532065_047.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 41 Detailed Bottom view 1 CL06532065_048.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 42 Detailed Bottom view 2 CL06532065_049.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s ASD-1 7. 43 Testpoint overview SL H3- T3 VH SL+ SL- Cosph FO RA Sinph Stby-out T2 MOTO1 H3+ H1+ H2+ A1 A2 A3 H1H2Stby R-VID G-VID CVBS T1 CL1 9V FOCO1 O2 O4 O3 STOPCLK RFO B_V4 B_BCLK B_WCLK B_SYNC LRCLK PCMOUT0 SCLK DEEMPH1 SPDIF PCM_CLK DEEMPH0 HSYNC C_VID PCMOUT2 MUTE PCMOUT1 SCART Y_VID RAD+ FOC+ RADS1 S2 A B C D F E 2.5V 3V3 PCM_CLK B_VID VO2- STB_CONT VO2+ RSTN 27M_CLK CL06532065_050.eps 180500 Electrical diagrams and PWB’s Personal notes: ASD-1 7. 44 Personal notes: Alignments ASD-1 8. GB 45 8. Alignments No alignments available 9. IC Descriptions. 9.1 SAA7399 (MACE2) General. Mace2 is a name used for the successor of the ACE1 IC. The term MACE (mini-ACE) is used because MACE2 does not have a decoder on board. Application area's: Mainly CDR(W) and prototyping of DVD(-ROM) or high speed CDROM. Functions implemented on-board of MACE2: A further improved digital servo module. Derived from the ACE1 servo module, but with improvements (make the input switchable between diode signal and error signal processing, improved brake). The 80C51 micro-controller with external ROM. The OPC. Optimum Power calibration, used for CDR. The PCS. Position Control Sledge. A way to speed up sledge movement using hall sensors. • 9.3 Sledge stepper motor support. The Digital Servo block. In a CD system, there are some 12 control loops active. About six of them are needed to adjust the servo error signals, that is once per disc rotation offsets, signal amplitudes and loop gains (AGC's) are adjusted to enlarge system robustness and to avoid expensive potentiometer adjustments in production. The other six loops determine the laser spot position on the disc in the radial, axial (focus) and tangential directions. The servo in MACE2 takes care of these controls. The servo inside Mace2 also has to take care that the spot accesses a required position as fast as possible. This access system consists of two parts, namely the actuator and the sled, which are within a certain range, mechanically and electrically independent. So during an access the servo has to control as well the actuator as the sled. 9.4 Functional description servo Figure 9-1 Overall block diagram MACE2. 9.2 Features • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Focus and Radial servo loop. Built-in access procedure. Selectable servo error or servo diode inputs. Focus noise performance equivalent to DSICS Automatic closed loop gain control available for focus and radial loops High speed track crossing velocity measurement > 350 kHz. Fast Radial Brake circuitry. Sledge motor servo loop, with pulsed sledge support and PCS Incorporated micro-controller equivalent to 80C51 --> 66MHz. Programmable wait state controller. Two embedded RAM's of 416 bytes and 1.5 kB res. Optimum Power Calibration Hardware support up to write at N=8. Debug facilities. Memory mapped interface to sub-modules. Programmable clock multiplier. 8 Multipurpose I/O lines. 5 external interrupt lines. External Flash ROM support. Figure 9-2 Mace2 servo block diagram. The following functions can be distinguished: – A to D conversion: a direct AD-conversion of the diode/ error currents. – Pulse density D to A conversion: Noise shaper output stages. – Control unit: Provides mainly the communication and on/ off functions. – Focus normaliser: A partial division of focus and sum signal. Special saturating provisions are included when dividing through very small numbers. – Initialisation control: Includes the radial normaliser, automatic radial offset compensation and level initialisation for the Track Position Indicator (TPI) for both diode and error input signals. – TPI/TL generation and adaptive debounce: Generates Track loss (TL) which is protected against disc defects. The TL is made out of the unprotected TPI signal. The debouncer (with improved debounce times) minimises the disturbing effect of HF on the TL and Rp crossovers for the track count circuitry. GB 46 – – – – – – 9.5 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. Defect detector: Holds the focus and/or radial control signal on disc dropouts. Speed control: Used during access. With radial actuator feed forward. Focus control: PID controller with wide range adjustable characteristics. Radial control: PID controller with wide range adjustable characteristics. Sledge control: PID controller with wide range adjustable characteristics and a pulsed sledge controller. Laser Low Power: Switches the laser from write back to read power whenever the device tends to go off-track. 9.6 Focus control. 9.6.1 Focus start-up. To bring the actuator in focus position a triangular shaped voltage is applied to the actuator to perform a search movement. When the lens moves from or to the disc, CA (central aperture) is monitored to reach a certain programmable absolute level. When this value is CA level is reached, the FOK signal becomes true and FEn is passed to the FEn level detector. At the moment this FEn level is reached the wait for the focus mode is entered and the focus control loop is enabled to detect a sign inversion in the FEn signal. When this zero crossing in this FEn signal is detected, the loop is closed to function as PID controlled loop and is switched to the PID mode. During focus start-up a dither signal is added to the output signal of the integrator. It prevents the actuator from hitting its natural resonance. With this technique quantisation, effects are compensated for during start-up. Focus Position Control loop. The focus control loop contains a digital PID controller that has 5 parameters available to the user. These coefficients influence the integrating, proportional and differential action of this PID and a digital low pass filter following the PID. The fifth coefficient influences the loop gain. 9.6.3 Dropout detection. This detector can be influenced by one parameter. The FOK signal will become false and the integrator of the PID will hold if the CA signal drops below this programmable absolute CA level. When the FOK signal becomes false, it is assumed as caused by a black dot in the first place. 9.6.4 Focus Loss detection and Fast restart. Whenever FOK is false longer than about 2 ms, it is assumed that the focus point is lost. A fast restart procedure is initiated which is capable of restarting the focus loop within 200 to 300 ms depending on the uP-programmed coefficients. 9.6.5 9.7 Focus Automatic Gain Control loop. The loop gain of the focus control loop can be corrected automatically to eliminate tolerances in the focus loop. This gain control injects a signal into the loop that is used to Radial control. The MACE2 digital controller includes the following radial servo functions: 9.7.1 Level initialisation: During start-up an automatic adjustment procedure is activated to set the values of the radial error gain, offset and satellite sum/MIRN signal gain for TPI level generation. The initialisation procedure runs in a radial open loop situation and is < 200 ms. This start-up time period may coincide with the last part of the turntable motor start-up time period. Input circuits servo Five out of six of the MACE2 servo inputs can be switched between diode current inputs (for audio and data application) and error signal inputs (for recordable applications). The analogue signals from the diode pre processor are converted into a digital representation using A/D converters. 9.6.2 correct the loop gain. Since this decreases the optimal performance, the gain control should only activated shortly (for instance when starting a new disc). 9.7.2 Automatic gain adjustment: Because of this initialisation the amplitude of the RE signal is adjusted within _10% around the nominal RE amplitude. Offset adjustment: The additional offset in RE due to the limited accuracy of the start-up procedure is less than +/50nm. 9.7.3 TPI level generation: The accuracy of the initialisation procedure is such that the duty cycle range of TPI becomes 0.4 < duty cycle < 0.6. Sledge home: Sledge moves to reference position at the inner side of the disc with user defined voltage. Tracking control: The actuator is controlled using a PID loop filter with user defined coefficients. Access: In Mace2 there are two fundamentally different ways to perform an access: Using the PCS A more detailed description of this access method is given in an other section. Using the servo controlled access: The way it was done in the predecessors of Mace2.This access procedure is divided into 3 different modes, depending on the requested jump size: access type size access speed Actuator jump decreasing velocity Sledge jump maximum power to sledge 1 Controlled sl. jump controlled brake power The access procedure makes use of a track counting mechanism, a velocity signal based upon the number of tracks passed within a fixed time interval, a velocity setpoint calculated from the number of tracks to go and a user programmable parameter indicating the maximum sledge performance. If the number of tracks to jump is too large, then the Sledge jump mode is activated, else the actuator jump is performed. The requested jump size together with the required sledge braking distance at maximum access speed defines the value of the maximum numbers of tracks. During the actuator jump mode, velocity control with a PI controller is used for the actuator. The sledge is then continuously controlled using the filtered value of the integrator contents of the actuator. All filter parameters (for actuator and sledge) are user programmable. IC Descriptions. In the sledge jump mode maximum power (user programmable) is applied to the sledge in the correct direction, while the actuator becomes idle. Radial Automatic Gain Control loop: The loop gain of the radial control loop can be corrected automatically to eliminate tolerances in the radial loop. This gain control injects a signal into the loop which is used to correct the loop gain. Since this decreases the optimal performance the gain control should only be activated shortly (for instance when starting a new disc). This gain control differs from the earlier mentioned level initialisation. This level initialisation should be done first. The level initialisation without the gain control reduces tolerances from the frontend only. 9.8 The radial PID. Since we are dealing with a big variety of applications and drives, the servo controllers in MACE2 should be adjustable within a large frequency range. In order to read out the track properly -a track consists of sequential ordered data pit's which hold audio, video or ROM data - the focus and radial position controls must follow the moving track within some tenths of a micrometer, despite of disc imperfections and external disturbances. For instance, a rotating disc causes, due to track eccentricity, track unroundness, or disc skew, track movements up to some millimetres. The control loop reduces this to about one tenth of a micrometer. 9.9 Initialisation control. Due to optical, electrical and mechanical tolerances in CD players, properties of the servo signals such as offset and gain can vary. In general, without proper signal processing, a simple PID controller function cannot cope with this relatively large offset and gain spreads. Therefore, gain and offset adjustments during manufacture or active control, to compensate for these signal imperfections, become inevitable. Adjustment procedures in the factory are expensive. So, automatic adjustment procedures have been implemented in order to avoid most of the potentiometer adjustments. In the MACE2 servo automatic adjustments are applied to the radial error signal only. 9.10 The AGC. The Automatic Gain Control is used in the MACE2 digital servo to adjust the radial and focus bandwidths to a nominal value. Injecting a signal in the loop and measuring the phase of its resulting signal (wobble method) does this. Principle of the Automatic Gain Control. The principle of the Automatic Gain Control (AGC) circuit, as used in MACE2, is drawn in the next figure. ASD-1 9. GB 47 measured before the injection point. The injected signal is shaped by H/1+H . This measured signal is multiplied by a phase shifted version of the injected signal. The result of the multiplication is low pass filtered and integrated. (The integrator is started at the nominal gain of the control loop). The result of the integration is fed to the adjustable loop gain. This principle, synchronous detection, is also known as 'wobble method'. 9.11 The Fast brake. The fast brake is an aid to speed up radial capture after a high-speed jump. It is a separate radial control with a much higher bandwidth. The radial control output can be switched between fast brake mode and original radial control mode. The fast brake helps the radial actuator at the end of a jump to "stick" to the right track. In fast brake mode, the actuator starts to follow the track movements. It's a bit like jumping on a moving train. If you run as fast as the train, you can just step in. After a radial open loop jump the tracks are moving (as a result of eccentricity) at a very high speed underneath the radial actuator. This speed is too high for a normal radial control loop to do radial capture. When the radial control is switched over to fast brake mode for a short term, this moving of the tracks underneath the actuator becomes much slower, (because the actuator follows the track movement), so when you switch back to original radial control, it's much easier to do radial capture. 9.12 The Defect Detector. Because of the possible earlier mentioned defects (fingerprints, etc) a defect detection circuit is incorporated into the MACE2 servo. If a defect is detected, the radial and focus error signals may be zeroed, resulting in better playability. 9.12.1 Operation: The defect detector prevents the light spot from going out of focus and going off track due to disc dropout excitations. The defect detector can be switched on and off under software control and can be applied to the focus control only, or both to the focus and radial control. Whenever this circuit detects a defect, it will hold all radial and focus controls. The hold signal is generated whenever the reflected light intensity drops rapidly (< 1:5 ms) down to roughly 75% of the actual intensity level. In that case the output of the comparator becomes active and controls the focus and radial signal switch. This circuit improves the playability of the application (black dot performance, etc) and is programmable to optimise it for specific disc defects. The actions of this circuit can be monitored on the DEFO pin (active high). An external defect detection circuit can be added by removing the connection between DEFO and DEFI (normal operation) and inserting the external circuitry. These signals are afflicted with some uncertainties caused by: – Disc defects like scratches and fingerprints – The HF information on the disc, which is considered as noise by the detector signals. 9.13 Laser Drive On. Figure 9-3 Principle of the automatic gain control. A sine wave signal with a certain frequency is injected in the control loop at the summation point. The resulting signal is The LDON pin is used to switch the laser drive off and on. It is an open drain output. In case the laser is on, the output has a high impedance. The pin will be automatically driven if the focus control loop is switched on. GB 48 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. 9.14 Laser Low Power (LLP). The LLP output can be used by write-able systems to switch the laser back to read power when the light spot goes offtrack while writing discs. To prevent that the neighbour tracks are damaged when the spot goes off-track the laser has to be switched very fast to the safe read power. The laser is not switched off (like LDON does), so the system can carry on reading. The tracking (radial) and focus error signals are used to disable the laser write power. This is done through the LLPn, active low Laser Low Power, signal. Note that LLPn is a servo output, which is inverted before it is output via the LLP pin, so the LLP pin is active high. So, if any of the following conditions is true, the laser write power is disabled by the MACE2 servo. – Off Track, more than a quarter off a track away from the correct one – ORD, radial error signal too large. Larger than the given setpoint, which should be chosen at a critical write failure level. An adjustable band pass filter first processes the radial error signal. – OFD, focus error signal too large. Larger than the given setpoint, which should also be chosen with care. An adjustable band pass filter also first processes the focus error signal. All settings of the focus and radial part are independent. – OTR, prot stat flag which becomes active if ORD becomes active during an actual laser write ( LWR) action. This flag is reset only by a status read ( RSTAT) command. So until then LLPN stays active. – OFO, prot stat flag that becomes active if OFD becomes active during an actual laser write action. Same idea as OTR. This error detection circuit can be switched off (apart from the Off Track detection) by raising the setpoint levels to its maximum value. 9.15 The OPC. The OPC block in Mace2 is used for the following functions: • During write actions, it stores Pw samples, which can be evaluated by the microprocessor. • During OPC read actions, it stores A1, A2 and CALF samples, which are used for calculating the asymmetry and the modulation index. • The OPC block is used for EFM detection. • During reading of a disc, it stores A1 and CALF samples, which can be monitored. Although the OPC block is used for multiple functions, it got it's name from the OPC procedure, which is it's main task. The OPC (Optimum Power Calibration) procedure is used in CD-R/CD-RW/DVD-RAM applications. It is used to "calibrate" the laser write power in writable systems. It reads in 3 analogue signals from an analogue preprocessor like AEGER-2 (A1, A2, and CALF) and the actual write power (Pw) from the laser controller and feeds an analogue output signal Alpha0 back to AEGER-2. A1, A2 and CALF represent the max, min and average value of the EFM signal respectively. Alpha0 controls the laser write power. All analogue signals are converted to an 8 bit digital signal. Conversion frequency at 16.9MHz base clock is 88kHz (each channel). Figure 9-4 Definition of the A1, A2 and CALF signals. 9.16 Definition of terms. The asymmetry ( and modulation index m of the EFM signal are calculated from the analogue inputs: A1- A2 A1+A2 m A1+ A2 A1+CALF 9.17 Rough description of the OPC procedure Basically the OPC procedure tries to find out the optimum laser power to be used on a specific disc. The OPC procedure uses about 15 ATIP frames. These frames are located in the "PCA" area. This is a special part of the disc used only for power calibration. The drive first checks whether there are 15 frames "empty" in the PCA. Next the OPC is performed in these 15 frames. The OPC operation consists of two stages: A "write" and a "read" stage. First 15 ATIP frames are written (during which the OPC block stores Pw samples), and then the same 15 ATIP frames are read back again, (during which the OPC block stores A1, A2 and CALF samples). During the write stage, random EFMis written in a test area located on the inner side of the disc. During this recording the write power is increased stepwise from a low to a high power level. Figure 9-5 Figure 5: OPC write profile. First during 3 ATIP frames the power is increased in rather big steps (rough OPC). During this action Pw samples are stored into memory. During the rough OPC, the OPC makes 7 steps per ATIP frame. This gives 21 samples into the OPC memory. From these samples, the microprocessor can calculate what's roughly the best alpha0 setting for this typical disc. After 2 frames of calculations, another 10 ATIP frames are written using smaller steps (fine OPC) around the alpha0 setting, which gave the best result during the rough OPC. The second stage of the OPC procedure is the "read" phase IC Descriptions. in which the pattern recorded in the previous stage is read back. During this read phase the OPC block stores A1, A2 and CALF samples from exact the same location where during the OPC write phase the Pw samples where stored. The samples for A1, A2, CALF and Pw are listed side by side into memory. After the read back phase the processor calculates at which setting of alpha0 the least jitter is encountered. This setting will be used to write the disc with. 9.18 The OPC top level. The OPC block as a whole has 5 possible modes: – Recording mode: This can be either OPC writing (writing EFM test patterns to disc and Alpha0 stepping) or standard write mode (i.e. alpha0 is constant). – OPC reading: Reading back OPC test patterns from disc. – Normal read mode: detects the presence of EFM. – DVD read mode: used for DVD-RAM experiments. – EFMD only mode: no data being written to the AUX RAM, but the EFM detector and the PW monitor still running. Contents of the QUX RAM remain unchanged. All actions in the OPC hardware are synchronised to the ATIP frame sync, which can be either generated internally or received from the encoder/decoder during writing. The microprocessor writes data asynchronously to the OPC hardware. The OPC block synchronises this data to the sync either internally generated, or obtained from CDR60. ASD-1 9. the input LPF's, the OPC pre-processor and the EFM detector. The sequencer controls the timing of all the hardware actions in the OPC hardware. The sequencer is started either by an external ATIP sync or an internally generated sync (programmable). All data acquisition and alpha0 settings change synchronised to this sync signal (rising edge of the ATIP sync). An exception on this is the switching of the ATIP input itself, which is immediately changed whenever the bit in the OPC ctrl register is changed. When this was latched on the ATIP source itself, it would create a deadlock when there was no ATIPin from CDR-60. 9.23 The Pw monitor The Pw monitor is used during the "OPC write" and normal write mode. The comparator compares the incoming Pw with two programmable thresholds PW MAX and PW MIN. Both these thresholds can be programmed via the OPC PW register, which contains 4 bits for each threshold. Internally both 4-bit thresholds PW MAX and PW MIN are extended to 8 bit values. The compare function performs an unsigned compare. The first threshold is used to detect fingerprints. The second is used to check the correct operation of the laser driver. 9.19 The Analogue to Digital converter. The analogue to digital converter of the OPC is shared with the ADC required by the PCS. 9.20 The digital input filters. The combined ADC for the OPC and the PCS delivers a multiplexed stream of 8 bit words. A sequential low-pass filter filters this multiplexed stream. The 4 analogue multiplexed input signals from the OPC (A1, A2, CALF and Pw) are filtered by 4 identical LPF's. (One for each channel). This filters can be adapted to various speeds by changing the subsampling factor (i.e. the sample rate of the filter), the cut off frequency scales with the sample frequency. The sample frequency of the filter is equivalent to the OPC timebase frequency, which is the output of the pre-scaler. 9.21 OPC demux. The OPC demux block demultiplexes the stream supplied by the LPF. This same block also changes the format of the digital data from signed (representation inside the filter) to unsigned (representation in the rest of the OPC). The demultiplexing process introduces one baseclock delay. 9.22 The sequencer. The OPC sequencer controls the timing of all the hardware actions in the OPC hardware. It generates the OPC timebase and locks it to the ATIP pulse. A programmable pre-scaler generates the OPC timebase. Dividing the ADC sample clock by 8 derives the input clock of this pre-scaler. (= Identical to the sample rate per channel). The pre-scaler can divide this clock by a number in the range from 1-16. The division factor can be programmed via the OPC ctrl register. The OPC timebase is locked to the selected ATIP source, which can be either an external ATI P sync or an internally generated sync. (Programmable). The OPC timebase clock supplies the sample frequency for GB 49 Figure 9-6 OPC PW monitor. GB 50 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply TZA1033 FEATURES GENERAL DESCRIPTION • Operates with DVD-ROM,DVD-RAM, DVD+RW, DVD-RW, CD-ROM and CD-RW media The DVDALAS2 is an analogue preprocessor and laser supply circuit for DVD / CD read only players. The device contains data amplifiers, several options for radial tracking and focus control. The preamplifier forms a versatile, programmable interface between dual, voltage output CD/DVD mechanisms to Philips' digital signal processor family for CD and DVD (Gecko, HDR65, Iguano, etc..) • Operates up to 64x CD-ROM and 8x DVD-ROM • Support for Dual Light pen DVD systems (DVD/CDRW) • DVD-RAM (C) playback capability • DVD-RAM Land-Groove servo polarity switching • 3 different tracking servo strategies: Conventional 3 beam tracking for CD Differential Phase Detection (DPD) for DVD-ROM (including option to emulate traditional drop out detection; drop out concealment) Advanced Push Pull with dynamic offset compensation for DVD-RAM (recorded and unrecorded areas) The device contains serval options for radial tracking: Conventional 3 beam tracking for CD; Differential Phase Detector (DPD) for DVD; Push Pull for DVD-RAM with flexible L/R weighing to compensate dynamic offsets e.g. beamlanding offset. A radial error signal is generated to allow fast track count (FTC) during track jumps. • Radial error signal for fast track counting (FTC) • 2 different strategies to read header data: - Full bandwidth Push Pull signal - Left and Right side signal The dynamic range of this preamp/processor combination can be optimized for the LF servo and RF data paths. The gain in both channels can be programmed separately. This will guarantee an optimal playability for all kind of discs. • Universal photo diode IC interface using internal conversion resistors and offset cancelation Several functions are included to allow playback of DVD-RAM(C) discs: • Flexible adaption to different light pen configurations • The header information can be read via the data output path (RF) • Input buffer amplifiers with low-pass filtering • RF data amplifier with wide (programmable) bandwidth equivalent to 64xCD / 8x DVD when using equaliser function • DC offset compensation techniques provide a fast settling after disc errors. • Built-in equalisers cover CAV inner-outer disc range at highest speed. • two settings for focus offset correction for land and groove • Programmable RF gain for DVD-ROM / DVD-RAM / CD-RW / CDROM applications(approx 50dB range) The device can accommodate astigmatic, single foucault and double foucault detectors and can be used with P-type lasers with N- or P-sub monitor diodes. After an initial adjustment, the circuit will maintain control over the laser diode current. With an on-chip reference voltage generator, a constant and stabilized output power is ensured independent of ageing. A separate power supply connection allows the internal power dissipation to be reduced by connecting a low voltage supply. • Balanced RF-Data signal transfer (single ended still supported) • Fully automatic laser control including stabilization and an ON/OFF switch, plus a separate supplypin for power efficiency • Automatic monitor diode polarity selection. • Radial servo Polarity switch for land/groove • 3 and 5 V compatible digital interface • Enhanced signal conditioning in DPD circuit for optimal tracking performance under noisy conditions. ORDERING INFORMATION PACKAGE TYPE NUMBER NAME TZA1023 LQFP64 DESCRIPTION Plastic low pro?le QFP64; body 10 x 10 x 1.4 mm VERSION SOT314-2 IC Descriptions. ASD-1 DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply 9. TZA1033 DEVICE BLOCK DIAGRAM Var Gain MUX Diode Ampli?ers Processing DVD Balanced HF Data & header OPU Interface Header Land MUX DPD CD Push Pull Offset compensations Servo Signals D1-D6 Land/Groove Swap Mute 3 Beam Tracking FTC V & I references Rext Dual Laser Supply FTC comp. Laser#1 Serial Laser#2 I/Face Control Interface GB 51 GB 52 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply PINNING Name Pin Description CD-A 1 CD pick up input A CD-B 2 CD pick up input B CD-C 3 CD pick up input C CD-D 4 CD pick up input D CD-REF 5 CD pick up reference voltage CD-E 6 CD pick up input E CD-F 7 CD pick up input F DVD-A 12 DVD pick up input A DVD-B 13 DVD pick up input B DVD-C 14 DVD pick up input C DVD-D 15 DVD pick up input D DVD-ref 16 DVD pick up reference voltage O-A 48 Servo current output for Focus-A O-B 47 Servo current output for Focus-B O-C 46 Servo current output for Focus-C O-D 45 Servo current output for Focus-D O-central 40 Testpin for offset cancelation TD2 37 Internally connected FTC-ref 36 Servo output voltage reference input S1 42 Servo current output for radial tracking S2 41 Servo current output for radial tracking TD1 35 Internally connected FTC 33 Fast track count voltage output RFP 55 pos. RF output signal RFN 56 neg. RF output signal RF-REF 54 DC Reference signal input RF LPF-DPD1 38 DPD Low pass bandwidth capacitor, channel pos LPF-DPD2 39 DPD Low passbandwidth capacitor, channel neg Land 20 Land/groove toggle input HEADER 21 Header detector window input CD-MI 62 CD laser monitor input DVD-MI 10 DVD laser monitor input CD-LO 61 CD laser output DVD-LO 64 DVD laser output COP 27 Positive inputFTC comparator COM 28 Inverting inputFTC comparator COO 29 FTC comparator output TZA1033 IC Descriptions. DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply Name Pin Description SIDA 23 Serial host interface data input SICL 24 Serial host interface clock input SILD 25 Serial host interface load VDDA1 8 Analog Supply voltage 1 (RF input) VDDA2 59 Analog Supply voltage 2 (RF internal) VDDA3 53 Analog Supply voltage 3 (RF output stage) VDDA4 44 Analog Supply voltage 4 (Servo) VDDD5 30 Digital Supply voltage (5V dig core) VDDD3 22 Digital Supply voltage (3V I/O pads and FTC comp.) VDDL 63 Supply voltage for laser VSSA1 9 Analog Ground 1 VSSA2 58 Analog Ground 2 VSSA3 57 Analog Ground 3 VSSA4 43 Analog Ground 4 VSSD 26 Digital ground Rext 60 Reference current input (Connect 12k1 to VSSA4) STB 31 Standby input TM 19 Testmode input TDO 34 test data out ASD-1 9. TZA1033 GB 53 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 DVDALAS2plus Advanced Analogue DVD Signal Processor and Laser Supply TZA1033 DVD-LO VDDL CD-MI CD-LO R-EXT VDDA2 VSSA2 VSSA3 RFN RFP RF-REF VDDA3 - - - - 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 handbook, full pagewidth 64 PINNING CD-A 1 48 O-A CD-B 2 47 O-B CD-C 3 46 O-C 4 45 O-D 5 44 VDDA4 CD-E 6 43 VSSA4 CD-F 7 42 S1 VDDA1 8 41 S2 VSSA1 9 40 O-CENTRAL DVD-MI 10 39 LPF-DPD2 - 11 38 LPF-DPD1 DVD-A 12 37 TD2 DVD-B 13 36 FTC-REF DVD-C 14 35 TD1 DVD-D 15 34 TDO DVD-REF 16 33 FTC TZA1023 CD-D CD-REF 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 VDDD3 SIDA SICL SILD VSSD COP COM COO VDDD5 STB - 21 22 20 LAND 19 HEADER 18 - TM 17 XXX - GB 54 Fig.2 Pin configuration. NEW MXXxxx IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. BA6856FP: 3 PHASE MOTOR DRIVER FOR DVD PLAYERS Features • /3-phase, full-wave pseudo linear driving system • built-in power save • built-in therma shut down circuit • built-in current limit circuit • built in Hall bias circuit • built in FG-output (3-phase parallel output) • with switching function of regular/ reverse rotations blockdiagram 28 RNF 27 VM2 26 25 BA6856FB VCC DRIVER GAIN CONTROL VM1 A3 3 A2 5 A1 7 NC1 1 NC2 2 H1+ 9 H1- 10 NC3 4 NC4 6 H2+ 11 H2- 12 NC5 15 H3+ 13 H3- 14 - + 24 23 REV PS REV EC 21 + ECR - 20 CNF VH 18 FG1 17 FG2 16 FG3 MT2 30 + - PS 22 19 + - + + - H BIAS + + MT1 29 GND 8 GB 55 GB 56 9. ASD-1 RNF VM1 VM2 VCC REV PS EC ECR CNF VH FG1 FG2 FG3 N.C. GND H1+ H1H2+ H2H3+ H3- DESCRIPTION Not connected Not connected Output 3 for motor Not connected Output 2 for motor Not connected Output 1 for motor Ground Hall input Amp1. positive input Hall input Amp1. negative input Hall input Amp2. positive input Hall input Amp2. negative input Hall input Amp3. positive input Hall input Amp3. negative input Not connected FG3 signal output terminal FG2 signal output terminal FG1 signal output terminal Hall Bias Capacitor connection pin for phase compensation Torque control standard voltage input terminal Torque control voltage input terminal POWER SAVE switch Reverse terminal Power supply for sinal division Power supply 2 for driver Power supply 2 for driver Power supply for driver division GND N.C. N.C. A3 N.C. A2 N.C. A1 pin description PIN No PIN NAME 1 N.C. 2 N.C. 3 A3 4 N.C. 5 A2 6 N.C. 7 A1 8 GND + 9 H1 10 H1 + 11 H2 12 H2 + 13 H3 14 H3 15 N.C. 16 FG3 17 FG2 18 FG1 19 VH 20 CNF 21 ECR 22 EC 23 PS 24 REV 25 VCC 26 VM2 27 VM1 28 RNF FIN FIN Terminal lay-out IC Descriptions. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems FEATURES • Compatibility with CD-I, CD-ROM, MPEG-video DVD-ROM and DVD-video applications • Designed for very high playback speeds • Typical CD-ROM operation up to n = 12, DVD-ROM to n = 1.9, maximum rates (tbf) • Matched filtering, quad-pass error correction (C1-C2-C1-C2), overspeed audio playback function included (up to 3 kbytes buffer) In DVD modes double-pass C1-C2 error correction is used which is capable of correcting up to 5 C1 frame errors and 16 C2 frame errors. • Lock-to-disc playback, Constant Angular Velocity (CAV), pseudo-Constant Linear Velocity (CLV) and CLV motor control loops The SAA7335 contains all the functions required to decode an EFM or EFM+ HF signal directly from the laser pre-amplifier, including analog front-end, PLL data recovery, demodulation and error correction. The spindle motor interface provides both motor control signals from the demodulator and, in addition, contains a tachometer loop that accepts tachometer pulses from the motor unit. • Interface to 32 kbytes SRAM for DVD error correction and de-interleave • Sub-code/ header processing for DVD and CD formats • Programmable HF equalizer • In DVD mode it is still compatible with Philips block decoders • Sub-CPU interface can be parallel or fast I2C-bus • On-chip clock multiplier. GENERAL DESCRIPTION This device is a high-end combined Compact Disc (CD) and Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) compatible decoding device. The device operates with an external 32 kbytes S-RAM memory for de-interleaving operations. The device provides quad-pass error correction for CD-ROM applications (C1-C2-C1-C2) and operates in lock-to-disk, CAV, pseudo CLV and CLV modes. The SAA7335 has two independent microcontroller interfaces. The first is a serial I2C-bus and the second is a standard 8-bit multiplexed parallel interface. Both of these interfaces provide access to a total of 32 × 8-bit registers for control and status. This data sheet contains an descriptive overview of the device together with electrical and timing characteristics. For a detailed description of the device refer to the user guide “SAU/UM96018”. Supply of this CD/DVD IC does not convey an implied license under any patent right to use this IC in any CD or DVD application. QUICK REFERENCE DATA SYMBOL PARAMETER MIN. TYP. MAX. UNIT VDDD digital supply voltage 4.5 5.0 5.5 IDDD digital supply current − 70 300 mA VDDA analog supply voltage 4.5 5.0 5.5 V V IDDA analog supply current − 70 300 mA fxtal crystal input frequency 4 25 tbf MHz Tamb operating ambient temperature −20 − +70 °C Tstg storage temperature −55 − +125 °C GB 57 GB 58 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems ORDERING INFORMATION PACKAGE TYPE NUMBER NAME DESCRIPTION VERSION SAA7335GP LQFP100 plastic low pro?le quad ?at package; 100 leads; body 14 × 14 × 1.4 mm SOT407-1 BLOCK DIAGRAM handbook, full pagewidth HF input SRAM 32 KBYTES ADC PLL BIT DETECTOR DEMODULATOR EFM/EFM+ DECODER clock input CLOCK GENERATOR SPINDLE MOTOR CONTROL SAA7335 I2S-BUS OUTPUT INTERFACE block decoder output SUB-CPU INTERFACE MGK242 motor control Fig.1 Simplified block diagram. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems PINNING SYMBOL PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION VSSA1 1 supply Iref 2 I analog current reference input for ADC REFLo 3 I analog low reference input for ADC analog ground 1 REFHi 4 I analog high reference input for ADC VREF 5 I analog negative input HFIN 6 I VSSA2 7 supply analog positive input analog ground 2 AGCOUT 8 O VDDA2 9 supply analog supply voltage 2 digital supply voltage 1 analog test pin output VDDD1 10 supply VSSD1 11 supply OTD 12 I off track detect input MOTO1 13 O 3-state motor control output n.c. 14 − MOTO2/T3 15 I/O n.c. 16 − not connected, reserved T1 17 I tachometer 1 input digital ground 1 not connected, reserved motor control output/tachometer 3 input T2 18 I VDDD2 19 supply VSSD2 20 supply TEST1 21 I test input 1 TEST2 22 I test input 2 POR 23 I power-on reset input MUXSWICH 24 I use clock multiplier input n.c. 25 − not connected, reserved CL1 26 O divided clock output BCAIN 27 I BCA input SDA 28 I/O SCL 29 I 9. tachometer 2 input digital supply voltage 2 digital ground 2 sub-CPU I2C-bus serial data input/output sub-CPU I2C-bus serial clock input INT 30 O VDDD3 31 supply digital supply voltage 3 sub-CPU interrupt output (open-drain) VSSD3 32 supply digital ground 3 da7 33 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 7 input/output (parallel) da6 34 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 6 input/output (parallel) da5 35 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 5 input/output (parallel) n.c. 36 − da4 37 I/O n.c. 38 − da3 39 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 3 input/output (parallel) da2 40 I/O sub-CPU data bus bit 2 input/output (parallel) not connected, reserved sub-CPU data bus bit 4 input/output (parallel) not connected, reserved GB 59 GB 60 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems SYMBOL PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION da1 41 I/O n.c. 42 − da0 43 I/O VDDD4 44 supply VSSD4 45 supply WRi 46 I sub-CPU write enable input (active LOW) RDi 47 I sub-CPU read enable input (active LOW) ALE 48 I sub-CPU address latch enable input CSi 49 I sub-CPU chip select input (active HIGH) STOPCLOCK 50 O stop clock output n.c. 51 − not connected, reserved V4 52 O serial subcode output (for CD) EBUOUT 53 O digital audio output SYNC 54 O I2S-bus sector sync output FLAG 55 O I2S-bus correction ?ag output DATA 56 O I2S-bus serial data output BCLK 57 I/O I2S-bus bit serial clock input/output WCLK 58 I/O I2S-bus word clock input/output sub-CPU data bus bit 1 input/output (parallel) not connected, reserved sub-CPU data bus bit 0 input/output (parallel) digital supply voltage 4 digital ground 4 VDDD5 59 supply digital supply voltage 5 VSSD5 60 supply digital ground 5 RAMRW 61 O n.c. 62 − RAMDA7 63 I/O RAM data bus bit 7 input/output RAMDA6 64 I/O RAM data bus bit 6 input/output RAMDA5 65 I/O RAM data bus bit 5 input/output RAMDA4 66 I/O RAM data bus bit 4 input/output RAMDA3 67 I/O RAM data bus bit 3 input/output RAMDA2 68 I/O RAM data bus bit 2 input/output n.c. 69 − RAMDA1 70 I/O RAMDA0 71 I/O VDDD6 72 supply digital supply voltage 6 VSSD6 73 supply digital ground 6 RAMAD0 74 O RAM address bit 0 output RAMAD1 75 O RAM address bit 1 output RAMAD2 76 O RAM address bit 2 output RAMAD3 77 O RAM address bit 3 output RAMAD4 78 O RAM address bit 4 output RAMAD5 79 O RAM address bit 5 output RAMAD6 80 O RAM address bit 6 output VDDD7 81 supply RAM read/write control output not connected, reserved not connected, reserved RAM data bus bit 1 input/output RAM data bus bit 0 input/output digital supply voltage 7 IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems SYMBOL 9. PIN TYPE DESCRIPTION VSSD7 82 supply RAMAD7 83 O RAM address bit 7 output RAMAD8 84 O RAM address bit 8 output RAMAD9 85 O RAM address bit 9 output n.c. 86 − not connected, reserved RAMAD10 87 O RAM address bit 10 output RAMAD11 88 O RAM address bit 11 output RAMAD12 89 O RAM address bit 12 output RAMAD13 90 O RAM address bit 13 output RAMAD14 91 O RAM address bit 14 output VDDD8 92 supply digital supply voltage 8 VSSD8 93 supply digital ground 8 CRIN 94 I analog crystal input CROUT 95 O analog crystal output digital ground 7 CFLG 96 O correction statistics output MEAS1 97 O front-end telemetry output VDDD9 98 supply digital supply voltage 9 VSSD9 99 supply digital ground 9 VDDA1 100 supply analog supply voltage 1 GB 61 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 76 RAMAD2 77 RAMAD3 78 RAMAD4 79 RAMAD5 81 VDDD7 80 RAMAD6 82 VSSD7 83 RAMAD7 84 RAMAD8 85 RAMAD9 86 n.c. 87 RAMAD10 88 RAMAD11 89 RAMAD12 90 RAMAD13 93 VSSD8 92 VDDD8 94 CRIN 95 CROUT 96 CFLG 97 MEAS1 99 VSSD9 98 VDDD9 100 VDDA1 handbook, full pagewidth 91 RAMAD14 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems VSSA1 1 75 RAMAD1 Iref 2 74 RAMAD0 REFLo 3 REFHi 4 73 VSSD6 72 VDDD6 VREF 5 71 RAMDA0 HFIN 6 70 RAMDA1 VSSA2 7 69 n.c. AGCOUT 8 68 RAMDA2 VDDA2 9 67 RAMDA3 VDDD1 10 66 RAMDA4 VSSD1 11 65 RAMDA5 OTD 12 64 RAMDA6 SAA7335 MOTO1 13 63 RAMDA7 n.c. 14 62 n.c. MOTO2/T3 15 61 RAMRW n.c. 16 60 VSSD5 T1 17 59 VDDD5 T2 18 58 WCLK VDDD2 19 57 BCLK VSSD2 20 56 DATA TEST1 21 55 FLAG TEST2 22 54 SYNC 53 EBUOUT POR 23 MUXSWICH 24 52 V4 51 n.c. Fig.2 Pin configuration. STOPCLOCK 50 CSi 49 RDi 47 ALE 48 WRi 46 VSSD4 45 VDDD4 44 da0 43 n.c. 42 da1 41 da2 40 da3 39 n.c. 38 da4 37 n.c. 36 da5 35 da6 34 da7 33 VSSD3 32 VDDD3 31 INT 30 SCL 29 SDA 28 CL1 26 n.c. 25 BCAIN 27 GB 62 MGK241 IC Descriptions. ASD-1 SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Analog front-end This block converts the HF input to the digital domain using an 8-bit ADC proceeded by an AGC circuit to obtain the optimum performance from the convertor. This block is clocked by ADCCLK which is set by the external crystal frequency plus a flexible clock multiplier and divider block. PLL and bit detector This subsystem recovers the data from the channel stream. The block corrects asymmetry, performs noise filtering and equalisation and finally recovers the bit clock and data from the channel using a digital PLL. 9. 1. The coincidence counter: this is used to detect the coincidence of successive syncs. It generates a sync coincidence signal if 2 syncs are 588 ±1 EFM clocks apart. 2. The main counter: this is used to partition the EFM signal into 17-bit words. This counter is reset when: a) A sync coincidence is generated b) A sync is found within ±6 EFM clocks of its expected position. The sync coincidence signal is also used to generate the lock signal which will go active HIGH when 1 sync coincidence is found. It will reset to LOW when, during 61 consecutive frames, no sync coincidence is found. The equalizer and the data slicer are programmable. FRAME SYNC PROTECTION DVD MODE Digital logic This circuit detects the frame synchronization signals. Two synchronization counters are used in the SAA7335: All the digital system logic is clocked from the master ADC clock (ADCCLK) described above. Advanced bit detector 1. The coincidence counter: this is used to detect the coincidence of successive syncs. It generates a sync coincidence signal if 2 syncs are 1488 ±3 EFM+ clocks apart. The advanced bit detector offers improved data recovery for multi-layer discs and contains two extra detection circuits to increase the margins in the bit recovery block: 2. The main counter: this is used to partition the EFM+ signal into 16-bit words. This counter is reset when: 1. Adaptive slicer: adds a second stage slicer with higher bandwidth b) A sync is found within ±10 EFM+ clocks of its expected position. 2. Run length 2 push-back: all T2 run lengths are pushed back to T3, thereby automatically determining the erroneous edge and shifting the transitions on that edge. a) A sync coincidence is generated The sync coincidence signal is also used to generate the lock signal which will go active HIGH when 1 sync coincidence is found. It will reset to LOW when, during 61 consecutive frames, no sync coincidence is found. Demodulator EFM/EFM+ demodulation FRAME SYNC PROTECTION CD MODE This circuit detects the frame synchronization signals. Two synchronization counters are used in the SAA7335: The 14-bit EFM (16-bit EFM+) data and subcode words are decoded into 8-bit symbols. GB 63 GB 64 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. SAA7335 DSP for CD and DVD-ROM systems Microcontroller interface The SAA7335 has two microcontroller interfaces, one serial I2C-bus and one parallel (8051 microcontroller compatible). The sequence for a write data command (1 data byte) is as follows: • Send START condition • Send address 3EH (write) The two communication modes may be operated at the same time, the modes are described below: • Write command address byte 1. Parallel mode: protocol compatible with 8052 multiplexed bus: • Send STOP condition. • Write data byte a) da0 to da7 = address/data bus The sequence for a read data command (that reads 1 data byte) is as follows: b) ALE = Address Latch Enable, latches the address information on the bus • Send START condition c) WRi = active LOW write signal for write to SAA7335 • Write status address byte d) RDi = active LOW read signal for read from SAA7335 e) CSi = active HIGH Chip Select signal (this signal gates the RDi and WRi signals). 2. I2C-bus mode: I2C-bus protocol where SAA7335 behaves as slave device where: • Send address 3EH (write) • Send STOP condition • Send START condition • Send address 3FH (read) • Read data byte • Send STOP condition. a) SDA = I2C-bus data READING AND WRITING DATA TO THE SAA7335 b) SCL = I2C-bus clock The SAA7335 has 32 × 8-bit configuration and status registers as shown in Table 1. Not all locations are currently defined and some remain reserved for future upgrades. These can be written to or read from via the microcontroller interface using either the serial or parallel control bus. c) I2C-bus slave address (write mode) = 3EH d) I2C-bus slave address (read mode) = 3FH e) Maximum data transfer rate = 400 kbits/s. MICROCONTROLLER INTERFACE (I2C-BUS MODE) Bytes are transferred over the interface in single bytes of which there are two types; write data commands and read data commands. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 65 Am29LV160BT/Am29LV160BB 16 Megabit (2 M x 8-Bit/1 M x 16-Bit) CMOS 3.0 Volt-only Sector Erase Flash Memory DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS ■ Single power supply operation — Full voltage range: 2.7 to 3.6 volt read and write operations for battery-powered applications ■ Top or bottom boot block configurations available ■ Embedded Algorithms — Regulated voltage range: 3.0 to 3.6 volt read and write operations and for compatibility with high performance 3.3 volt microprocessors — Embedded Erase algorithm automatically preprograms and erases the entire chip or any combination of designated sectors ■ Manufactured on 0.35 µm process technology — Embedded Program algorithm automatically writes and verifies data at specified addresses ■ Supports Common Flash Memory Interface (CFI) ■ High performance — Full voltage range: access times as fast as 90 ns — Regulated voltage range: access times as fast as 80 ns ■ Ultra low power consumption (typical values at 5 MHz) — 200 nA Automatic Sleep mode current — 200 nA standby mode current ■ Minimum 100,000 write cycle guarantee per sector ■ Package option — 48-ball FBGA — 48-ball µBGA — 48-pin TSOP — 44-pin SO ■ Compatibility with JEDEC standards — 10 mA read current — Pinout and software compatible with singlepower supply Flash — 20 mA program/erase current — Superior inadvertent write protection ■ Flexible sector architecture — One 16 Kbyte, two 8 Kbyte, one 32 Kbyte, and thirty-one 64 Kbyte sectors (byte mode) — One 8 Kword, two 4 Kword, one 16 Kword, and thirty-one 32 Kword sectors (word mode) — Supports full chip erase — Sector Protection features: A hardware method of locking a sector to prevent any program or erase operations within that sector Sectors can be locked in-system or via programming equipment Temporary Sector Unprotect feature allows code changes in previously locked sectors ■ Data# Polling and toggle bits — Provides a software method of detecting program or erase operation completion ■ Ready/Busy# pin (RY/BY#) — Provides a hardware method of detecting program or erase cycle completion (not available on 44-pin SO) ■ Erase Suspend/Erase Resume — Suspends an erase operation to read data from, or program data to, a sector that is not being erased, then resumes the erase operation ■ Hardware reset pin (RESET#) — Hardware method to reset the device to reading array data GB 66 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. GENERAL DESCRIPTION The Am29LV160B is a 16 Mbit, 3.0 Volt-only Flash memory organized as 2,097,152 bytes or 1,048,576 words. The device is offered in 48-ball FBGA, 48-ball µBGA, 44-pin SO, and 48-pin TSOP packages. The word-wide data (x16) appears on DQ15–DQ0; the bytewide (x8) data appears on DQ7–DQ0. This device is designed to be programmed in-system with the standard system 3.0 volt VCC supply. A 12.0 V VPP or 5.0 VCC are not required for write or erase operations. The device can also be programmed in standard EPROM programmers. The device offers access times of 80, 90, and 120 ns, allowing high speed microprocessors to operate without wait states. To eliminate bus contention the device has separate chip enable (CE#), write enable (WE#) and output enable (OE#) controls. The device requires only a single 3.0 volt power supply for both read and write functions. Internally generated and regulated voltages are provided for the program and erase operations. The Am29LV160B is entirely command set compatible with the JEDEC single-power-supply Flash standard. Commands are written to the command register using standard microprocessor write timings. Register contents serve as input to an internal state-machine that controls the erase and programming circuitry. Write cycles also internally latch addresses and data needed for the programming and erase operations. Reading data out of the device is similar to reading from other Flash or EPROM devices. Device programming occurs by executing the program command sequence. This initiates the Embedded Program algorithm—an internal algorithm that automatically times the program pulse widths and verifies proper cell margin. The Unlock Bypass mode facilitates faster programming times by requiring only two write cycles to program data instead of four. Device erasure occurs by executing the erase command sequence. This initiates the Embedded Erase algorithm—an internal algorithm that automatically preprograms the array (if it is not already programmed) before executing the erase operation. During erase, the device automatically times the erase pulse widths and verifies proper cell margin. The host system can detect whether a program or erase operation is complete by observing the RY/BY# pin, or by reading the DQ7 (Data# Polling) and DQ6 (toggle) status bits. After a program or erase cycle has been completed, the device is ready to read array data or accept another command. The sector erase architecture allows memory sectors to be erased and reprogrammed without affecting the data contents of other sectors. The device is fully erased when shipped from the factory. Hardware data protection measures include a low VCC detector that automatically inhibits write operations during power transitions. The hardware sector protection feature disables both program and erase operations in any combination of the sectors of memory. This can be achieved in-system or via programming equipment. The Erase Suspend/Erase Resume feature enables the user to put erase on hold for any period of time to read data from, or program data to, any sector that is not selected for erasure. True background erase can thus be achieved. The hardware RESET# pin terminates any operation in progress and resets the internal state machine to reading array data. The RESET# pin may be tied to the system reset circuitry. A system reset would thus also reset the device, enabling the system microprocessor to read the boot-up firmware from the Flash memory. The device offers two power-saving features. When addresses have been stable for a specified amount of time, the device enters the automatic sleep mode. The system can also place the device into the standby mode. Power consumption is greatly reduced in both these modes. AMD's Flash technology combines years of Flash memory manufacturing experience to produce the highest levels of quality, reliability and cost effectiveness. The device electrically erases all bits within a sector simultaneously via Fowler-Nordheim tunneling. The data is programmed using hot electron injection. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 67 PRODUCT SELECTOR GUIDE Family Part Number Ordering Part Number: Am29LV160B VCC =3.0–3.6 V V CC 80R = 2.7–3.6 V 90 120 Max access time, ns (tACC) 80 90 120 Max CE# access time, ns (tCE) 80 90 120 Max OE# access time, ns (tOE) 30 35 50 Note: See “AC Characteristics” for full specifications. BLOCK DIAGRAM DQ0–DQ15 (A-1) RY/BY# VCC Sector Switches VSS Erase Voltage Generator RESET# WE# BYTE# Input/Output Buffers State Control Command Register PGM Voltage Generator Chip Enable Output Enable Logic CE# OE# VCC Detector A0–A19 Timer Address Latch STB STB Data Latch Y-Decoder Y-Gating X-Decoder Cell Matrix 21358C-1 GB 68 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. CONNECTION DIAGRAMS A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A19 NC WE# RESET# NC NC RY/BY# A18 A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A16 BYTE# VSS DQ15/A-1 DQ7 DQ14 DQ6 DQ13 DQ5 DQ12 DQ4 VCC DQ11 DQ3 DQ10 DQ2 DQ9 DQ1 DQ8 DQ0 OE# VSS CE# A0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Standard TSOP Reverse TSOP 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 A16 BYTE# VSS DQ15/A-1 DQ7 DQ14 DQ6 DQ13 DQ5 DQ12 DQ4 VCC DQ11 DQ3 DQ10 DQ2 DQ9 DQ1 DQ8 DQ0 OE# VSS CE# A0 A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A19 NC WE# RESET# NC NC RY/BY# A18 A17 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 21358C-2 IC Descriptions. SYNCHRONOUS DRAM FEATURES 1M16A1 • Plastic Package - OCPL* 50-pin TSOP (400 mil) -6 -7 -8A • Refresh 2K or 4K with Self Refresh Mode at 64ms -6 -7 -8A SETUP 166 MHz 143 MHz 125 MHz *Off-center parting line **CL = CAS (READ) latency Configuration 512Kx6banks Refr shCount RowAd res ing BankAd res ing ColumnAd res ing 2Kor4K 2K(A0-A10) 2(BA) 256(A0-A7) 1 Meg x 16 GENERAL DESCRIPTION HOLD CL=3* 5.5ns 5.5ns 6ns Vss DQ15 DQ14 VssQ DQ13 DQ12 VDDQ DQ11 DQ10 VssQ DQ9 DQ8 VDDQ NC DQMH CLK CKE NC A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 Vss Note: The # symbol indicates signal is active LOW. PARTNUMBER ARCHITECTURE MT48LC1M16A1TG S KEY TIMING PARAMETERS AC ES TIME 50 49 48 47 46 45 4 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 3 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 2 23 24 25 16Mb (x16) SDRAM PART NUMBER S • Part Number Example: MT48LC1M16A1TG-7S CLOCK VDD DQ0 DQ1 VssQ DQ2 DQ3 VDDQ DQ4 DQ5 VssQ DQ6 DQ7 VDDQ DQML WE# CAS# RAS# CS# BA A10 A0 A1 A2 A3 VDD 1Megx16 TG • Timing (Cycle Time) 6ns (166 MHz) 7ns (143 MHz) 8ns (125 MHz) SPE D GB 69 PIN ASSIGNMENT (Top View) 50-Pin TSOP MARKING • Configuration 1 Meg x 16 (512K x 16 x 2 banks) 9. MT48LC1M16A1 S - 512K x 16 x 2 banks • PC100 functionality • Fully synchronous; all signals registered on positive edge of system clock • Internal pipelined operation; column address can be changed every clock cycle • Internal banks for hiding row access/precharge 1 Meg x 16 - 512K x 16 x 2 banks architecture with 11 row, 8 column addresses per bank • Programmable burst lengths: 1, 2, 4, 8 or full page • Auto Precharge Mode, includes CONCURRENT AUTO PRECHARGE • Self Refresh and Adaptable Auto Refresh Modes - 32ms, 2,048-cycle refresh or - 64ms, 2,048-cycle refresh or - 64ms, 4,096-cycle refresh • LVTTL-compatible inputs and outputs • Single +3.3V ±0.3V power supply • Supports CAS latency of 1, 2 and 3 OPTIONS ASD-1 2ns 2ns 2ns 1ns 1ns 1ns The 16Mb SDRAM is a high-speed CMOS, dynamic random-access memory containing 16,777,216 bits. It is internally configured as a dual 512K x 16 DRAM with a synchronous interface (all signals are registered on the positive edge of the clock signal, CLK). Each of the 512K x 16-bit banks is organized as 2,048 rows by 256 columns by 16 bits. Read and write accesses to the SDRAM are burst oriented; accesses start at a selected location and continue for a programmed number of locations in a programmed GB 70 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. 16Mb: x16 SDRAM G E N E R A L D E S C R IP T IO N (c o n tin u e d ) sequence. Accesses begin with the registration of an ACTIVE command, which is then followed by a READ or WRITE command. The address bits registered coincident with the ACTIVE command are used to select the bank and row to be accessed (BA selects the bank, A0-A10 select the row). The address bits registered coincident with the READ or WRITE command are used to select the starting column location for the burst access. The SDRAM provides for programmable READ or WRITE burst lengths of 1, 2, 4 or 8 locations, or the full page, with a burst terminate option. An AUTO PRECHARGE function may be enabled to provide a self-timed row precharge that is initiated at the end of the burst sequence. The 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM uses an internal pipelined architecture to achieve high-speed operation. This architecture is compatible with the 2n rule of prefetch architectures, but it also allows the column address to be changed on every clock cycle to achieve a high-speed, fully random access. Precharging one bank while accessing the alternate bank will hide the PRECHARGE cycles and provide seamless, high-speed, random-access operation. The 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM is designed to operate in 3.3V, low-power memory systems. An auto refresh mode is provided, along with a power-saving, power-down mode. All inputs and outputs are LVTTL-compatible. SDRAMs offer substantial advances in DRAM operating performance, including the ability to synchronously burst data at a high data rate with automatic columnaddress generation, the ability to interleave between internal banks in order to hide precharge time, and the capability to randomly change column addresses on each clock cycle during a burst access. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 71 16Mb: x16 SDRAM ROWADDRESS LATCH 11 11 ROW DECODER FUNCTIONAL BLOCK DIAGRAM 1 Meg x 16 SDRAM 2,048 BANK0 MEMORY ARRAY (2,048 x 256 x 16) CKE CLK DQML, DQMH COMMAND DECODE CS# WE# CAS# RAS# 256 (x16) CONTROL LOGIC SENSE AMPLIFIERS I/O GATING DQM MASK LOGIC MODE REGISTER COLUMNADDRESS BUFFER BURST COUNTER 8 COLUMNADDRESS LATCH 12 8 COLUMN DECODER REFRESH CONTROLLER ADDRESS REGISTER REFRESH COUNTER SENSE AMPLIFIERS I/O GATING DQM MASK LOGIC 11 ROWADDRESS MUX 256 (x16) 11 11 ROWADDRESS LATCH 11 ROW DECODER 12 DATA OUTPUT REGISTER 16 16 DATA INPUT8 REGISTER 256 A0-A10, BA 16 256 2,048 BANK1 MEMORY ARRAY (2,048 x 256 x 16) DQ0DQ15 GB 72 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 16Mb: x16 SDRAM PIN DESCRIPTIONS P IN N U M B E R S S Y M B O L T Y P E D E S C R IP T IO N 35 CLK Input Clock: CLK is driven by the system clock. All SDRAM input signals are sampled on the positive edge of CLK. CLK also increments the internal burst counter and controls the output registers. 34 CKE Input Clock Enable: CKE activates (HIGH) and deactivates (LOW) the CLK signal. Deactivating the clock provides PRECHARGE POWER-DOWN and SELF REFRESH operations (all banks idle), ACTIVE POWER-DOWN (row ACTIVE in either bank) or CLOCK SUSPEND operation (burst/access in progress). CKE is synchronous except after the device enters power-down and self refresh modes, where CKE becomes asynchronous until after exiting the same mode. The input buffers, including CLK, are disabled during powerdown and self refresh modes, providing low standby power. CKE may be tied HIGH. 18 CS# Input Chip Select: CS# enables (registered LOW) and disables (registered HIGH) the command decoder. All commands are masked when CS# is registered HIGH. CS# provides for external bank selection on systems with multiple banks. CS# is considered part of the command code. 15, 16, 17 WE#, CAS#, RAS# Input Command Inputs: RAS#, CAS# and WE# (along with CS#) define the command being entered. 14, 36 DQML, DQMH Input Input/Output Mask: DQM is an input mask signal for write accesses and an output enable signal for read accesses. Input data is masked when DQM is sampled HIGH during a WRITE cycle. The output buffers are placed in a High-Z state (two-clock latency) when DQM is sampled HIGH during a READ cycle. DQML corresponds to DQ0-DQ7; DQMH corresponds to DQ8-DQ15. DQML and DQMH are considered same state when referenced as DQM. 19 BA Input Bank Address Inputs: BA defines to which bank the ACTIVE, READ, WRITE or PRECHARGE command is being applied. BA is also used to program the twelfth bit of the Mode Register. 21-24, 27-32, 20 A0-A10 Input Address Inputs: A0-A10 are sampled during the ACTIVE command (rowaddress A0-A10) and READ/WRITE command (column-address A0-A7, with A10 defining AUTO PRECHARGE) to select one location out of the 512K available in the respective bank. A10 is sampled during a PRECHARGE command to determine if all banks are to be precharged (A10 HIGH). The address inputs also provide the op-code during a LOAD MODE REGISTER command. 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 39, 40, 42, 43, 45, 46, 48, 49 33, 37 DQ0DQ15 7, 13, 38, 44 4, 10, 41, 47 VDDQ VSSQ 1, 25 VDD Supply Power Supply: +3.3V ±0.3V. 26, 50 VSS Supply Ground. NC Input/ Data I/Os: Data bus. Output – No Connect: These pins should be left unconnected. Supply DQ Power: Provide isolated power to DQs for improved noise immunity. Supply DQ Ground: Provide isolated ground to DQs for improved noise immunity. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 73 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) DVD BACKEND DECODER WITH INTEGRATED HOST PROCESSOR . .. . . . . INTEGRATED 32-BIT RISC HOST CPU - 2KBYTES INSTRUCTION CACHE, 2KBYTES DATA CACHE/SRAM - 50K DHRYSTONES/SEC (2.1) - 50MHz VIDEO DECODER - FULLY SUPPORTS MPEG-2 MP@ML - MEMORY REDUCTION - PAL IN 12MBITS SUBPICTURE DECODER HIGH PERFORMANCE ON-SCREEN DISPLAY AUDIO DECODER - 5.1 CHANNEL DOLBY AC-3® / MULTI CHANNEL MPEG-2 DECODING - DOWNMIX TO STEREO OR TO DOLBY PRO-LOGIC COMPATIBLE OUTPUTS FOR MPEG-2 AND AC-3 - IEC6958 - IEC61937 COMPATIBLE OUTPUT - LPCM (DVD) MODE SUPPORTED - 6 CHANNELS OUTPUT PAL/NTSC ENCODER - MACROVISIONTM 7.01/6.1 COMPATIBLE - TELETEXT, AND CLOSED CAPTION HIGH PERFORMANCE SDRAM INTERFACE PROGRAMMABLE MEMORY INTERFACE FOR DRAM, ROM, PERIPHERALS ETC. FRONT-END CHANNEL IC INTERFACE - DVD, VCD AND CD-DA COMPATIBLE - DSS - DVB BISTREAMS - SERIAL AND PARALLEL INTERFACES - HARDWARE SECTOR FILTERING - INTEGRATED CSS DECRYPTION AND TRACK BUFFER INTEGRATED PERIPHERALS - 2 UARTS, 1 I2C CONTROLLER, 3 PWM OUTPUTS, 3 TIMERS, 3 CAPTURE TIMERS, SMART CARD - 34 BITS OF PROGRAMMABLE I/O - OS LINK PROFESSIONAL TOOLSET SUPPORT - ANSI C COMPILER AND LIBRARIES - OPERATING SYSTEMS SUPPORT - ADVANCED DEBUGGING TOOLS 208 PIN PQFP PACKAGE DESCRIPTION The STi5505 provides a very highly integrated backend solution for DVD and combo DVD-DVB (Set Top Box) applications. The STi5505 incorporates a host CPU which handles both general application (DVD navigation, CD-DA, VCD, DVB) and drivers of the different embedded periphals (audio/video, subpicture decoders, OSD, PAL/NTSC encoder...). The STi5505 offers one of the best cost-effective (memory savings, internal peripherals availability) solution to DVD-DVB applications with rapid time to market (Reference design, DVD-DVB Software Toolkit). Figure 1 : General Block Diagram DMA CHANNELS ARBITOR FRONT-END INTERFACE (SECTOR PROCESSOR & DVD DECRYPTION) ST20 CPU . . .. . PRODUCT PREVIEW 2K INSTRUC. CACHE EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE MPEG2/AC3 AUDIO 5.1 CHANNEL MPEG2 VIDEO SUBPICTURE OSD 2K DATA CACHE AND 2K SRAM OS LINK 2 UART 1 I2C PIO 3 PWM SMART CARD DIAGNOSTICS CONTROLLER AND SYSTEM SERVICES PAL/NTSC TELETEXT INTERFACE PQFP208 (Plastic Quad Flat Pack) ORDER CODE : STi5505ACV GB 74 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. STi5505 (Rev. Ax) I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION The performance offered by the ST20 CPU and its associated hardware (decoders, encoder, peripherals...) allows an integrated and unified DVD or DVD-DVB software solution. All the following operations are performed inside the STi5505 : - application management (DVD Navigation, VCD, CD-DA, DVB-Program Guide ...), - device data retrieval drivers (demultiplex, stream buffer management ...), - device presentation drivers (video decoder, subpicture decoder, on-screen display, audio decoder, PAL/NTSC encoder ...), - embedded peripherals drivers (UART, I2C, Programmable I/O, Smart Card ...). I.1 - ST20 32-bit CPU The ST20 micro-core family has been developped by SGS-THOMSON Microelectronics to provide the tools and building blocks to enable the development of highly integrated application-specific 32bits device at the lowest cost and fastest time to market. The STi5505 integrates a ST20 C2 core with the following characteristics : - 50K Dhrystones/s at 50MHz, - 8/16 bits instructions (32 most common instructions in 8 bits), - instruction cache 2Kbytes - write back replacement policy, - internal SRAM 2Kbytes to ensure fast access to critical code, data, interrupt handler ... - data cache 2 Kbytes - write back replacement policy, The STi5505's ST20 is provided with advanced debugging tools : - on-chip real-time emulation, - debugging with minimal impact on software and performance, - non intrusive attachment to the host via JTAG (IEEE1149.1), - no intrusion into the performance of the CPU core, - no intrusion into user code space by a debug kernel, - only 40bytes used for breakpoint handler. I.2 - Video Decoder The video decoder implemented in the STi5505 uses a patented memory reduction/bandwith reduction scheme to offer the user the best band- width/memory size compromise. The algorithm is lossless and uses "on-the-fly" decoding to reduce the memory requirements to two frame buffers in memory reduction mode. In this mode, PAL decoding is contained in 12Mbits. When used in bandwith reduction mode, the memory usage is the normal three buffers but the bandwith required by the decoder is significantly reduced compared to a classical implementation. In summary, the features of the decoder are : - MPEG-2 Main Profile/Main Level (MP@ML) support, - MPEG-2 program streams, Packet Elementary streams and MPEG-1 system streams support, - memory reduction architecture allowing sharing of single 16 Mbits SDRAM between MPEG decoding, micro and transport functions - memory expandable to 32 Mbits of SDRAM, - letter box (16:9) filter, - pan-scan, horizontal and vertical image resizing, - automatic error concealment. I.3 - Subpicture Decoder The STi5505 has a hardware DVD compliant subpicture decoder. Subpicture units are copied by DMA into subpicture bit buffer. The subpicture decoder can decode complete subpicture units without any interaction from the ST20. The main subpicture decoder features are : - up to 720x480 or 720x576 subpicture area, - internal LUTs for Sub Picture, Highlight and PCI (4 bits color and contrast outputs), - internal color LUT (4 bits from SP, HL, PCI to 24 Y,Cr,Cb bits) for SP color inputs to MPEG, OSD, SP mixer. I.4 - Audio Decoder The audio decoder cell is a fully compatible Dolby AC-3 / MPEG-1/MPEG-2 decoder capable of decoding both 5.1 and 2 channel streams compatible with the DVD standard. Downmix from 5.1 channels is supported for both Dolby and MPEG-2 streams. The output can be sent directly to external DACs or formatted for transmission in accordance with the IE6958 standard. The decoder can also handle linear PCM in accordance with the DVD standard. An integrated downsampler is provided for conversion from 96 kHz to 48kHz. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 75 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION (continued) The main features of the decoder core are : - Decodes 5.1 Dolby AC-3 Digital surround, - Output to 6 channels. Downmix modes : 1, 2, 3 or 4 channels for MPEG and AC-3 streams, - Karaoke mode for DVD. MPEG-2 capable, AC-3 capable, - MPEG-1, 2-channel audio decoder layers 1 and 2, - MPEG-2, 6-channel audio decoder layer 2, - PCM : transparent. downsampling 96 to 48 kHz, - Accepts MPEG-2 PES stream format for : MPEG2, MPEG-1, Dolby AC-3 and Linear PCM, - IEC6958 Output Interface, - CD-DA PCM format (subcode output in IEC6958 user data), - Downmix for Dolby Pro Logic compatible outputs for AC-3 and MPEG-2 (Pro Logic encoder), - Pro Logic decoder, - PLL for Internal 44.1 and 48kHz PCM clock generation, - On chip pink noise generator. I.5 - High Performance On-Screen Display The graphics performance of the STi5505 supports the new requirements for intelligent program guides and interactive applications. The display interface supports up to 256 colors for each OSD region and a transparency feature allows mixing of video with the OSD. Fast access graphics and many other additional features are available and are supported by a graphics library. Very high system performance is obtained by closely coupling the ST20 RISC processor and cache with the MPEG audio/video core and display memory. Low latency RISC access and DMA engines allow rapid construction of bit maps. I.6 - PAL/NTSC Encoder The STi5505 integrates a PAL/NTSC encoder. It converts the digital MPEG/Sub Picture/OSD stream into a standard analog baseband PAL/NTSC signal and into RGB analog components. Six analog output pins are available on which it is possible to output CVBS, S-VHS (Y/C) and RGB formats. The encoder handles interlaced and non-interlaced mode. It can perform Closed Captions, CGMS or Teletext encoding and allows Macrovision 7.01/6.1 copy protection. The encoder supports both master and slave modes for synchronization. I.7 - Memory Interfaces The STi5505 has been designed to minimize system costs by enabling various memory savings. Two kinds of memory interfaces are used on the STi5505 : a programmable External Memory Interface (EMI) and a high performance SDRAM interface. The External Memory Interface supports several address ranges (memory banks). In each bank, a set of signals are entirely programmable and can be used to map 8/16 bits peripherals such as Front End channel ICs in DVD applications. The EMI contains a zero glue logic DRAM and a low-cost EPROM interface. This interface can be programmed to interface very easily peripherals. The SDRAM memory interface supports gluelessly 125 MHz SDRAMs providing the adequate bandwiths to achieve MPEG decoding and display, OSD drawing and display, and general system use. Memory savings can be realized on ROM requirements too : the ST20 VL-RISC micro-core has the highest code density of any 32 bit CPU, leading to the lowest cost program ROM. I.8 - Front-End Interface The STi5505 's front end interface accepts : - DVD, VCD and CD-DA sectors, - DVB-DSS transport stream. In DVD mode, DVD, VCD and CD-DA information can be input into STi5505 through a serial interface or a generic parallel interface. In serial mode, data are captured and filtered from I2S and V4 interfaces by an internal sector processor. V4 interface is used to capture VCD and CDDA subcode information. In parallel mode, sector processor is bypassed. GB 76 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. STi5505 (Rev. Ax) I - GENERAL DESCRIPTION (continued) The main features of the DVD interface are : - DVD, VCD and CD-DA compatible, - hardware sector filtering, - subcode error correction for CD-DA, - integrated CSS decryption, - integrated track buffer support, - DMA engine to ST20 memory. In DVB-DSS mode, DVB-DSS transport stream is input through a serial interface. The STi5505 extracts and descrambles Packet Elementary Streams belonging to one user selected program to be decoded and presented. The main features of the DVB-DSS interface are : - descrambling (transport packet and packet elementary streams in DVB mode, transport packet in DSS mode ; up to 32 streams descrambling), - PID and section filtering, - clock recovery, - DMA engine. In DVB-DSS mode, a high speed digital interface allows to transfer packets between the Set Top Box and external units, either for recording or playback purposes. This interface provides also full support for an external IEEE1394 connection. I.9 - Integrated Peripherals Several peripherals generally used in DVD players or DVD-DVB combos have been integrated into the STi5505. They are : - two UARTs to interface remote control receivers, DVD front end, modem ..., - one I2C controller to interface serial memories, remote control receivers, microcontrollers..., - 2 SmartCard interfaces (ISO7816-3) for DVBDSS conditionnal access, pay per view ..., - PWM/timer module for control of system clock, - 34 programmable I/O pins, - OS Link interface, - JTAG with boundary scan for debug. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 77 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION VDD PIO3[6] PIO3[5] PIO3[4] PIO3[3] PIO3[2] PIO3[1] PIO3[0] GND PIO1[4] PIO1[3] PIO4[6] PIO4[5] PIO4[4] PIO4[3] PIO4[2] PIO4[1] PIO4[0] TRST TDO TCK TMS TDI GND VDD ADR[21] ADR[20] ADR[19] ADR[18] ADR[17] ADR[16] ADR[15] ADR[14] ADR[13] ADR[12] ADR[11] GND VDD ADR[10] ADR[9] ADR[8] ADR[7] ADR[6] ADR[5] ADR[4] ADR[3] ADR[2] ADR[1] GND VDD DATA[15] DATA[14] 208 207 206 205 204 203 202 201 200 199 198 197 196 195 194 193 192 191 190 189 188 187 186 185 184 183 182 181 180 179 178 177 176 175 174 173 172 171 170 169 168 167 166 165 164 163 162 161 160 159 158 157 II.1 - Pin Connections VDD 1 156 DATA[13] PIO3[7] 2 155 DATA[12] PIO2[0] 3 154 DATA[11] GND 4 153 DATA[10] PIO2[3] 5 152 DATA[9] PIO2[4] 6 151 DATA[8] PIO2[5] 7 150 GND PIO2[7] 8 149 VDD PIO1[0] 9 148 DATA[7] PIO1[2] 10 147 DATA[6] PIO1[5] 11 146 DATA[5] PIO1[6] 12 145 DATA[4] PIO1[7] 13 144 DATA[3] PIO4[7] 14 143 DATA[2] PIO0[0] 15 142 DATA[1] PIO0[3] 16 141 DATA[0] PIO0[4] 17 140 GND VDD 18 139 VDD GND 19 138 PPC_MODE PIO0[5] 20 137 PROCCLK PIO0[6]/PCM_OUT2 21 136 WAIT/READY PIO0[7] 22 135 CS IRQ[0] 23 134 DMAXFER PCM_OUT1 24 133 R/W/DMAACK STi5505 IRQ[1] 25 132 CAS1/DMAREQ PWM0/OSLINK_SEL 26 131 GND PWM1/BOOTFROMROM 27 130 VDD PWM2 28 129 CAS0/HOLDACK RST 29 128 RAS1 TEST1 30 127 RAS0/CE[0] TEST2 31 126 CE[3] TEST3 32 125 CE[2] TEST4 33 124 CE[1] VDD 34 123 OE PQFP208 (Top View) GND 35 122 BE[1] B_DATA 36 121 BE[0] B_BCLK 37 120 GND B_FLAG 38 119 VDD B_SYNC 39 118 PIXCLK_27MHz B_WCLK 40 117 OSD_ACTIVE TEST5 41 116 AUXCLK B_V4 42 115 DQ[15] SCLK 43 114 DQ[14] PCM_OUT0 44 113 DQ[13] PCM_CLK 45 112 DQ[12] LRCLK 46 111 GND SPDIF_OUT 47 110 VDD 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 VSSA Y_OUT C_OUT CV_OUT V_REF_DAC_YCC I_REF_DAC_YCC VDD GND AD[4] AD[5] AD[6] AD[7] AD[8] AD[9] VDD MEMCLKOUT GND AD[0] AD[1] AD[2] AD[3] AD[10] AD[11] SDCS[0] SDCS[1] VDD GND SDRAS SDCAS SDWE DQML DQ[0] DQ[1] DQ[2] VDD GND DQ[3] DQ[4] DQ[5] DQ[6] DQ[7] VDD GND MEMCLKIN 60 VDDA VDDA DQMU 59 105 I_REF_DAC_RGB 52 58 DQ[8] ODD/EVEN V_REF_DAC_RGB 106 57 51 56 DQ[9] HSYNC R_OUT 107 G_OUT 50 55 DQ[10] VSSA_PCM 54 DQ[11] 108 53 109 49 VSSA 48 B_OUT VDDA_PCM V_REF_PCM GB 78 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued) II.2 - Pin List Pin Name Type Function 1, 18, 34, 67, 75, 86, 95, 102, 110, 119, 130, 139, 149, 159, 171, 184, 208 4, 19, 35, 68, 77, 87, 96, 103, 111, 120, 131, 140, 150, 160, 172, 185, 200 53, 60 54, 61 48 49 50 VDD Power Supply GND Ground VDDA VSSA Analog Power Supply for DENC D/A Converters Analog Ground for DENC D/A Converters Analog Power Supply for PLL PCM Analog Reference for PLL PCM Analog Ground for PLL PCM SUPPLIES VDDA_PCM V_REF_PCM VSSA_PCM FRONT-END INTERFACE I2S Data (DVD) or PARA_DATA[2] (DVD//) or Link Data (DVB/DSS) I2S Word Clock or PAR A_DATA[6] (DVD//) or NRSS_CLK (DVB/DSS) I2S Bit Clock (DVD) or PARA_DATA[3] (DVD//) or Link Bit Clock (DVB/DSS) Error Flag (DVD) or PARA_DATA [4] (DVD//) or Link Sync (DVB/DSS) Sector / Abs Time Sync (DVD) or PARA_DATA[5] (DVD//) or Link Not Valid (DVB/DSS) Versatile Input Pin (Subcode Input) or PARA_DATA[7] (DVD//) or NRSS_IN (DVB/DSS) 36 B_DATA I 40 B_WCLK I/O 37 B_BCLK I 38 B_FLAG I 39 B_SYNC I 42 B_V4 I R_OUT G_OUT B_OUT C_OUT CV_OUT Y_OUT I_REF_DAC_RGB I_REF_DAC_YCC V_REF_DAC_RGB V_REF_DAC_YCC OSD_ACTIVE PIXCLK_27MHz HSYNC ODD/EVEN O O O O O O I I I I I/O I I/O I/O Red Output Green Output Blue Output Chroma Output Composite Video Output Luma Output DAC Current Reference DAC Current Reference DAC Voltage Reference DAC Voltage Reference OSD Active System Clock Input Horizontal Sync Vertical Sync O O O O I/O O O Serial Bit Clock Audio Serial Output Data 0 Audio Serial Output Data 1 Audio Serial Output Data 2 PCM Clock In or Out Left/Right Clock SPDIF Output VIDEO OUTPUT INTERFACE 57 56 55 63 64 62 59 66 58 65 117 118 51 52 AC-3/MPEG1-2 AUDIO OUTPUT INTERFACE 43 44 24 21 45 46 47 SCLK PCM_OUT0 PCM_OUT1 PCM_OUT2 PCM_CLK LRCLK SPDIF_OUT IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 79 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued) II.2 - Pin List (continued) Pin Name Type IRQ[0:1] I Function EXTERNAL INTERRUPTS 23, 25 External Interrupts PROGRAMMABLE I/O AND ALTERNATE FUNCTION (see Device Configuration Chapter) 15 PIO0 [0] I/O 16 PIO0 [3] I/O 17 PIO0 [4] I/O 20 PIO0 [5] I/O 21 22 PIO0 [6] PIO0 [7] I/O I/O 9 10 198, 199 11 12 13 3 5 6 7 PIO1 [0] PIO1 [2] PIO1 [3:4] PIO1 [5] PIO1 [6] PIO1 [7] PIO2 [0] PIO2 [3] PIO2 [4] PIO2 [5] I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O 8 201 202 203 204 205 206, 207, 2 191-197 14 PIO2 [7] PIO3 [0] PIO3 [1] PIO3 [2] PIO3 [3] PIO3 [4] PIO3 [5:7] PIO4 [0:6] PIO4 [7] I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O General Purpose I/O or PARA_SYNC (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Data (Smart Card 1 Data I/O) General Purpose I/O or PARA_REQ (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Clk (Smart Card 1 Clock) General Purpose I/O or PARA_STR (DVD//Front End) or Sc1RST (Smart Card 1 Reset) General Purpose I/O or PARA_DATA[0] (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Cmd VCC (Smart Card 1 Voltage Enable) General Purpose IO or Sc1DataDir (Smart Card 1 Dir) General Purpose I/O or PARA_DATA[1] (DVD//Front End) or Sc1Detect(Smart Card 1 Detect) General Purpose I/O or I2C Data General Purpose I/O or I2C Clock General Purpose IO General Purpose IO or ASC1 TXD General Purpose IO or ASC1 RXD General Purpose IO or ASC3 TXD General Purpose I/O or Sc0Data (Smart Card 0 Data I/O) General Purpose I/O or Sc0Clk (Smart Card 0 Clock) General Purpose I/O or Sc0RST (Smart Card 0 Reset) General Purpose I/O or Sc0CmdVCC (Smart Card 0 Voltage Enable) General Purpose I/O or Sc0Detect (Smart Card 0 Detect) General Purpose IO or OSLink In General Purpose IO or OSLink Out General Purpose IO or CPUReset General Purpose IO or CPU Analyse General Purpose IO or ErrorOut General Purpose IO General Purpose IO General Purpose IO or ASC3 RXD TCK TDI TDO TMS TRST I I O I I Test Clock Test Data Input Test Data Input Test Mode Select Test Reset PWM2 PWM1/BOOTFROMROM PWM0/OSLINK_SEL RST AUXCLK O O/I O/I I O PWM2 Output PWM1 Output or Configuration Oslink Pins PWM0 Output or Boot from ROM during Reset Reset Auxilary Clock for Any Purpose JTAG INTERFACE 188 186 189 187 190 SYSTEM USE 28 27 26 29 116 GB 80 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) II - PIN DESCRIPTION (continued) II.2 - Pin List (continued) Pin Name Type Function AD[0:11] DQ[0:15] O I/O SDRAM Address Bus SDRAM Data (Lower Byte) SDCS[0:1] SDCAS SDRAS SDWE MEMCLKIN MEMCLKOUT DQML DQMU O O O O I O O O SDRAM Chip Selects SDRAM CAS SDRAM RAS SDRAM Write Enable SDRAM Memory Clock Input SDRAM Memory Clock Output DQ Mask Enable (Lower) DQ Mask Enable (Upper) ADR[1:21] DATA[0:15] RAS1/HOLDREQ WAIT/READY R/W/DMAACK BE[0:1] CAS0/HOLDACK CAS1/DMAREQ CE[1:3] CS PROCCLK RAS0/CE0 DMAXFER PPC_MODE OE I/O I/O O I/O I/O O O/I O O I I/O O I I I/O External Memory Address Bus External Memory Data Bus DRAM RAS or reserved External Wait States or Reserved DRAM R/W Strobe or Reserved Byte enable DRAM CAS or Reserved DRAM CAS or Reserved Chip Select for Banks 1 - 3 Reserved ST20 Clock or Reserved DRAM RAS or Chip Select for Bank 0 Reserved Reserved Output Enable or Reserved 30 TEST1 I/O 31 TEST2 I/O 32 TEST3 I/O DATA_RX/STROBE_TX (SDAV Mode) or SDAV_CLK (P1394 Mode) ST R O BE _ R X/ D AT A _ TX ( SD A V M od e) o r DATA_IN/DATA_OUT (P1394 Mode) Direction (SDAV Mode) or DATA_VALID In/Out (P1394 Mode) TEST5 O SDRAM INTERFACE 78-81, 69, 70-74, 82, 83 92-94, 97-101, 106-109, 112-115 84, 85 89 88 90 104 76 91 105 EXTERNAL MEMORY INTERFACE 161-170, 173-183 141-148, 151-158 128 136 133 121, 122 129 132 124-126 135 137 127 134 138 123 SDAV/P1394 INTERFACE MISCELLANEOUS 41 NRSS_OUT (DVB/DSS) IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 81 STi5505 (Rev. Ax) III - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION III.1 - Functional Modules Figure 1 shows the subsystem modules that make up the STi5505. These modules are outlined below. III.1 - CPU The Central Processing Unit (CPU) on the STi5505 is the ST20-C2 32-bit processor core. It contains instruction processing logic, instruction and data pointers and an operand register. It directly accesses the high speed on-chip SRAM memory, which can store data or programs, and uses the Caches to reduce access time to off chip program and data memory. The processor can access memory via the general purpose External Memory Interface (EMI) or via the SDRAM EMI which is shared with the MPEG decoder. III.2 - Memory Subsystem The STi5505 on-chip SRAM memory system provides 160 Mbytes/s internal data bandwidth, supporting pipelined 2 cycles internal memory access at 25ns cycle times. The STi5505 memory system consists of 2 Kbytes of SRAM, 2Kbytes of instruction cache, a 2Kbytes data cache that can be programmed to be SRAM, and an external memory interface (EMI). The STi5505 product has 2 Kbytes of on-chip SRAM. The advantage of this is the ability to store time critical code on chip, for instance interrupt routines, software kernels or device drivers, and even frequently used data without these being flushed from the caches. The instruction and data caches are direct mapped with a write-back system for the data cache and support burst accesses to the external memories for refill and write-back which are effective for increasing performance with page-mode and SDRAM memories. The STi5505 EMI controls access to the external memory and peripherals while the SDRAM EMI provides access to the SDRAM buffer for the MPEG decoders, ST20 and DMA peripherals. The STi5505 EMI can access a 16 Mbytes (or greater if DRAM is used) physical address space in each of the four general purpose memory banks, and provides sustained transfer rates of up to 80 Mbytes/s. Peripherals that support an asynchronous data acknowledge are supported as is an external Power PC which can share the bus with the STi5505 and access the SDRAM buffer through the device. High memory bandwidths up to 200 Mbytes/s can be supported by the SDRAM EMI. The STi5505 internal memory interconnect provides buffering and arbitration of memory access requests to sustain very high throughput of memory accesses. III.3 - Syste m Services Module The STi5505 system services module includes : - Phase locked loop (PLL) - accepts 27MHz input and generates all the internal high frequency clocks needed for the CPU and the OS-Link. - test access port - JTAG compatible. - Diagnostics controller accessed via the JTAG port providing : - Bootstrapping during development - Hardware breakpoint and watchpoint - Real time trace - External LSA triggering support. III.4 - Serial Communications To facilitate the connection of this system the front end device and other peripherals, two UARTs (ASCs) are included in the device. The UARTs provide an asynchronous serial interface. The UART can be programmed to support a range of baud rates and data formats, for example, data size, stop bits and parity. Two synchronous serial communications (SSC) interfaces are provided on the device. These can be used for a remote control device for example via an I2C or SPI bus. III.5 - Interrupt Subsystem The STi5505 interrupt subsystem supports eight prioritized interrupt levels. Two external interrupt pins are provided. Level assignment logic allows any of the internal or external interrupts to be assigned and, if necessary, share any interrupt level. III.6 - Front End Interf ace & DVD Decryption The front end interface accepts sectors in the case of DVD, MPEG-1 system stream in the case of VCD and PCM data for CD-DA applications on an I2S interface. In the case of VCD and CD-DA disks the subcode information is input via a simple asynchronous serial interface similar to a UART. The bitstream and subcode stream then pass through a "sector processor" block which handles sector filtering in the case of DVD and sectorizing using the subcode stream for VCD and CD-DA systems. GB 82 9. ASD-1 IC Descriptions. STi5505 (Rev. Ax) III - FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION (continued) The block also handles overspeed processing for all systems. The capturing of CD-DA sectors is based on a flywheel tiner to improve robusters by concealing erros in the subcode stream. For DVD the data, having had sector headers removed, then passes through a DVD conformant de-cryption stage and is written into any of the system memories using a programmable DMA engine. When a subcode stream is present it is locally buffered, by subcode block and can be read by the CPU for subsequent processing, if required. III.7 - PWM and counter module This unit includes three separate pulse width modulator (PWM) generators using a shared counter, and three timer compare and capture channels sharing a second counter. The counters can be clocked from a pre-scaled internal clock or from a pre-scaled external clock via the capture clock input and the event on which the timer value is captured is also programmable. The PWM counters are 8-bit with 8-bit registers to set the output high time. The capture/compare counter and the compare and capture registers are 32-bit. III.8 - Parallel Programmable IO module 40 bits of parallel I/O are provided. 34 of then are connected to actual PIO pins. Each bit is programmable as an output or an input. The output can be configured as a totem pole or open drain driver. Input compare logic is provided which can generate an interrupt on any change on any input bit. Many pins of the STi5505 device are multi-function and can either be configured as PIO or connected to an internal peripheral signal. III.9 - MPEG Video decoder The video decoder is a real-time video compression processor supporting the MPEG-1 and MPEG2 standards at video rates up to 720 x 480 x 60 Hz and 720 x 576 x 50 Hz. Picture format conversion for display is performed by vertical and horizontal filters. User-defined bitmaps may be superimposed on the display picture through use of the on-screen display function. III.10 - PAL/NTSC encoder The digital encoder which is integrated in the STi5505 converts a multiplexed 4:2:2 YUV stream into a standard analog baseband PAL/NTSC signal and into RGB analog components. The encoder can also perform closed-caption, CGMS or teletext encoding and allows MacrovisionTM 7.01/6.1 copy protection. III.11 - MPEG-2 Audio / Dolby AC-3 Decoder The audio decoder is a Dolby AC-3 decoder capable of decoding both 5.1 and 2 channel DVD comformant bitstreams. The decoder also handles MPEG1 (layers 1 & 2) and MPEG-2 layer 2 (6 channels). Downmix to 2 channels is possible for Dolby and MPEG standards with optional pro-logic encoding. The decoder directly accepts MPEG-2 PES streams as input. The decoder is capable of supporting IEC6958-IEC61937 formatted outputs for AC-3 and MPEG audio, linear PCM (left & right,16, 18, 20 & 24 bits), zero output (Mute mode) and PCM audio. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 9. GB 83 ST24E32 ST25E32 32K SERIAL I2C EEPROM with EXTENDED ADDRESSING NOT FOR NEW DESIGN COMPATIBLE with I2C EXTENDED ADDRESSING TWO WIRE SERIAL INTERFACE, SUPPORTS 400kHz PROTOCOL 1 MILLION ERASE/WRITE CYCLES, OVER the FULL SUPPLY VOLTAGE RANGE 40 YEARS DATA RETENTION SINGLE SUPPLY VOLTAGE ± 4.5V to 5.5V for ST24E32 version ± 2.5V to 5.5V for ST25E32 version WRITE CONTROL FEATURE BYTE and PAGE WRITE (up to 32 BYTES) BYTE, RANDOM and SEQUENTIAL READ MODES SELF TIMED PROGRAMING CYCLE AUTOMATIC ADDRESS INCREMENTING ENHANCED ESD/LATCH UP PERFORMANCES ST24E32 and ST25E32 are replaced by the M24C32 DESCRIPTION The ST24/25E32 are 32K bit electrically erasable programmable memories (EEPROM), organized as 8 blocks of 512 x 8 bits. The ST25E32 operates with a power supply value as low as 2.5V. Both Plastic Dual-in-Line and Plastic Small Outline packages are available. 8 8 1 1 PSDIP8 (B) 0.25mm Frame SO8 (M) 200mil Width Figure 1. Logic Diagram VCC 3 E0-E2 SCL SDA ST24E32 ST25E32 WC Table 1. Signal Names E0 - E2 Chip Enable Inputs SDA Serial Data Address Input/Output SCL Serial Clock WC Write Control VCC Supply Voltage VSS Ground VSS AI01201B GB 84 9. IC Descriptions. ASD-1 ST24E32, ST25E32 Figure 2A. DIP Pin Connections Figure 2B. SO Pin Connections ST24E32 ST25E32 ST24E32 ST25E32 E0 E1 E2 VSS 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 VCC WC SCL SDA E0 E1 E2 VSS AI01202B 1 2 3 4 8 7 6 5 VCC WC SCL SDA AI01203C Table 2. Absolute Maximum Ratings (1) Symbol Value Unit Ambient Operating Temperature ±40 to 125 °C TSTG Storage Temperature ±65 to 150 °C TLEAD Lead Temperature, Soldering 215 260 °C TA Parameter (SO8) (PSDIP8) 40 sec 10 sec VIO Input or Output Voltages ±0.6 to 6.5 V VCC Supply Voltage ±0.3 to 6.5 V VESD Electrostatic Discharge Voltage (Human Body model) Electrostatic Discharge Voltage (Machine model) (3) (2) 4000 V 500 V Notes: 1. Except for the rating ºOperating Temperature Rangeº, stresses above those listed in the Table ºAbsolute Maximum Ratingsº may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those indicated in the Operating sections of this specification is not implied. Exposure to Absolute Maximum Rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Refer also to the SGS-THOMSON SURE Program and other relevant quality documents. 2. 100pF through 1500Ω; MIL-STD-883C, 3015.7 3. 200pF through 0Ω; EIAJ IC-121 (condition C) DESCRIPTION (cont'd) Each memory is compatible with the I2C extended addressing standard, two wire serial interface which uses a bi-directional data bus and serial clock. The ST24/25E32carry a built-in 4 bit, unique device identification code (1010) corresponding to the I2C bus definition. The ST24/25E32 behave as slave devices in the I 2C protocol with all memory operations synchronized by the serial clock. Read and write operations are initiated by a START conditiongenerated by the bus master. The START condition is followed by a stream of 4 bits (identification code 1010), 3 bit Chip Enable input to form a 7 bit Device Select, plus one read/write bit and terminated by an acknowledge bit. Spare parts list ASD-1 10. GB 85 10. Spare parts list VAL6011 Various 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 3139 197 60090 GENEVA LP LOADER ASSY 9305 022 60101 VAM6001/01 3139 194 00710 SUSPENSION 3139 194 00710 SUSPENSION 3139 194 00620 SUSPENSION 3139 194 00620 SUSPENSION 3139 197 60060 CLAMPER ASSEMBLY Loader Various 0004 0009 0010 0011 0012 4822 358 10266 3139 198 80010 4822 532 13097 TULE 3139 194 00270 3139 197 50060 Monoboard Various 1104 1106 1205 1300 1301 1603 1604 2422 025 15963 CON BM H 24P F 0.50 FFC SMD R 2422 025 16158 CON BM H 8P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R 2422 540 98428 RES CER SM 8M467 CSTCC8.46MHz R 2422 540 98426 RES CER SM 6MHz CSTCC6.00MHz R 4822 267 51454 CONN. 11P FEMALE 2422 025 16389 CON BM V 22P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R 2422 025 16388 CON BM V 16P F 1.00 FFC 0.3 R g 2100 2101 2103 2104 2105 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2120 2121 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 80151 4822 126 13193 4822 122 33761 4822 126 13956 4822 126 14315 2020 552 95697 2222 861 15222 4822 126 14305 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14305 4822 122 31765 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 13879 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14508 4822 126 14508 4822 122 33761 4822 126 14494 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14241 4822 122 33761 5322 126 11583 4822 126 13883 4822 126 13883 4822 126 13883 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14549 5322 126 11578 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 47µF 16V 4.7nF 10% 63V 22pF 5% 50V 68pF 5% 63V CASE 0603 390pF 5% 50V 0603 50V 2N2 PM5 100nF 10% 16V 0603 1nF 10% 50V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100pF 2% 63V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 220nF 20% 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 180pF 5% 50V 0603 180pF 5% 50V 0603 22pF 5% 50V 22nF 10% 25V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 0603 50V 330P COL R 22pF 5% 50V 10nF 10% 50V 0603 220pF 5% 50V 220pF 5% 50V 220pF 5% 50V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 33nF 16V O6O3 1nF 10% 50V 0603 2208 2209 2210 2212 2213 2215 2216 2226 2227 2228 2300 2301 2302 2303 2306 2309 2310 2314 2315 2318 2319 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2418 2419 2420 2500 2502 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 23237 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 80349 4822 124 23002 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 5322 122 33861 4822 126 11669 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 124 12095 4822 124 80349 4822 124 80349 4822 126 14305 3198 030 74780 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 4822 126 14305 4822 122 31765 4822 126 14494 4822 124 23002 4822 126 14305 5322 126 11579 4822 126 14241 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 3198 030 74780 2531 3198 030 74780 2532 2533 2534 2535 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2614 2615 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 5322 126 11578 5322 126 11578 4822 126 14494 4822 126 14247 4822 126 14247 4822 126 14305 4822 124 12095 4822 126 14494 4822 124 12095 4822 124 12095 4822 124 23002 4822 124 80151 4822 126 14305 4822 124 12095 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 1nF 10% 50V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 22µF 6.3V 1nF 10% 50V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 47µF 20% 6.3V 10µF 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 120pF 10% 50V 27pF 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 47µF 20% 6.3V 47µF 20% 6.3V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL R 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100pF 2% 63V 22nF 10% 25V 0603 10µF 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 3.3nF 10% 63V 0603 50V 330P COL R 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL R EL SM 35V 4U7 PM20 COL R 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 1nF 10% 50V 0603 1nF 10% 50V 0603 22nF 10% 25V 0603 0603 50V 1N5 COL R 0603 50V 1N5 COL R 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 22nF 10% 25V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 100µF 20% 16V 10µF 16V 47µF 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100µF 20% 16V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 122 33777 4822 124 12095 4822 124 12095 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 4822 126 14305 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 47pF 5% 63V 100µF 20% 16V 100µF 20% 16V 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 100nF 10% 16V 0603 f 3100 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3110 3111 3112 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3146 3147 3148 3153 3155 3157 3158 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 5322 117 13034 1k5 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13034 1k5 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13062 390Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13058 150Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13021 47Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 5322 117 13042 3k9 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30181 180Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30681 680Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13062 390Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30102 1k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30471 470Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30471 470Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W 2322 704 69109 4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 4822 051 20228 2Ω2 5% 0.1W 5322 117 13047 330Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 5322 117 13053 6k8 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 117 12917 1Ω 5% 0.062W CASE0603 4822 051 30479 47Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 5322 117 13028 12k 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13043 220Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 2322 704 69109 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13022 22k 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 117 12139 22Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13017 100Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 GB 86 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3187 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3219 3220 3221 3224 3225 3226 3227 3229 3230 3231 3232 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3242 3243 3246 3247 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3300 3301 3302 3304 3305 3309 3310 3311 10. Spare parts list ASD-1 5322 117 13063 120Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30393 39k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13047 330Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30101 100Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 051 30153 15k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 051 30221 220Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 051 30561 560Ω 5% 0.062W 5322 117 13018 1k0 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13017 100Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 2322 704 61204 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 051 30273 27k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 5322 117 13049 470Ω 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 5322 117 13042 3k9 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30331 330Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 051 30392 3k9 5% 0.063W 0603 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30151 150Ω 5% 0.062W 2322 704 62004 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30123 12k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 117 13613 2Ω2 5% 0603 4822 117 12902 8k2 1% 0.063W 0603 4822 117 13632 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 4822 051 30472 4k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 051 30008 0Ω jumper 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 117 11151 1Ω 5% 4822 117 11152 4Ω7 5% 4822 051 30105 1M 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30221 220Ω 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30272 2k7 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30103 10k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W 4822 051 30223 22k 5% 0.062W 3312 3313 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30472 4822 051 20108 4822 051 20108 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30682 5322 117 13026 3323 5322 117 13026 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3403 3404 3405 3412 3414 3416 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 4822 117 13632 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30689 3509 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3541 3542 3545 3546 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3554 3564 3566 3570 3571 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30153 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30331 4822 051 30681 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30221 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30689 3572 4822 051 30689 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 4822 051 30008 4822 117 12925 4822 117 13632 4822 117 13632 4822 117 13632 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30103 4k7 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 1Ω 5% 0.1W 1Ω 5% 0.1W 4k7 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 6k8 5% 0.062W 4k7 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 4k7 1% 0.063W 0603 RC22H 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 6k8 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 6k8 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 3k3 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603 RC21 RST SM 10k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 15k 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 330Ω 5% 0.062W 680Ω 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 220Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 100Ω 5% 0.062W 68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603 RC21 RST SM 68Ω 5% 0.063W 0603 RC21 RST SM 0Ω jumper 47k 1% 0.063W 0603 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 100k 1% 0603 0.62W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W 3616 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 4822 051 30103 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30471 4822 051 30471 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30221 2322 704 64301 3632 2322 704 64301 3633 2322 704 64301 3635 3636 3637 3642 3647 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30682 4822 051 30332 4822 051 30103 2322 704 64301 3648 2322 704 64301 3651 2322 704 64301 3654 2322 704 64301 3655 2322 704 64301 3656 2322 704 64301 3657 2322 704 64301 3658 3659 3660 3661 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30102 2322 704 64301 3662 3663 3664 4822 051 30102 4822 051 30102 2322 704 64301 3665 3667 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3677 3678 3679 3681 3683 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 4822 117 12139 4822 051 30331 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30479 4822 051 30101 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30008 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30223 4822 051 30472 4822 051 30223 10k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W 470Ω 5% 0.062W 470Ω 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 220Ω 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 6k8 5% 0.062W 6k8 5% 0.062W 3k3 5% 0.062W 10k 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 1k 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 1k 5% 0.062W 1k 5% 0.062W RST SM 0603 RC22H 430Ω PM1 R 22Ω 5% 0.062W 330Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 22k 5% 0.062W 47Ω 5% 0.062W 100Ω 5% 0.062W 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 0Ω jumper 22k 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 4k7 5% 0.062W 22k 5% 0.062W 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11499 4822 157 11499 4822 157 70299 4822 157 70299 4822 157 71206 4822 157 71206 4822 157 71206 4822 157 11499 4822 157 10547 4822 157 71206 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 10547 4822 157 11717 4822 157 11717 BLM31P500SPT BLM31P500SPT BLM31P500SPT BLM11P600SPT BLM11P600SPT 2.2µH (NL322522T-2R2J) 2.2µH (NL322522T-2R2J) BLM21A601SPT BLM21A601SPT BLM21A601SPT BLM11P600SPT 15µH 5% BLM21A601SPT 15µH 5% 15µH 5% 15µH 5% 15µH 5% 15µH 5% BLM31P500SPT BLM31P500SPT b 5200 5300 5301 5402 5403 5501 5502 5503 5504 5600 5601 5602 5603 5604 5605 5606 5607 5608 5609 5610 d 6200 6301 4822 130 11397 BAS316 9322 128 69685 S1D Spare parts list 6302 6303 6600 9322 128 69685 S1D 9322 128 69685 S1D 4822 130 11528 1PS76SB10 ce 7100 7101 7102 7103 7104 7105 7106 7109 7110 7111 7112 7113 7114 7115 7116 7201 7202 7203 7207 7304 7310 7311 7312 7315 7401 7404 5322 130 42718 5322 130 42718 9352 637 37518 4822 209 17229 4822 209 30095 4822 209 32073 5322 130 42718 4822 209 15083 5322 130 60803 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 9351 869 80118 3104 123 95660 4822 130 60373 9352 636 60557 4822 209 16877 4822 209 15899 9352 622 13557 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 9322 132 01668 9322 144 59668 7405 9322 144 59668 7501 7503 5322 130 60159 9322 151 16671 7504 7505 4822 242 10838 8204 056 05580 7600 7604 7605 7607 7608 7609 7610 7611 7612 7613 7614 7615 7616 7617 7618 7620 7621 5322 209 71568 5322 130 60159 4822 209 17398 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 4822 130 60373 5322 130 60159 9352 456 80115 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 209 16062 5322 130 60159 5322 130 60159 4822 130 60373 4822 130 42804 BFS20 BFS20 BA5938FM LM833D MC34072D BFS20 AN78M09 BST72A BC846B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC856B BC846B BC856B SAA7399HL/M2A BA6856FP CY7C199-15C SAA7335HL BC856B BC846B AM29LV160B IC SM MT48LC1M16A1TG7S (MRN)R IC SM MT48LC1M16A1TG7S (MRN)R BC846B IC SM STI5505AVC (ST00) Y 27MHZ 120P FX0-31FT IC SM M24C32WMN6TNKSA PC74HCT14T BC846B LD1117DT33 BC846B BC856B BC856B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC846B BC846B MK2742-03S BC846B BC846B BC856B BC817-25 ASD-1 10. GB 87
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : 3.1-701 Create Date : 2000:11:23 15:32:20Z Creator Tool : Adobe PageMaker 6.53 Modify Date : 2008:12:23 17:10:35+08:00 Metadata Date : 2008:12:23 17:10:35+08:00 Format : application/pdf Description : cover-U Creator : 東城 憲穂 Title : cover-U Keywords : Producer : Acrobat Distiller 3.0.2J (Power Macintosh 版) Document ID : uuid:15537f7c-1579-4fa9-9c71-6f0a66d1e417 Instance ID : uuid:9eb67b51-d0e1-4f8e-9f46-32e85560bdca Page Count : 143 Subject : cover-U Author : 東城 憲穂EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools